This is a modern-English version of The Princess and the Goblin, originally written by MacDonald, George. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


Coverpage

THE PRINCESS
AND THE GOBLIN


Illustrations especially engraved and printed by the Beck Engraving Company, Philadelphia

Title page

THE PRINCESS
AND THE GOBLIN

By George MacDonald

ILLUSTRATED BY
JESSIE WILLCOX SMITH
DAVID MCKAY COMPANY Publishers
Philadelphia, MCMXX.

ILLUSTRATIONS

 FACING
PAGE
She ran for some distance, turned several times, and then began to be afraid
14
She clapped her hands with delight, and up rose such a flapping of wings
22
"Never mind, Princess Irene," he said. "You mustn't kiss me to-night. But you shan't break your word. I will come another time"
42
In an instant she was on the saddle, and clasped in his great strong arms
68
"Come," and she still held out her arms
96
The goblins fell back a little when he began, and made horrible grimaces all through the rhyme
118
Curdie went on after her, flashing his torch about
138
There sat his mother by the fire, and in her arms lay the princess fast asleep
184

CONTENTS

CHAPTERPAGE
I. Why the Princess Has a Story About Her9
II. The Princess Loses Herself13
III. The Princess and—We'll See Who16
IV. What the Nurse Thought About It24
V. The Princess Leaves Well Enough Alone29
VI. The Young Miner32
VII. The Mines45
VIII. The Goblins50
IX. The Hall of the Goblin Palace59
X. The Princess's King Dad68
XI. The Grandma's Bedroom73
XII. A Quick Chapter about Curdie82
XIII. The Cobs' Creatures85
XIV. That Night Week90
XV. Woven and then spun95
XVI. The Ring106
XVII. Springtime109
XVIII. Curdie's Hint112
XIX. Goblin Advice122
XX. Irene's Hint128
XXI. The Escape134
XXII. The Old Lady and Curdie147
XXIII. Curdie and His Mom155
XXIV. Irene Acts Like a Princess165
XXV. Curdie Faces Trouble168
XXVI. The Goblin Miners174
XXVII. The Goblins in the King's House177
XXVIII. Curdie's Guide184
XXIX. Masonry189
XXX. The King and the Kiss192
XXXI. The Underground Water196
XXXII. The Final Chapter202

THE PRINCESS AND THE GOBLIN


CHAPTER I

WHY THE PRINCESS HAS A STORY ABOUT HER
THERE was once a little princess who—

"But, Mr. Author, why do you always write about princesses?"

"But, Mr. Author, why do you always write about princesses?"

"Because every little girl is a princess."

Because every little girl is a princess.

"You will make them vain if you tell them that."

"You’ll make them conceited if you say that."

"Not if they understand what I mean."

"Not if they understand what I mean."

"Then what do you mean?"

"Then what do you mean?"

"What do you mean by a princess?"

"What do you mean by princess?"

"The daughter of a king."

"The king's daughter."

"Very well, then every little girl is a princess, and there would be no need to say anything about it, except that she is always in danger of forgetting her rank, and behaving as if she had grown out of the mud. I have seen little princesses behave like the children of thieves and lying beggars, and that is why they need to be told they are princesses. And that is why, when I tell a story of this kind, I like to tell it about a princess. Then I can say better what I mean, because I can then give her every beautiful thing I want her to have."

Alright, so every little girl is a princess, and there’s really no need to mention it, except that she might forget her status and act like she’s come from nothing. I’ve seen little princesses act like the kids of thieves and dishonest beggars, which is why they need to be reminded they’re princesses. That’s also why, when I tell a story like this, I prefer it to be about a princess. Then I can express my thoughts more clearly, because I can give her everything beautiful that I want her to have.

"Please go on."

"Please continue."

There was once a little princess whose father was king over a great country full of mountains and valleys. His palace[10] was built upon one of the mountains, and was very grand and beautiful. The princess, whose name was Irene, was born there, but she was sent soon after her birth, because her mother was not very strong, to be brought up by country people in a large house, half castle, half farm-house, on the side of another mountain, about halfway between its base and its peak.

There was once a little princess whose father was the king of a vast country filled with mountains and valleys. His palace[10] was situated on one of the mountains and was very grand and beautiful. The princess, named Irene, was born there, but shortly after her birth, she was sent to be raised by country people in a large house that was part castle and part farmhouse, located on the side of another mountain, about halfway between its base and peak.

The princess was a sweet little creature, and at the time my story begins was about eight years old. I think, but she got older very fast. Her face was fair and pretty, with eyes like two bits of night-sky, each with a star dissolved in the blue. Those eyes you would have thought must have known they came from there, so often were they turned up in that direction. The ceiling of her nursery was blue, with stars in it, as like the sky as they could make it. But I doubt if ever she saw the real sky with the stars in it, for a reason which I had better mention at once.

The princess was a sweet little girl, and when my story starts, she was about eight years old. I think she grew up pretty quickly. Her face was lovely and cute, with eyes like two pieces of the night sky, each holding a star in the blue. You would have thought those eyes must have known they belonged to the night sky, since they were often gazing up in that direction. The ceiling of her nursery was blue, with stars painted on it, made to look as much like the sky as possible. But I doubt she ever saw the actual sky filled with stars, for a reason I should mention right away.

These mountains were full of hollow places underneath; huge caverns, and winding ways, some with water running through them, and some shining with all colors of the rainbow when a light was taken in. There would not have been much known about them, had there not been mines there, great deep pits, with long galleries and passages running off from them, which had been dug to get at the ore of which the mountains were full. In the course of digging, the miners came upon many of these natural caverns. A few of them had far-off openings out on the side of a mountain, or into a ravine.

These mountains were filled with hollow spaces underneath; large caves and winding paths, some with water flowing through them, and others sparkling with all the colors of the rainbow when light was brought in. We wouldn’t know much about them if it weren't for the mines there, deep pits with long tunnels and passages branching off, dug to access the ore that the mountains were rich in. While digging, the miners discovered many of these natural caves. A few of them had distant openings on the side of a mountain or into a gorge.

Now in these subterranean caverns lived a strange race of beings, called by some gnomes, by some kobolds, by some goblins. There was a legend current in the country that at[11] one time they lived above ground, and were very like other people. But for some reason or other, concerning which there were different legendary theories, the king had laid what they thought too severe taxes upon them, or had required observances of them they did not like, or had begun to treat them with more severity in some way or other, and impose stricter laws; and the consequence was that they had all disappeared from the face of the country. According to the legend, however, instead of going to some other country, they had all taken refuge in the subterranean caverns, whence they never came out but at night, and then seldom showed themselves in any numbers, and never to many people at once. It was only in the least frequented and most difficult parts of the mountains that they were said to gather even at night in the open air. Those who had caught sight of any of them said that they had greatly altered in the course of generations; and no wonder, seeing they lived away from the sun, in cold and wet and dark places. They were now, not ordinarily ugly, but either absolutely hideous, or ludicrously grotesque both in face and form. There was no invention, they said, of the most lawless imagination expressed by pen or pencil, that could surpass the extravagance of their appearance. And as they grew mis-shapen in body, they had grown in knowledge and cleverness, and now were able to do things no mortal could see the possibility of. But as they grew in cunning, they grew in mischief, and their great delight was in every way they could think of to annoy the people who lived in the open-air-story above them. They had enough of affection left for each other, to preserve them from being[12] absolutely cruel for cruelty's sake to those that came in their way; but still they so heartily cherished the ancestral grudge against those who occupied their former possession, and especially against the descendants of the king who had caused their expulsion, that they sought every opportunity of tormenting them in ways that were as odd as their inventors; and although dwarfed and mis-shapen, they had strength equal to their cunning. In the process of time they had got a king, and a government of their own, whose chief business, beyond their own simple affairs, was to devise trouble for their neighbors. It will now be pretty evident why the little princess had never seen the sky at night. They were much too afraid of the goblins to let her out of the house then, even in company with ever so many attendants; and they had good reason, as we shall see by-and-by.

Now, in these underground caves lived a strange race of beings, known by some as gnomes, by others as kobolds, and by some as goblins. There was a legend in the land that at[11] one time they lived above ground and were very much like other people. But for some reason, which was explained by various legendary theories, the king imposed what they thought were harsh taxes on them, required uncomfortable obligations, or started treating them more severely and enforcing stricter laws; as a result, they completely vanished from the surface. According to the legend, instead of moving to another land, they all hid in the underground caves, where they only came out at night and rarely appeared in large groups, avoiding crowds. It was said that they gathered at night only in the least-frequented and hardest-to-reach areas of the mountains. Those who had glimpsed any of them said they had changed significantly over generations; it was no surprise, considering they lived away from sunlight, in cold, damp, dark places. They were no longer just ugly but could be either absolutely hideous or comically grotesque in both appearance and shape. No creation, they claimed, from even the wildest imagination expressed in writing or drawing, could exceed the bizarre nature of their looks. While their bodies became deformed, their knowledge and cleverness grew, enabling them to accomplish things no human could even imagine. However, as they became more cunning, they also became more mischievous, taking great pleasure in every possible way to annoy those living above them in the open air. They still had enough affection for each other to avoid being utterly cruel for no reason towards those who crossed their paths; yet, they harbored a deep-seated grudge against the ones who took over their former land, especially against the descendants of the king who had forced them into hiding, and found every chance to torment them in ways as strange as their own nature. Despite their small and deformed stature, they possessed strength equal to their cleverness. Over time, they established a king and their own government, whose primary job, aside from their simple matters, was to create trouble for their neighbors. It becomes clear now why the little princess had never seen the night sky. They were far too scared of the goblins to let her outside at night, even with numerous attendants; and they had good reason to be, as we shall see later.


CHAPTER II

THE PRINCESS LOSES HERSELF
I    HAVE said the Princess Irene was about eight years old when my story begins. And this is how it begins.

One very wet day, when the mountain was covered with mist which was constantly gathering itself together into rain-drops, and pouring down on the roofs of the great old house, whence it fell in a fringe of water from the eaves all round about it, the princess could not of course go out. She got very tired, so tired that even her toys could no longer amuse her. You would wonder at that if I had time to describe to you one half of the toys she had. But then you wouldn't have the toys themselves, and that makes all the difference: you can't get tired of a thing before you have it. It was a picture, though, worth seeing—the princess sitting in the nursery with the sky-ceiling over her head, at a great table covered with her toys. If the artist would like to draw this, I should advise him not to meddle with the toys. I am afraid of attempting to describe them, and I think he had better not try to draw them. He had better not. He can do a thousand things I can't, but I don't think he could draw those toys. No man could better make the princess herself than he could, though—leaning with her back bowed into the back of the chair, her head hanging down, and her hands in her lap, very miserable as she would say herself, not even knowing what she would like, except to go out and get very[14] wet, catch a particularly nice cold, and have to go to bed and take gruel. The next moment after you see her sitting there, her nurse goes out of the room.

One really rainy day, when the mountain was shrouded in mist that kept turning into drops of rain and pouring down on the roofs of the big old house, from where it trickled in a curtain of water from the eaves all around, the princess obviously couldn’t go outside. She grew very tired, so tired that even her toys couldn’t keep her entertained anymore. You’d be surprised if I took the time to describe even half of the toys she had. But then you wouldn’t get to see the toys themselves, and that makes all the difference: you can’t get tired of something before you own it. It was quite a sight—the princess sitting in her nursery with a sky-painted ceiling above her, at a big table piled with her toys. If an artist wanted to capture this scene, I’d recommend he not bother with drawing the toys. I’m hesitant to describe them, and I think it’s better if he doesn’t try to illustrate them. He can do a thousand things I can’t, but I don’t think he could draw those toys. No one could portray the princess better than he could, though—sitting hunched over in her chair, her head drooping down, and her hands resting in her lap, looking very miserable as she would say herself, not even knowing what she wanted, except to go outside, get completely soaked, catch a really nice cold, and then have to go to bed and drink gruel. Just a moment after you see her sitting there, her nurse leaves the room.

She ran for some distance, turned several times, and then began to be afraid. She ran for a while, turned several times, and then started to feel scared.

Even that is a change, and the princess wakes up a little, and looks about her. Then she tumbles off her chair, and runs out of the door, not the same door the nurse went out of, but one which opened at the foot of a curious old stair of worm-eaten oak, which looked as if never any one had set foot upon it. She had once before been up six steps, and that was sufficient reason, in such a day, for trying to find out what was at the top of it.

Even that is a change, and the princess wakes up a bit, looking around. Then she falls off her chair and runs out the door, not the same one the nurse used, but one that opened at the bottom of a strange old staircase made of worm-eaten oak, which seemed like no one had ever walked on it. She had previously gone up six steps, and that was enough reason, on such a day, to try to see what was at the top.

Up and up she ran—such a long way it seemed to her! until she came to the top of the third flight. There she found the landing was the end of a long passage. Into this she ran. It was full of doors on each side. There were so many that she did not care to open any, but ran on to the end, where she turned into another passage, also full of doors. When she had turned twice more, and still saw doors and only doors about her, she began to get frightened. It was so silent! And all those doors must hide rooms with nobody in them! That was dreadful. Also the rain made a great trampling noise on the roof. She turned and started at full speed, her little footsteps echoing through the sounds of the rain—back for the stairs and her safe nursery. So she thought, but she had lost herself long ago. It doesn't follow that she was lost, because she had lost herself though.

Up and up she ran—it felt like such a long way to her! until she reached the top of the third flight. There, she found that the landing was the end of a long hallway. She dashed into it. It was lined with doors on both sides. There were so many that she didn’t want to open any, so she ran to the end, where she turned into another hallway, also filled with doors. After turning twice more and still seeing only doors around her, she started to feel scared. It was so quiet! And all those doors must be hiding empty rooms! That was terrifying. Plus, the rain was creating a loud thudding noise on the roof. She turned and began to sprint back, her little footsteps echoing through the sounds of the rain—heading back to the stairs and her safe nursery. That’s what she thought, but she had been lost for a while now. It doesn’t mean she was lost just because she felt lost.

She ran for some distance, turned several times, and then began to be afraid. Very soon she was sure that she had lost the way back. Rooms everywhere, and no stair! Her little[15] heart beat as fast as her little feet ran, and a lump of tears was growing in her throat. But she was too eager and perhaps too frightened to cry for some time. At last her hope failed her. Nothing but passages and doors everywhere! She threw herself on the floor, and began to wail and cry.

She ran for a while, turned multiple times, and then started to feel scared. Before long, she was convinced she had lost her way back. Rooms all around her, and no stairs! Her small[15] heart raced as fast as her little feet ran, and a lump of tears was forming in her throat. But she was too eager and maybe too scared to cry for a while. Finally, her hope disappeared. Just endless hallways and doors everywhere! She collapsed onto the floor and began to wail and cry.

She did not cry long, however, for she was as brave as could be expected of a princess of her age. After a good cry, she got up, and brushed the dust from her frock. Oh what old dust it was! Then she wiped her eyes with her hands, for princesses don't always have their handkerchiefs in their pockets any more than some other little girls I know of. Next, like a true princess, she resolved on going wisely to work to find her way back: she would walk through the passages, and look in every direction for the stair. This she did, but without success. She went over the same ground again and again without knowing it, for the passages and doors were all alike. At last, in a corner, through a half-open door, she did see a stair. But alas! it went the wrong way: instead of going down, it went up. Frightened as she was, however, she could not help wishing to see where yet further the stair could lead. It was very narrow, and so steep that she went up like a four-legged creature on her hands and feet.

She didn’t cry for long, though, because she was as brave as you could expect from a princess her age. After a good cry, she got up and brushed the dust off her dress. Oh, what old dust it was! Then she wiped her eyes with her hands, since princesses don’t always have handkerchiefs in their pockets, just like some other little girls I know. Next, like a true princess, she decided to work wisely to find her way back: she would walk through the corridors and look in every direction for the stairs. She did this, but it didn’t work. She ended up retracing the same steps over and over without realizing it, because all the passages and doors looked alike. Finally, in a corner, through a half-open door, she spotted a staircase. But unfortunately, it went the wrong way: instead of going down, it went up. As scared as she was, she couldn’t resist the urge to see where the stairs might lead. It was very narrow and so steep that she climbed it like a four-legged creature, using her hands and feet.


CHAPTER III

THE PRINCESS AND—WE SHALL SEE WHO
WHEN she came to the top, she found herself in a little square place, with three doors, two opposite each other, and one opposite the top of the stair. She stood for a moment, without an idea in her little head what to do next. But as she stood, she began to hear a curious humming sound. Could it be the rain? No. It was much more gentle, and even monotonous than the sound of the rain, which now she scarcely heard. The low sweet humming sound went on, sometimes stopping for a little while and then beginning again. It was more like the hum of a very happy bee that had found a rich well of honey in some globular flower, than anything else I can think of at this moment. Where could it come from? She laid her ear first to one of the doors to hearken if it was there—then to another. When she laid her ear against the third door, there could be no doubt where it came from: it must be from something in that room. What could it be? She was rather afraid, but her curiosity was stronger than her fear, and she opened the door very gently and peeped in. What do you think she saw? A very old lady who sat spinning.

"Oh, Mr. Editor! I know the story you are going to tell: it's The Sleeping Beauty; only you're spinning too, and making it longer."[17]

Oh, Mr. Editor! I know the story you're about to tell: it's The Sleeping Beauty; only you're adding your own twist and making it longer.[17]

"No, indeed, it is not that story. Why should I tell one that every properly educated child knows already? More old ladies than one have sat spinning in a garret. Besides, the old lady in that story was only spinning with a spindle, and this one was spinning with a spinning wheel, else how could the princess have heard the sweet noise through the door? Do you know the difference? Did you ever see a spindle or a spinning wheel? I daresay you never did. Well, ask your mamma to explain to you the difference. Between ourselves, however, I shouldn't wonder if she didn't know much better than you. Another thing is, that this is not a fairy story; but a goblin story. And one thing more, this old lady spinning was not an old nurse—but—you shall see who. I think I have now made it quite plain that this is not that lovely story of The Sleeping Beauty. It is quite a new one, I assure you, and I will try to tell it as prettily as I can."

"No, it's not that story. Why would I tell one that every well-educated kid already knows? More than one old lady has spun yarn in a loft. Besides, the old lady in that story only used a spindle, while this one used a spinning wheel; otherwise, how could the princess have heard the sweet sound through the door? Do you know the difference? Have you ever seen a spindle or a spinning wheel? I doubt you have. Well, ask your mom to explain the difference to you. Between us, I wouldn't be surprised if she doesn't know much better than you do. Another thing, this isn't a fairy tale; it's a goblin story. And just one more thing, this old lady spinning wasn't a nurse— but—you’ll see who. I think it's clear now that this isn’t that lovely tale of The Sleeping Beauty. It’s a brand new story, I promise, and I’ll try to tell it as nicely as I can."

Perhaps you will wonder how the princess could tell that the old lady was an old lady, when I inform you that not only was she beautiful, but her skin was smooth and white. I will tell you more. Her hair was combed back from her forehead and face, and hung loose far down and all over her back. That is not much like an old lady—is it? Ah! but it was white almost as snow. And although her face was so smooth, her eyes looked so wise that you could not have helped seeing she must be old. The princess, though she could not have told you why, did think her very old indeed—quite fifty—she said to herself. But she was rather older than that, as you shall hear.

Maybe you’re wondering how the princess figured out that the old lady was actually old when she was not only beautiful but also had smooth, white skin. Let me share more details. Her hair was styled back from her forehead and face, and it flowed freely down her back. That doesn’t seem much like an old lady, does it? But it was white, almost like snow. And even though her face was so smooth, her eyes had a wise look that made it clear she must be old. The princess, although she couldn't say why, thought she was very old indeed—around fifty, she told herself. But she was actually a bit older than that, as you will soon find out.

While the princess stared bewildered, with her head just inside the door, the old lady lifted hers, and said in a sweet,[18] but old and rather shaky voice, which mingled very pleasantly with the continued hum of her wheel:

While the princess gazed in confusion, her head barely inside the door, the old lady raised hers and spoke in a gentle, yet somewhat shaky voice that blended nicely with the ongoing hum of her spinning wheel:

"Come in, my dear; come in. I am glad to see you."

"Come in, my dear; come in. I'm happy to see you."

That the princess was a real princess, you might see now quite plainly; for she didn't hang on to the handle of the door, and stare without moving, as I have known some do who ought to have been princesses, but were only rather vulgar little girls. She did as she was told, stepped inside the door at once, and shut it gently behind her.

That the princess was a true princess is easy to see now; she didn’t cling to the door handle and stare without moving, like some who should have been princesses but were just rather common little girls. She did what she was told, walked through the door immediately, and closed it softly behind her.

"Come to me, my dear," said the old lady.

"Come here, my dear," said the old lady.

And again the princess did as she was told. She approached the old lady—rather slowly, I confess, but did not stop until she stood by her side, and looked up in her face with her blue eyes and the two melted stars in them.

And once more, the princess did what she was asked. She walked over to the old woman—pretty slowly, I admit—but didn’t stop until she was right next to her, looking up into her face with her blue eyes, which sparkled like two melted stars.

"Why, what have you been doing with your eyes, child?" asked the old lady.

"Why, what have you been doing with your eyes, kid?" asked the old lady.

"Crying," answered the princess.

"Crying," the princess replied.

"Why, child?"

"Why, kid?"

"Because I couldn't find my way down again."

"Because I couldn't find my way back down again."

"But you could find your way up."

"But you could figure out how to get there."

"Not at first—not for a long time."

"Not at first—not for a long time."

"But your face is streaked like the back of a zebra. Hadn't you a handkerchief to wipe your eyes with?"

"But your face is marked up like a zebra's back. Didn't you have a tissue to clean your eyes?"

"No."

"No."

"Then why didn't you come to me to wipe them for you?"

"Then why didn't you come to me to clean them for you?"

"Please I didn't know you were here. I will next time."

"Sorry, I didn't know you were here. I'll make sure to next time."

"There's a good child!" said the old lady.

"There's a good kid!" said the old lady.

Then she stopped her wheel, and rose, and, going out of the room, returned with a little silver basin and a soft white[19] towel, with which she washed and wiped the bright little face. And the princess thought her hands were so smooth and nice!

Then she stopped her spinning wheel, got up, and stepped out of the room. She came back with a small silver basin and a soft white towel, with which she washed and dried the bright little face. The princess thought her hands were so smooth and nice!

When she carried away the basin and towel, the little princess wondered to see how straight and tall she was, for, although she was so old, she didn't stoop a bit. She was dressed in black velvet with thick white heavy-looking lace about it; and on the black dress her hair shone like silver. There was hardly any more furniture in the room than there might have been in that of the poorest old woman who made her bread by her spinning. There was no carpet on the floor—no table anywhere—nothing but the spinning-wheel and the chair beside it. When she came back, she sat down again, and without a word began her spinning once more, while Irene, who had never seen a spinning-wheel, stood by her side and looked on. When the old lady had succeeded in getting her thread fairly in operation again, she said to the princess, but without looking at her:

When she took the basin and towel away, the little princess was surprised to see how straight and tall the old woman was. Even though she was ancient, she didn’t hunch over at all. She wore a black velvet dress adorned with thick, heavy white lace, and her hair glimmered like silver against the dark fabric. The room had hardly any furniture, almost as if it belonged to a poor old woman who earned her living by spinning. There wasn’t a carpet on the floor—no table anywhere—just the spinning wheel and a chair next to it. When she returned, she sat down again and silently resumed her spinning, while Irene, who had never seen a spinning wheel before, stood beside her and watched. Once the old lady managed to get her thread going again, she spoke to the princess without looking at her:

"Do you know my name, child?"

"Do you know my name, kid?"

"No, I don't know it," answered the princess.

"No, I don't know it," replied the princess.

"My name is Irene."

"I'm Irene."

"That's my name!" cried the princess.

"That's my name!" cried the princess.

"I know that. I let you have mine. I haven't got your name. You've got mine."

"I know that. I gave you mine. I don't have your name. You have mine."

"How can that be?" asked the princess, bewildered. "I've always had my name."

"How can that be?" asked the princess, confused. "I've always had my name."

"Your papa, the king, asked me if I had any objection to your having it; and of course I hadn't. I let you have it with pleasure."[20]

"Your dad, the king, asked me if I had any problem with you having it; and of course I didn't. I gave it to you gladly."[20]

"It was very kind of you to give me your name—and such a pretty one," said the princess.

"It was really nice of you to share your name with me—and it’s such a beautiful one," said the princess.

"Oh, not so very kind!" said the old lady. "A name is one of those things one can give away and keep all the same. I have a good many such things. Wouldn't you like to know who I am, child?"

"Oh, not so very kind!" said the old lady. "A name is one of those things you can share and still hold on to. I have a lot of things like that. Wouldn't you like to know who I am, kid?"

"Yes, that I should—very much."

"Yes, I definitely should."

"I'm your great-great-grandmother," said the lady.

"I'm your great-great-grandmother," the woman said.

"What's that?" asked the princess.

"What's that?" the princess asked.

"I'm your father's mother's father's mother."

"I'm your great-great-grandma."

"Oh, dear! I can't understand that," said the princess.

"Oh, no! I can't get that," said the princess.

"I daresay not. I didn't expect you would. But that's no reason why I shouldn't say it."

"I certainly don’t think so. I didn’t expect you to. But that doesn’t mean I shouldn’t say it."

"Oh no!" answered the princess.

"Oh no!" replied the princess.

"I will explain it all to you when you are older," the lady went on. "But you will be able to understand this much now: I came here to take care of you."

"I'll explain everything to you when you're older," the lady continued. "But you can understand this much now: I came here to look after you."

"Is it long since you came? Was it yesterday? Or was it to-day, because it was so wet that I couldn't get out?"

"Have you been here long? Was it yesterday? Or was it today, since it was so rainy that I couldn't go out?"

"I've been here ever since you came yourself."

"I've been here since you arrived."

"What a long time!" said the princess. "I don't remember it at all."

"What a long time!" said the princess. "I don't remember it at all."

"No. I suppose not."

"Nope. I guess not."

"But I never saw you before."

"But I’ve never seen you before."

"No. But you shall see me again."

"No. But you'll see me again."

"Do you live in this room always?"

"Do you always live in this room?"

"I don't sleep in it. I sleep on the opposite side of the landing. I sit here most of the day."

"I don't sleep in it. I sleep on the other side of the landing. I sit here most of the day."

"I shouldn't like it. My nursery is much prettier. You[21] must be a queen too, if you are my great big grandmother."

"I shouldn't like it. My nursery is much prettier. You[21] must be a queen too, if you’re my great big grandmother."

"Yes, I am a queen."

"Yes, I'm a queen."

"Where is your crown then?"

"Where's your crown then?"

"In my bedroom."

"In my room."

"I should like to see it."

"I'd like to see it."

"You shall some day—not to-day."

"You will someday—not today."

"I wonder why nursie never told me."

"I wonder why the nurse never told me."

"Nursie doesn't know. She never saw me."

"Nursie doesn't know. She never saw me."

"But somebody knows that you are in the house?"

"But someone knows you're here?"

"No; nobody."

"Nope; nobody."

"How do you get your dinner then?"

"How do you get your dinner now?"

"I keep poultry—of a sort."

"I have some chickens."

"Where do you keep them?"

"Where do you store them?"

"I will show you."

"I'll show you."

"And who makes the chicken broth for you?"

"And who makes the chicken soup for you?"

"I never kill any of my chickens."

"I never kill any of my chickens."

"Then I can't understand."

"Then I can't get it."

"What did you have for breakfast this morning?"

"What did you eat for breakfast this morning?"

"Oh! I had bread and milk, and an egg.—I daresay you eat their eggs."

"Oh! I had bread and milk, and an egg. I bet you eat their eggs."

"Yes, that's it. I eat their eggs."

"Yes, that's it. I eat their eggs."

"Is that what makes your hair so white?"

"Is that what makes your hair so white?"

"No, my dear. It's old age. I am very old."

"No, my dear. It's just old age. I'm really old."

"I thought so. Are you fifty?"

"I thought so. Are you fifty?"

"Yes—more than that."

"Yes—it's even more than that."

"Are you a hundred?"

"Are you one hundred?"

"Yes—more than that. I am too old for you to guess. Come and see my chickens."[22]

"Yes—it's more than that. I'm too old for you to figure it out. Come check out my chickens."[22]

She clapped her hands with delight, and up rose such a flapping of wings. She clapped her hands in joy, and up came a flurry of wings.

Again she stopped her spinning. She rose, took the princess by the hand, led her out of the room, and opened the door opposite the stair. The princess expected to see a lot of hens and chickens, but instead of that, she saw the blue sky first, and then the roofs of the house, with a multitude of the loveliest pigeons, mostly white, but of all colors, walking about, making bows to each other, and talking a language she could not understand. She clapped her hands with delight, and up rose such a flapping of wings, that she in her turn was startled.

Again, she stopped her spinning. She stood up, took the princess by the hand, led her out of the room, and opened the door opposite the stairs. The princess expected to see a bunch of hens and chicks, but instead, she first saw the blue sky, and then the roofs of the houses, with a multitude of the most beautiful pigeons, mostly white but in all colors, walking around, bowing to each other, and speaking a language she couldn't understand. She clapped her hands with joy, and the flapping of wings that erupted startled her in return.

"You've frightened my poultry," said the old lady, smiling.

"You've scared my chickens," said the old lady, smiling.

"And they've frightened me," said the princess, smiling too. "But what very nice poultry! Are the eggs nice?"

"And they've scared me," said the princess, smiling as well. "But what lovely chickens! Are the eggs good?"

"Yes, very nice."

"Yeah, that's really nice."

"What a small egg-spoon you must have! Wouldn't it be better to keep hens, and get bigger eggs?"

"What a tiny egg spoon you must have! Wouldn't it be better to raise some chickens and get larger eggs?"

"How should I feed them, though?"

"How should I feed them, though?"

"I see," said the princess. "The pigeons feed themselves. They've got wings."

"I get it," said the princess. "The pigeons feed themselves. They have wings."

"Just so. If they couldn't fly, I couldn't eat their eggs."

"Exactly. If they couldn't fly, I couldn't eat their eggs."

"But how do you get at the eggs? Where are their nests?"

"But how do you get to the eggs? Where are their nests?"

The lady took hold of a little loop of string in the wall at the side of the door, and lifting a shutter showed a great many pigeon-holes with nests, some with young ones and some with eggs in them. The birds came in at the other side, and she took out the eggs on this side. She closed it again quickly, lest the young ones should be frightened.

The woman grabbed a small loop of string on the wall next to the door, and lifting a shutter revealed many pigeonholes with nests, some containing chicks and others with eggs. The birds entered from the other side, and she collected the eggs from this side. She quickly closed it again to avoid scaring the chicks.

"Oh what a nice way!" cried the princess. "Will you give me an egg to eat? I'm rather hungry."[23]

"Oh, what a lovely way!" exclaimed the princess. "Could you please give me an egg to eat? I'm feeling quite hungry."[23]

"I will some day, but now you must go back, or nursie will be miserable about you. I daresay she's looking for you everywhere."

"I will someday, but for now you need to go back, or the nurse will be worried about you. I bet she’s searching for you everywhere."

"Except here," answered the princess. "Oh how surprised she will be when I tell her about my great big grand-grandmother!"

"Except here," replied the princess. "Oh, how surprised she will be when I tell her about my amazing great-great-grandmother!"

"Yes, that she will!" said the old lady with a curious smile. "Mind you tell her all about it exactly."

"Yes, she will!" said the old lady with an intrigued smile. "Make sure to tell her everything about it clearly."

"That I will. Please will you take me back to her?"

"Sure, will you take me back to her?"

"I can't go all the way, but I will take you to the top of the stair, and then you must run down quite fast into your own room."

"I can't go all the way up, but I'll take you to the top of the stairs, and then you need to hurry down to your own room."

The little princess put her hand in the old lady's, who, looking this way and that, brought her to the top of the first stair, and thence to the bottom of the second, and did not leave her till she saw her half way down the third. When she heard the cry of her nurse's pleasure at finding her, she turned and walked up the stairs again, very fast indeed for such a very great grandmother, and sat down to her spinning with another strange smile on her sweet old face.

The little princess took the old lady's hand, who, glancing around, guided her to the top of the first stair, and then to the bottom of the second, not leaving her until she saw her halfway down the third. When she heard her nurse's joyful shout upon finding her, she turned and hurried back up the stairs, surprisingly fast for someone so elderly, and sat down to her spinning with another peculiar smile on her sweet old face.

About this spinning of hers I will tell you more next time.

About this spinning of hers, I will tell you more next time.

Guess what she was spinning.

Guess what she was creating.


CHAPTER IV

WHAT THE NURSE THOUGHT OF IT
"WHY, where can you have been, princess?" asked the nurse, taking her in her arms. "It's very unkind of you to hide away so long. I began to be afraid—"

Here she checked herself.

Here she assessed herself.

"What were you afraid of, nursie?" asked the princess.

"What were you scared of, nurse?" asked the princess.

"Never mind," she answered. "Perhaps I will tell you another day. Now tell me where you have been?"

"Forget it," she replied. "Maybe I'll share it another day. Now, tell me where you’ve been?"

"I've been up a long way to see my very great, huge, old grandmother," said the princess.

"I've traveled a long way to see my really great, huge, old grandmother," said the princess.

"What do you mean by that?" asked the nurse, who thought she was making fun.

"What do you mean by that?" asked the nurse, who thought she was being mocked.

"I mean that I've been a long way up and up to see my great grandmother. Ah, nursie, you don't know what a beautiful mother of grandmothers I've got upstairs. She is such an old lady! with such lovely white hair!—as white as my silver cup. Now, when I think of it, I think her hair must be silver."

"I mean that I've traveled a long way to see my great grandmother. Ah, nurse, you have no idea what a beautiful matriarch I have upstairs. She is such an old lady! with such lovely white hair!—as white as my silver cup. Now, when I think about it, I believe her hair must be silver."

"What nonsense you are talking, princess!" said the nurse.

"What nonsense you're talking, princess!" said the nurse.

"I'm not talking nonsense," returned Irene, rather offended. "I will tell you all about her. She's much taller than you, and much prettier."

"I'm not making this up," Irene replied, a bit offended. "I'll tell you all about her. She's way taller than you and much prettier."

"Oh, I daresay!" remarked the nurse.

"Oh, I must say!" commented the nurse.

"And she lives upon pigeon's eggs."

"And she survives on pigeon eggs."

"Most likely," said the nurse.[25]

"Probably," said the nurse.[25]

"And she sits in an empty room, spin-spinning all day long."

"And she sits in an empty room, spinning all day long."

"Not a doubt of it," said the nurse.

"Totally," said the nurse.

"And she keeps her crown in her bedroom."

"And she keeps her crown in her bedroom."

"Of course—quite the proper place to keep her crown in. She wears it in bed, I'll be bound."

"Of course—definitely the right place to keep her crown. I’m sure she wears it in bed."

"She didn't say that. And I don't think she does. That wouldn't be comfortable—would it? I don't think my papa wears his crown for a night-cap. Does he, nursie?"

"She didn't say that. And I don't think she means it. That wouldn’t be comfortable—would it? I don’t think my dad wears his crown to bed. Does he, nurse?"

"I never asked him. I daresay he does."

"I never asked him. I bet he does."

"And she's been there ever since I came here—ever so many years."

"And she's been there ever since I got here—so many years now."

"Anybody could have told you that," said the nurse, who did not believe a word Irene was saying.

"Anyone could have told you that," said the nurse, who didn't believe a word Irene was saying.

"Why didn't you tell me then?"

"Why didn't you tell me that earlier?"

"There was no necessity. You could make it all up for yourself."

"There was no need. You could create it all for yourself."

"You don't believe me then!" exclaimed the princess, astonished and angry, as well she might be.

"You don't believe me then!" the princess exclaimed, astonished and angry, as she had every right to be.

"Did you expect me to believe you, princess?" asked the nurse coldly. "I know princesses are in the habit of telling make-believes, but you are the first I ever heard of who expected to have them believed," she added, seeing that the child was strangely in earnest.

"Did you really think I would believe you, princess?" the nurse asked coldly. "I know princesses have a tendency to spin tales, but you’re the first one I’ve come across who thought they’d be taken seriously," she added, noticing that the child was unusually sincere.

The princess burst into tears.

The princess started crying.

"Well, I must say," remarked the nurse, now thoroughly vexed with her for crying, "it is not at all becoming in a princess to tell stories and expect to be believed just because she is a princess."

"Well, I have to say," said the nurse, now completely irritated by her crying, "it's really not fitting for a princess to tell stories and expect to be believed just because she’s a princess."

"But it's quite true, I tell you, nursie."[26]

"But it's really true, I promise you, nurse." [26]

"You've dreamt it, then, child."

"You've dreamed it, then, kid."

"No, I didn't dream it. I went up-stairs, and I lost myself, and if I hadn't found the beautiful lady, I should never have found myself."

"No, I didn't dream it. I went upstairs, and I got lost, and if I hadn't found the beautiful lady, I would have never found myself."

"Oh, I daresay!"

"Oh, I must say!"

"Well, you just come up with me, and see if I'm not telling the truth."

"Well, just come with me and see if I'm not telling the truth."

"Indeed I have other work to do. It's your dinner-time, and I won't have any more such nonsense."

"Honestly, I have other things to take care of. It's time for your dinner, and I can't deal with any more of this nonsense."

The princess wiped her eyes, and her face grew so hot that they were soon quite dry. She sat down to her dinner, but ate next to nothing. Not to be believed does not at all agree with princesses; for a real princess cannot tell a lie. So all the afternoon she did not speak a word. Only when the nurse spoke to her, she answered her, for a real princess is never rude—even when she does well to be offended.

The princess wiped her eyes, and her face became so warm that they soon dried up completely. She sat down for dinner but barely ate anything. Being disbelieved doesn't suit princesses at all; a true princess can't lie. So, she didn't say a word all afternoon. She only responded when the nurse spoke to her because a real princess is never rude—even when she has every right to be upset.

Of course the nurse was not comfortable in her mind—not that she suspected the least truth in Irene's story, but that she loved her dearly, and was vexed with herself for having been cross to her. She thought her crossness was the cause of the princess' unhappiness, and had no idea that she was really and deeply hurt at not being believed. But, as it became more and more plain during the evening in every motion and look, that, although she tried to amuse herself with her toys, her heart was too vexed and troubled to enjoy them, her nurse's discomfort grew and grew. When bedtime came, she undressed and laid her down, but the child, instead of holding up her little mouth to be kissed, turned away from her and lay still. Then nursie's heart gave way altogether, and she began to cry. At the sound[27] of her first sob, the princess turned again, and held her face to kiss her as usual. But the nurse had her handkerchief to her eyes, and did not see the movement.

Of course, the nurse was feeling uneasy—not that she doubted Irene's story, but because she cared for her deeply and was upset with herself for being short with her. She thought her harshness was the reason for the princess's unhappiness, completely unaware that Irene was genuinely hurt by not being believed. As the evening went on, it became more obvious in every movement and glance that, even though she tried to play with her toys, her heart was too troubled to enjoy them, and the nurse's discomfort only increased. When bedtime arrived, she undressed Irene and tucked her in, but instead of leaning in for a kiss, the child turned away and lay still. At that moment, the nurse's heart broke, and she started to cry. At the sound of her first sob, the princess turned back and faced her for the usual kiss. But the nurse had her handkerchief to her eyes and didn’t see her movement.

"Nursie," said the princess, "why won't you believe me?"

"Nursie," said the princess, "why don't you believe me?"

"Because I can't believe you," said the nurse, getting angry again.

"Because I can't trust you," the nurse said, getting angry again.

"Ah! then you can't help it," said Irene, "and I will not be vexed with you any more. I will give you a kiss and go to sleep."

"Ah! then you can't help it," Irene said, "and I won't be mad at you anymore. I'll give you a kiss and go to sleep."

"You little angel!" cried the nurse, and caught her out of bed, and walked about the room with her in her arms, kissing and hugging her.

"You little angel!" the nurse exclaimed, picking her up from bed and walking around the room with her in her arms, kissing and hugging her.

"You will let me take you to see my dear old great big grandmother, won't you?" said the princess, as she laid her down again.

"You will let me take you to see my beloved old great big grandmother, won't you?" said the princess, as she laid her down again.

"And you won't say I'm ugly, any more—will you, princess?"

"And you won't say I'm ugly anymore—will you, princess?"

"Nursie! I never said you were ugly. What can you mean?"

"Nursie! I never said you were ugly. What do you mean?"

"Well, if you didn't say it, you meant it."

"Well, if you didn't say it, you really meant it."

"Indeed, I never did."

"Yeah, I never did."

"You said I wasn't so pretty as that—"

"You said I wasn't as pretty as that—"

"As my beautiful grandmother—yes, I did say that; and I say it again, for it's quite true."

"As my beautiful grandmother—yes, I said that; and I’ll say it again, because it’s totally true."

"Then I do think you are unkind!" said the nurse, and put her handkerchief to her eyes again.

"Then I really think you are unkind!" said the nurse, and put her handkerchief to her eyes again.

"Nursie, dear, everybody can't be as beautiful as every other body, you know. You are very nice-looking, but if you had been as beautiful as my grandmother—"

"Nursie, dear, not everyone can be as beautiful as everyone else, you know. You are very good-looking, but if you had been as beautiful as my grandmother—"

"Bother your grandmother!" said the nurse.[28]

"Bother your grandma!" said the nurse.[28]

"Nurse, that's very rude. You are not fit to be spoken to—till you can behave better."

"Nurse, that's really disrespectful. You shouldn't be talked to—until you can act more appropriately."

The princess turned away once more, and again the nurse was ashamed of herself.

The princess turned away again, and once more the nurse felt ashamed of herself.

"I'm sure I beg your pardon, princess," she said, though still in an offended tone. But the princess let the tone pass, and heeded only the words.

"I'm sure I apologize, princess," she said, though still sounding offended. But the princess overlooked the tone and focused only on the words.

"You won't say it again, I am sure," she answered, once more turning toward her nurse. "I was only going to say that if you had been twice as nice-looking as you are, some king or other would have married you, and then what would have become of me?"

"You won't say that again, I'm sure," she replied, turning back to her nurse. "I was just going to mention that if you had been twice as attractive as you are, some king would have married you, and then what would have happened to me?"

"You are an angel!" repeated the nurse, again embracing her.

"You’re an angel!" the nurse said again, hugging her once more.

"Now," insisted Irene, "you will come and see my grandmother—won't you?"

"Now," insisted Irene, "you will come and see my grandmother—won't you?"

"I will go with you anywhere you like, my cherub," she answered; and in two minutes the weary little princess was fast asleep.

"I'll go with you wherever you want, my dear," she replied; and in just two minutes, the tired little princess was fast asleep.


CHAPTER V

THE PRINCESS LETS WELL ALONE
WHEN she woke the next morning, the first thing she heard was the rain still falling. Indeed, this day was so like the last, that it would have been difficult to tell where was the use of it. The first thing she thought of, however, was not the rain, but the lady in the tower; and the first question that occupied her thoughts was whether she should not ask the nurse to fulfill her promise this very morning, and go with her to find her grandmother as soon as she had had her breakfast. But she came to the conclusion that perhaps the lady would not be pleased if she took anyone to see her without first asking leave; especially as it was pretty evident, seeing she lived on pigeons' eggs, and cooked them herself, that she did not want the household to know she was there. So the princess resolved to take the first opportunity of running up alone and asking whether she might bring her nurse. She believed the fact that she could not otherwise convince her she was telling the truth, would have much weight with her grandmother.

The princess and her nurse were the best of friends all dressing time, and the princess in consequence ate an enormous little breakfast.

The princess and her nurse were the best of friends all the time, and because of that, the princess had a huge little breakfast.

"I wonder, Lootie"—that was her pet-name for her nurse—"what pigeons' eggs taste like?" she said, as she was eating[30] her egg—not quite a common one, for they always picked out the pinky ones for her.

"I wonder, Lootie"—that was her nickname for her nurse—"what do pigeon eggs taste like?" she said, as she was eating[30] her egg—not just any egg, since they always chose the pink ones for her.

"We'll get you a pigeon's egg, and you shall judge for yourself," said the nurse.

"We'll get you a pigeon’s egg, and you can judge for yourself," said the nurse.

"Oh, no, no!" returned Irene, suddenly reflecting they might disturb the old lady in getting it, and that even if they did not, she would have one less in consequence.

"Oh, no, no!" Irene exclaimed, suddenly realizing that they might disturb the old lady in getting it, and that even if they didn't, she would have one less as a result.

"What a strange creature you are," said the nurse—"first to want a thing and then to refuse it!"

"What a strange person you are," said the nurse—"first wanting something and then refusing it!"

But she did not say it crossly, and the princess never minded any remarks that were not unfriendly.

But she didn’t say it angrily, and the princess never cared about any comments that weren’t unkind.

"Well, you see, Lootie, there are reasons," she returned, and said no more, for she did not want to bring up the subject of their former strife, lest her nurse should offer to go before she had had her grandmother's permission to bring her. Of course she could refuse to take her, but then she would believe her less than ever.

"Well, you see, Lootie, there are reasons," she replied, and said no more, as she didn't want to revisit their past conflict, fearing that her nurse might suggest leaving before she had her grandmother's permission to bring her. Of course, she could refuse to take her, but that would only make her believe in her even less.

Now the nurse, as she said herself afterward, could not be every moment in the room, and as never before yesterday had the princess given her the smallest reason for anxiety, it had not yet come into her head to watch her more closely. So she soon gave her a chance, and the very first that offered, Irene was off and up the stairs again.

Now the nurse, as she later admitted, couldn’t be in the room every single minute. Since the princess had never given her any reason to worry before yesterday, it hadn’t occurred to her to keep a closer eye on her. So, she quickly got her chance, and the very first opportunity that came up, Irene was off and running up the stairs again.

This day's adventure, however, did not turn out like yesterday's, although it began like it; and indeed to-day is very seldom like yesterday, if people would note the differences—even when it rains. The princess ran through passage after passage, and could not find the stair of the tower. My own suspicion is that she had not gone up high enough, and was[31] searching on the second instead of the third floor. When she turned to go back, she failed equally in her search after the stair. She was lost once more.

This day's adventure, however, didn’t turn out like yesterday’s, even though it started the same way; and really, today is rarely like yesterday if people pay attention to the differences—even when it’s raining. The princess ran through passage after passage and couldn’t find the tower stairs. I suspect she hadn’t gone up high enough and was[31] searching on the second floor instead of the third. When she turned to head back, she failed just as much in her search for the stairs. She was lost once again.

Something made it even worse to bear this time, and it was no wonder that she cried again. Suddenly it occurred to her that it was after having cried before that she had found her grandmother's stair. She got up at once, wiped her eyes, and started upon a fresh quest. This time, although she did not find what she hoped, she found what was next best: she did not come on a stair that went up, but she came upon one that went down. It was evidently not the stair she had come up, yet it was a good deal better than none; so down she went, and was singing merrily before she reached the bottom. There, to her surprise, she found herself in the kitchen. Although she was not allowed to go there alone, her nurse had often taken her, and she was a great favorite with the servants. So there was a general rush at her the moment she appeared, for every one wanted to have her; and the report of where she was soon reached the nurse's ears. She came at once to fetch her; but she never suspected how she had got there, and the princess kept her own counsel.

Something made this time even harder to handle, and it was no surprise that she cried again. Suddenly, she remembered that it was after she had cried before that she had found her grandmother's stair. She got up immediately, wiped her eyes, and set off on a new search. This time, although she didn’t find what she hoped for, she found something almost as good: instead of a stair that went up, she found one that went down. It clearly wasn't the stair she had come up, but it was definitely better than nothing; so down she went, singing happily before she reached the bottom. There, to her surprise, she found herself in the kitchen. Although she wasn’t allowed to go there alone, her nurse often took her, and she was a favorite with the servants. So, the moment she appeared, everyone rushed to her because they all wanted to see her; and soon, news of where she was reached the nurse’s ears. She came right away to get her, but she never guessed how she had gotten there, and the princess kept quiet about it.

Her failure to find the old lady not only disappointed her, but made her very thoughtful. Sometimes she came almost to the nurse's opinion that she had dreamed all about her; but that fancy never lasted very long. She wondered much whether she should ever see her again, and thought it very sad not to have been able to find her when she particularly wanted her. She resolved to say nothing more to her nurse on the subject, seeing it was so little in her power to prove her words.

Her failure to find the old woman not only disappointed her but also made her really thoughtful. Sometimes she almost agreed with the nurse’s belief that she had just imagined the whole thing; but that thought never lasted very long. She wondered if she would ever see her again and felt it was very sad that she couldn’t find her when she really needed her. She decided to say nothing more to her nurse about it since it was so hard for her to prove her claims.


CHAPTER VI

THE LITTLE MINER
THE next day the great cloud still hung over the mountain, and the rain poured like water from a full sponge. The princess was very fond of being out of doors, and she nearly cried when she saw that the weather was no better. But the mist was not of such a dark dingy gray; there was light in it; and as the hours went on, it grew brighter and brighter, until it was almost too brilliant to look at; and late in the afternoon, the sun broke out so gloriously that Irene clapped her hands, crying,

"See, see, Lootie! The sun has had his face washed. Look how bright he is! Do get my hat, and let us go out for a walk. Oh dear! oh dear! how happy I am!"

"Look, Lootie! The sun looks so bright today! Can you grab my hat? Let's go out for a walk. Oh my! I'm so happy!"

Lootie was very glad to please the princess. She got her hat and cloak, and they set out together for a walk up the mountain; for the road was so hard and steep that the water could not rest upon it, and it was always dry enough for walking a few minutes after the rain ceased. The clouds were rolling away in broken pieces, like great, overwoolly sheep, whose wool the sun had bleached till it was almost too white for the eyes to bear. Between them the sky shone with a deeper and purer blue, because of the rain. The trees on the road-side were hung all over with drops, which sparkled in the sun like jewels. The only things that were no brighter for the rain, were the brooks that ran down the mountain; they had[33] changed from the clearness of crystal to a muddy brown; but what they lost in color they gained in sound—or at least in noise, for a brook when it is swollen is not so musical as before. But Irene was in raptures with the great brown streams tumbling down everywhere; and Lootie shared in her delight, for she too had been confined to the house for three days. At length she observed that the sun was getting low, and said it was time to be going back. She made the remark again and again, but, every time, the princess begged her to go on just a little farther and a little farther; reminding her that it was much easier to go down hill, and saying that when they did turn, they would be at home in a moment. So on and on they did go, now to look at a group of ferns over whose tops a stream was pouring in a watery arch, now to pick a shining stone from a rock by the wayside, now to watch the flight of some bird. Suddenly the shadow of a great mountain peak came up from behind, and shot in front of them. When the nurse saw it, she started and shook, and tremulously grasping the hand of the princess turned and began to run down the hill.

Lootie was really happy to make the princess happy. She grabbed her hat and cloak, and they set off together for a walk up the mountain; the path was so tough and steep that the water couldn't settle on it, and it was always dry enough to walk on just a few minutes after the rain stopped. The clouds were breaking apart, like huge, fluffy sheep, whose wool the sun had bleached to the point of being almost too bright to look at. Between them, the sky gleamed with a deeper and clearer blue because of the rain. The trees along the path were covered in drops that sparkled in the sunlight like jewels. The only things that weren't brighter because of the rain were the streams flowing down the mountain; they had changed from crystal clear to muddy brown; but what they lost in color, they gained in sound—or at least in noise, because a swollen brook isn’t as musical as it was before. But Irene was thrilled by the big brown streams tumbling down everywhere; and Lootie was delighted too, as she had been stuck inside the house for three days. Eventually, she noticed the sun was getting low and said it was time to head back. She mentioned it repeatedly, but each time, the princess asked her to go just a little farther and a little farther; reminding her that going downhill was much easier, and saying that when they turned around, they’d be home in no time. So they continued on, stopping now to admire a group of ferns with a stream pouring over them in a watery arch, now to pick up a shiny stone from a rock by the path, now to watch a bird fly by. Suddenly, the shadow of a huge mountain peak appeared behind them and shot in front of them. When the nurse saw it, she jumped, shook, and, tremblingly holding the princess's hand, turned and started to run down the hill.

"What's all the haste, nursie?" asked Irene, running alongside of her.

"What's with all the rush, nurse?" asked Irene, running beside her.

"We must not be out a moment longer."

"We can't wait any longer."

"But we can't help being out a good many moments longer."

"But we can't help being out a lot longer."

It was too true. The nurse almost cried. They were much too far from home. It was against express orders to be out with the princess one moment after the sun was down; and they were nearly a mile up the mountain! If his Majesty,[34] Irene's papa, were to hear of it, Lootie would certainly be dismissed; and to leave the princess would break her heart. It was no wonder she ran. But Irene was not in the least frightened, not knowing anything to be frightened at. She kept on chattering as well as she could, but it was not easy.

It was too true. The nurse was almost in tears. They were way too far from home. It was strictly against orders to be out with the princess even a minute after sunset, and they were almost a mile up the mountain! If his Majesty,[34] Irene's dad, found out, Lootie would definitely get fired; and leaving the princess would break her heart. It was no surprise she ran. But Irene wasn’t scared at all, not knowing there was anything to be afraid of. She kept chatting as much as she could, but it wasn’t easy.

"Lootie! Lootie! why do you run so fast? It shakes my teeth when I talk."

"Lootie! Lootie! why are you running so fast? It makes my teeth rattle when I talk."

"Then don't talk," said Lootie.

"Then don't speak," said Lootie.

But the princess went on talking. She was always saying, "Look, look, Lootie," but Lootie paid no more heed to anything she said, only ran on.

But the princess kept talking. She kept saying, "Look, look, Lootie," but Lootie didn’t pay attention to anything she said, just kept running on.

"Look, look, Lootie! Don't you see that funny man peeping over the rock?"

"Hey, look, Lootie! Can't you see that funny guy peeking over the rock?"

Lootie only ran the faster. They had to pass the rock and when they came nearer, the princess clearly saw that it was only a large fragment of the rock itself that she had mistaken for a man.

Lootie only ran faster. They had to pass the rock, and when they got closer, the princess clearly saw that it was just a large piece of the rock itself that she had mistaken for a man.

"Look, look, Lootie! There's such a curious creature at the foot of that old tree. Look at it, Lootie! It's making faces at us, I do think."

"Look, look, Lootie! There's such a strange creature at the base of that old tree. Check it out, Lootie! It seems to be making faces at us, I really think."

Lootie gave a stifled cry, and ran faster still—so fast, that Irene's little legs could not keep up with her, and she fell with a clash. It was a hard down-hill road, and she had been running very fast—so it was no wonder she began to cry. This put the nurse nearly beside herself; but all she could do was to run on, the moment she got the princess on her feet again.

Lootie let out a muffled cry and ran even faster—so fast that Irene's short legs couldn't keep up, and she fell with a thud. It was a steep downhill path, and she had been running really quickly, so it was no surprise she started to cry. This nearly drove the nurse crazy; but all she could do was keep running as soon as she helped the princess back on her feet.

"Who's that laughing at me?" said the princess, trying to keep in her sobs, and running too fast for her grazed knees.

"Who's laughing at me?" the princess said, trying to hold back her tears and running too quickly for her scraped knees.

"Nobody, child," said the nurse, almost angrily.[35]

"Nobody, kid," the nurse said, almost angrily.[35]

But that instant there came a burst of coarse tittering from somewhere near, and a hoarse indistinct voice that seemed to say, "Lies! lies! lies!"

But just then, there was a loud burst of mocking laughter from somewhere nearby, along with a rough, unclear voice that seemed to shout, "Lies! Lies! Lies!"

"Oh!" cried the nurse with a sigh that was almost a scream, and ran on faster than ever.

"Oh!" shouted the nurse with a sigh that was nearly a scream and ran on faster than before.

"Nursie! Lootie! I can't run any more. Do let us walk a bit."

"Nursie! Lootie! I can't run anymore. Can we please walk for a bit?"

"What am I to do?" said the nurse. "Here, I will carry you."

"What am I supposed to do?" said the nurse. "Here, I’ll carry you."

She caught her up; but found her much too heavy to run with, and had to set her down again. Then she looked wildly about her, gave a great cry, and said—

She caught up with her; but found her too heavy to run with, so she had to put her down again. Then she looked around frantically, let out a loud cry, and said—

"We've taken the wrong turning somewhere, and I don't know where we are. We are lost, lost!"

"We've taken a wrong turn somewhere, and I have no idea where we are. We're lost, completely lost!"

The terror she was in had quite bewildered her. It was true enough they had lost the way. They had been running down into a little valley in which there was no house to be seen.

The terror she felt completely confused her. It was true that they had lost their way. They had been rushing down into a small valley where there wasn't a house in sight.

Now Irene did not know what good reason there was for her nurse's terror, for the servants had all strict orders never to mention the goblins to her, but it was very discomposing to see her nurse in such a fright. Before, however, she had time to grow thoroughly alarmed like her, she heard the sound of whistling, and that revived her. Presently she saw a boy coming up the road from the valley to meet them. He was the whistler; but before they met, his whistling changed to singing. And this is something like what he sang:

Now Irene didn’t understand why her nurse was so terrified, especially since the servants had strict orders never to mention the goblins to her. But it was really unsettling to see her nurse so frightened. Before she could get as alarmed as her, she heard whistling, which brought her back to herself. Soon, she spotted a boy walking up the road from the valley to meet them. He was the one whistling; but by the time they got closer, he had switched to singing. And this is something like what he sang:

"Ring! dod! bang!
Hear the hammers' clang!
Hit, spin, and drill!
[36]Zoom and huff and roar!
Thus we split the rocks.
Break the goblin locks.
Look at the shiny metal!
One, two, three—
Bright as gold!
Four, five, six—
Shovels, pickaxes, and mattocks!
Seven, eight, nine—
Light your lamp from mine.
Ten, eleven, twelve—
Hold the handle loosely.
We're the happy miner boys,
"Tell the goblins to keep it down."

"I wish you would hold your noise," said the nurse rudely, for the very word goblin at such a time and in such a place made her tremble. It would bring the goblins upon them to a certainty, she thought, to defy them in that way. But whether the boy heard her or not, he did not stop his singing.

"I wish you would keep your voice down," the nurse said rudely, since just saying the word goblin at that moment and in that place made her nervous. She believed it would definitely attract the goblins if they challenged them like that. But whether the boy heard her or not, he didn’t stop singing.

"Thirteen, fourteen, fifteen—
This is worth the effort.
Sixteen, seventeen, eighteen—
There's the match, and lay it in.
Nineteen, twenty—
"Plenty of goblins."

"Do be quiet," cried the nurse, in a whispered shriek. But the boy, who was now close at hand, still went on.

"Please be quiet," the nurse exclaimed in a hushed scream. But the boy, now nearby, continued talking.

"Hush! scush! scurry!
There you go, rushing!
Gobble gobble!
There you go wobbling;
Hobble, hobble, hobblin'!
Cobble! cobble! cobblin'!
Hob-bob-goblin—Huuuuuh!

"There!" said the boy, as he stood still opposite them. "There! that'll do for them. They can't bear singing, and they can't stand that song. They can't sing themselves, for they have no more voice than a crow; and they don't like other people to sing."

"There!" said the boy, as he stood still facing them. "There! That should be enough for them. They can't stand singing, and they can't handle that song. They can't sing themselves because they have no more voice than a crow; and they don't want other people to sing."

The boy was dressed in a miner's dress, with a curious cap on his head. He was a very nice-looking boy, with eyes as dark as the mines in which he worked, and as sparkling as the crystals in their rocks. He was about twelve years old. His face was almost too pale for beauty, which came of his being so little in the open air and the sunlight—for even vegetables grown in the dark are white; but he looked happy, merry indeed—perhaps at the thought of having routed the goblins; and his bearing as he stood before them had nothing clownish or rude about it.

The boy was wearing a miner's outfit, with a quirky cap on his head. He was a very good-looking kid, with eyes as dark as the mines he worked in, and as bright as the crystals in the rocks. He was around twelve years old. His face was almost too pale to be attractive, which was due to him spending so little time outdoors in the sunlight—just like vegetables grown in the dark are white—but he looked happy, genuinely cheerful—maybe because he had just defeated the goblins; and the way he stood before them was neither silly nor disrespectful.

"I saw them," he went on, "as I came up; and I'm very glad I did. I knew they were after somebody, but I couldn't see who it was. They won't touch you so long as I'm with you."

"I saw them," he continued, "as I was coming up; and I'm really glad I did. I knew they were after someone, but I couldn't tell who it was. They won't bother you as long as I'm with you."

"Why, who are you?" asked the nurse, offended at the freedom with which he spoke to them.

"Who do you think you are?" the nurse said, annoyed by how casually he talked to them.

"I'm Peter's son."

"I'm Peter's kid."

"Who's Peter?"

"Who is Peter?"

"Peter the miner."

"Peter the miner."

"I don't know him."

"I don't know him."

"I'm his son, though."

"I'm his son, though."

"And why should the goblins mind you, pray?"

"And why should the goblins care about you, I ask?"

"Because I don't mind them. I'm used to them."

"Because I don't care about them. I'm used to them."

"What difference does that make?"

"What difference does it make?"

"If you're not afraid of them, they're afraid of you. I'm[38] not afraid of them. That's all. But it's all that's wanted—up here, that is. It's a different thing down there. They won't always mind that song even, down there. And if anyone sings it, they stand grinning at him awfully; and if he gets frightened, and misses a word, or says a wrong one, they—oh! don't they give it him!"

"If you’re not scared of them, they’re scared of you. I’m[38] not scared of them. That’s all there is to it. But that’s all that matters—up here, at least. It’s a different story down there. They won’t always care about that song even, down there. And if someone sings it, they just stand there grinning at him in a creepy way; and if he gets scared, and misses a word, or messes up, they—oh! don’t they go after him!"

"What do they do to him?" asked Irene, with a trembling voice.

"What do they do to him?" asked Irene, her voice shaking.

"Don't go frightening the princess," said the nurse.

"Don't scare the princess," said the nurse.

"The princess!" repeated the little miner, taking off his curious cap. "I beg your pardon; but you oughtn't to be out so late. Everybody knows that's against the law."

"The princess!" echoed the little miner, removing his strange cap. "I’m sorry, but you really shouldn’t be out this late. Everyone knows that’s against the law."

"Yes, indeed it is!" said the nurse, beginning to cry again. "And I shall have to suffer for it."

"Yes, it really is!" said the nurse, starting to cry again. "And I’ll have to pay for it."

"What does that matter?" said the boy. "It must be your fault. It is the princess who will suffer for it. I hope they didn't hear you call her the princess. If they did, they're sure to know her again: they're awfully sharp."

"What does that matter?" the boy said. "It must be your fault. The princess is the one who will pay for it. I hope they didn't hear you call her the princess. If they did, they’ll definitely recognize her again: they’re really observant."

"Lootie! Lootie!" cried the princess. "Take me home."

"Lootie! Lootie!" shouted the princess. "Take me home."

"Don't go on like that," said the nurse to the boy, almost fiercely. "How could I help it? I lost my way."

"Stop acting like that," the nurse said to the boy, almost angrily. "How was I supposed to help it? I got lost."

"You shouldn't have been out so late. You wouldn't have lost your way if you hadn't been frightened," said the boy. "Come along. I'll soon set you right again. Shall I carry your little Highness?"

"You shouldn't have been out so late. You wouldn't have gotten lost if you hadn't been scared," said the boy. "Come on. I'll help you find your way again. Do you want me to carry you, Your Highness?"

"Impertinence!" murmured the nurse, but she did not say it aloud, for she thought if she made him angry, he might take his revenge by telling some one belonging to the house, and then it would be sure to come to the king's ears.[39]

"Rudeness!" the nurse muttered, but she kept it to herself, knowing that if she upset him, he might get back at her by telling someone in the household, and then it would definitely reach the king.[39]

"No, thank you," said Irene. "I can walk very well, though I can't run so fast as nursie. If you will give me one hand, Lootie will give me another, and then I shall get on famously."

"No, thank you," Irene said. "I walk just fine, even if I can't run as fast as the nurse. If you take one of my hands, Lootie will take the other, and then I'll be able to move along just great."

They soon had her between them, holding a hand of each.

They quickly had her between them, holding one of her hands in each of theirs.

"Now let's run," said the nurse.

"Let’s run now," said the nurse.

"No, no," said the little miner. "That's the worst thing you can do. If you hadn't run before, you would not have lost your way. And if you run now, they will be after you in a moment."

"No, no," said the little miner. "That's the worst thing you can do. If you hadn't run before, you wouldn't have lost your way. And if you run now, they’ll be after you in no time."

"I don't want to run," said Irene.

"I don't want to run," said Irene.

"You don't think of me," said the nurse.

"You don't think of me," the nurse said.

"Yes, I do, Lootie. The boy says they won't touch us if we don't run."

"Yeah, I do, Lootie. The boy says they won't bother us if we just stay calm."

"Yes; but if they know at the house that I've kept you out so late, I shall be turned away, and that would break my heart."

"Yeah, but if they find out at home that I've kept you out so late, I'll get kicked out, and that would totally break my heart."

"Turned away, Lootie. Who would turn you away?"

"Turned away, Lootie. Who would ever turn you away?"

"Your papa, child."

"Your dad, kid."

"But I'll tell him it was all my fault. And you know it was, Lootie."

"But I'll tell him it was all my fault. And you know it was, Lootie."

"He won't mind that. I'm sure he won't."

"He won't care about that. I'm sure he won't."

"Then I'll cry, and go down on my knees to him, and beg him not to take away my own dear Lootie."

"Then I'll cry, get down on my knees in front of him, and beg him not to take away my dear Lootie."

The nurse was comforted at hearing this, and said no more. They went on, walking pretty fast, but taking care not to run a step.

The nurse felt reassured hearing this and didn't say anything else. They continued on, walking quite quickly but making sure not to run at all.

"I want to talk to you," said Irene to the little miner; "but it's so awkward! I don't know your name."

"I want to talk to you," Irene said to the little miner; "but it's so awkward! I don't know your name."

"My name's Curdie, little princess."

"I'm Curdie, little princess."

"What a funny name! Curdie! What more?"[40]

"What a funny name! Curdie! What else?"[40]

"Curdie Peterson. What's your name, please?"

"Curdie Peterson. What’s your name, please?"

"Irene."

"Irene."

"What more?"

"What else?"

"I don't know what more.—What more is my name, Lootie?"

"I don't know what else. What else is my name, Lootie?"

"Princesses haven't got more than one name. They don't want it."

"Princesses don’t have more than one name. They don’t want that."

"Oh then, Curdie, you must call me just Irene, and no more."

"Oh then, Curdie, you just have to call me Irene, nothing more."

"No, indeed," said the nurse indignantly. "He shall do no such thing."

"No way," the nurse said angrily. "He won’t be doing that."

"What shall he call me, then, Lootie?"

"What should he call me, then, Lootie?"

"Your royal Highness."

"Your Royal Highness."

"My royal Highness! What's that? No, no, Lootie, I will not be called names. I don't like them. You said to me once yourself that it's only rude children that call names; and I'm sure Curdie wouldn't be rude.—Curdie, my name's Irene."

"My royal Highness! What’s that? No, no, Lootie, I’m not going to be called names. I don’t like it. You told me once that only rude kids call names, and I’m sure Curdie wouldn’t be rude.—Curdie, my name’s Irene."

"Well, Irene," said Curdie, with a glance at the nurse which showed he enjoyed teasing her, "it's very kind of you to let me call you anything. I like your name very much."

"Well, Irene," Curdie said, shooting a glance at the nurse that showed he enjoyed teasing her, "it's really nice of you to let me call you whatever I want. I really like your name."

He expected the nurse to interfere again; but he soon saw that she was too frightened to speak. She was staring at something a few yards before them, in the middle of the path, where it narrowed between rocks so that only one could pass at a time.

He figured the nurse would interfere again, but he quickly realized she was too scared to say anything. She was staring at something a few yards ahead of them, in the middle of the path, where it got narrower between the rocks so that only one person could pass at a time.

"It's very much kinder of you to go out of your way to take us home," said Irene.

"It's really nice of you to go out of your way to take us home," said Irene.

"I'm not going out of my way yet," said Curdie. "It's on the other side those rocks the path turns off to my father's."

"I'm not going out of my way just yet," said Curdie. "The path to my father's veers off on the other side of those rocks."

"You wouldn't think of leaving us till we're safe home, I'm sure," gasped the nurse.

"You wouldn't think of leaving us until we're safely home, I'm sure," gasped the nurse.

"Of course not," said Curdie.[41]

"Of course not," Curdie said.[41]

"You dear, good, kind Curdie! I'll give you a kiss when we get home," said the princess.

"You sweet, kind Curdie! I'll give you a kiss when we get home," said the princess.

The nurse gave her a great pull by the hand she held. But at that instant the something in the middle of the way, which had looked like a great lump of earth brought down by the rain, began to move. One after another it shot out four long things, like two arms and two legs, but it was now too dark to tell what they were. The nurse began to tremble from head to foot. Irene clasped Curdie's hand yet faster, and Curdie began to sing again.

The nurse pulled her hand firmly. But just then, something in the middle of the path, which had looked like a big clump of mud washed down by the rain, started to move. One after another, it shot out four long things that looked like two arms and two legs, but it was too dark to see clearly what they were. The nurse began to shake all over. Irene held onto Curdie's hand even tighter, and Curdie started singing again.

"One, two—
Chop and strike!
Three, four—
Boring and annoying!
Five, six—
There’s a solution!
Seven, eight—
Keep it straight.
Nine, ten—
Hit again!
Hurry up!
Bother! Smother!
There's a frog.
In the street!
Crush it!
Crush it!
Fry it up!
Dry it!
You're another one!
Get going!
That's enough!—Huuuuuh!"

As he uttered the last words, Curdie let go his hold of his companion, and rushed at the thing in the road, as if he would[42] trample it under his feet. It gave a great spring, and ran straight up one of the rocks like a huge spider. Curdie turned back laughing, and took Irene's hand again. She grasped his very tight, but said nothing till they had passed the rocks. A few yards more and she found herself on a part of the road she knew, and was able to speak again.

As he said the last words, Curdie let go of his companion and charged at the thing in the road, as if he wanted to trample it underfoot. It jumped suddenly and ran straight up one of the rocks like a giant spider. Curdie turned back laughing and took Irene's hand again. She held on to him really tightly but didn’t say anything until they had passed the rocks. A few more yards and she found herself on a part of the road she recognized, and she was able to speak again.

"Never mind, Princess Irene," he said. "You mustn't kiss me to-night. But you sha'n't break your word. I will come another time." "Don't worry, Princess Irene," he said. "You shouldn’t kiss me tonight. But you won’t go back on your promise. I’ll come another time."

"Do you know, Curdie, I don't quite like your song; it sounds to me rather rude," she said.

"Do you know, Curdie, I don't really like your song; it sounds a bit rude to me," she said.

"Well, perhaps it is," answered Curdie. "I never thought of that; it's a way we have. We do it because they don't like it."

"Well, maybe it is," Curdie replied. "I never thought about that; it's something we do. We do it because they don't like it."

"Who don't like it?"

"Who doesn't like it?"

"The cobs, as we call them."

"The cobs, as we refer to them."

"Don't!" said the nurse.

"Don't!" the nurse said.

"Why not?" said Curdie.

"Why not?" Curdie said.

"I beg you won't. Please don't."

"I really hope you won't. Please don't."

"Oh, if you ask me that way, of course I won't; though I don't a bit know why. Look! there are the lights of your great house down below. You'll be at home in five minutes now."

"Oh, if you put it like that, of course I won't; though I really don't know why. Look! There are the lights of your big house down below. You'll be home in five minutes."

Nothing more happened. They reached home in safety. Nobody had missed them, or even known they had gone out; and they arrived at the door belonging to their part of the house without anyone seeing them. The nurse was rushing in with a hurried and not over-gracious good-night to Curdie; but the princess pulled her hand from hers, and was just throwing her arms around Curdie's neck, when she caught her again and dragged her away.

Nothing else happened. They got home safely. No one had missed them or even realized they had gone out; and they arrived at their part of the house without anyone noticing them. The nurse was hurrying in with a quick and not very polite good-night to Curdie; but the princess pulled her hand away and was just about to throw her arms around Curdie's neck when the nurse grabbed her again and pulled her away.

"Lootie, Lootie, I promised Curdie a kiss," cried Irene.

"Lootie, Lootie, I promised Curdie a kiss," shouted Irene.

"A princess mustn't give kisses. It's not at all proper," said Lootie.[43]

"A princess shouldn't give kisses. It's really not proper," said Lootie.[43]

"But I promised," said the princess.

"But I promised," said the princess.

"There's no occasion; he's only a miner-boy."

"There's no reason; he's just a miner kid."

"He is a good boy, and a brave boy, and he has been very kind to us. Lootie! Lootie! I promised."

"He's a good kid, and a brave kid, and he's been really nice to us. Lootie! Lootie! I promised."

"Then you shouldn't have promised."

"Then you shouldn't have made that promise."

"Lootie, I promised him a kiss."

"Lootie, I said I would give him a kiss."

"Your royal Highness," said Lootie, suddenly growing very respectful, "must come in directly."

"Your royal Highness," Lootie said, suddenly becoming very respectful, "you need to come in right away."

"Nurse, a princess must not break her word," said Irene, drawing herself up and standing stockstill.

"Nurse, a princess must not break her word," said Irene, straightening up and standing completely still.

Lootie did not know which the king might count the worst—to let the princess be out after sunset, or to let her kiss a miner-boy. She did not know that, being a gentleman, as many kings have been, he would have counted neither of them the worse. However much he might have disliked his daughter to kiss the miner-boy, he would not have had her break her word for all the goblins in creation. But, as I say, the nurse was not lady enough to understand this, and so she was in a great difficulty, for, if she insisted, some one might hear the princess cry and run to see, and then all would come out. But here Curdie came again to the rescue.

Lootie didn’t know which the king would consider worse—allowing the princess to be out after sunset or letting her kiss a miner-boy. She didn’t realize that, being a gentleman like many kings before him, he wouldn't have judged either one harshly. No matter how much he might have disliked his daughter kissing the miner-boy, he would never want her to break her promise for anything in the world. But, as I said, the nurse wasn't refined enough to see this, and so she was in a tough spot. If she pushed the issue, someone might hear the princess crying and come to check, and then everything would get revealed. Fortunately, Curdie came to save the day again.

"Never mind, Princess Irene," he said. "You mustn't kiss me to-night. But you sha'n't break your word. I will come another time. You may be sure I will."

"Don't worry, Princess Irene," he said. "You shouldn't kiss me tonight. But you won't go back on your promise. I'll come again another time. You can count on it."

"Oh, thank you, Curdie!" said the princess, and stopped crying.

"Oh, thank you, Curdie!" the princess said, and she stopped crying.

"Good night, Irene; good night, Lootie," said Curdie, and turned and was out of sight in a moment.[44]

"Good night, Irene; good night, Lootie," said Curdie, and he turned and was gone from view in an instant.[44]

"I should like to see him!" muttered the nurse, as she carried the princess to the nursery.

"I'd like to see him!" muttered the nurse as she carried the princess to the nursery.

"You will see him," said Irene. "You may be sure Curdie will keep his word. He's sure to come again."

"You will see him," said Irene. "You can be sure Curdie will keep his promise. He's definitely going to come again."

"I should like to see him!" repeated the nurse, and said no more. She did not want to open a new cause of strife with the princess by saying more plainly what she meant. Glad enough that she had succeeded both in getting home unseen, and in keeping the princess from kissing the miner's boy, she resolved to watch her far better in future. Her carelessness had already doubled the danger she was in. Formerly the goblins were her only fear; now she had to protect her charge from Curdie as well.

"I want to see him!" the nurse repeated and left it at that. She didn't want to start a new argument with the princess by being more explicit about her thoughts. Happy that she had managed to get home without being seen and prevent the princess from kissing the miner's boy, she decided she needed to keep a closer eye on her from now on. Her previous laxity had already increased the danger she faced. Before, the goblins were her only concern; now she had to shield her charge from Curdie too.


CHAPTER VII

THE MINES
CURDIE went home whistling. He resolved to say nothing about the princess for fear of getting the nurse into trouble, for while he enjoyed teasing her because of her absurdity, he was careful not to do her any harm. He saw no more of the goblins, and was soon fast asleep in his bed.

He woke in the middle of the night, and thought he heard curious noises outside. He sat up and listened; then got up, and, opening the door very quietly, went out. When he peeped round the corner, he saw, under his own window, a group of stumpy creatures, whom he at once recognized by their shape. Hardly, however, had he begun his "One, two, three!" when they broke asunder, scurried away, and were out of sight. He returned laughing, got into bed again, and was fast asleep in a moment.

He woke up in the middle of the night and thought he heard strange noises outside. He sat up and listened for a moment, then got up, opened the door quietly, and stepped out. When he peeked around the corner, he saw a group of short creatures under his window, and he immediately recognized them by their shape. Just as he started counting "One, two, three!" they scattered and disappeared from sight. He laughed as he went back inside, climbed into bed again, and fell asleep quickly.

Reflecting a little over the matter in the morning, he came to the conclusion that, as nothing of the kind had ever happened before, they must be annoyed with him for interfering to protect the princess. By the time he was dressed, however, he was thinking of something quite different, for he did not value the enmity of the goblins in the least.

Reflecting a bit on the situation in the morning, he realized that, since nothing like this had ever happened before, they must be upset with him for stepping in to protect the princess. However, by the time he got dressed, he was considering something completely different, as he didn't care at all about the goblins' anger.

As soon as they had had breakfast, he set off with his father for the mine.

As soon as they finished breakfast, he left with his dad for the mine.

They entered the hill by a natural opening under a huge rock, where a little stream rushed out. They followed its[46] course for a few yards, when the passage took a turn, and sloped steeply into the heart of the hill. With many angles and windings and branchings off, and sometimes with steps where it came upon a natural gulf, it led them deep into the hill before they arrived at the place where they were at present digging out the precious ore. This was of various kinds, for the mountain was very rich with the better sorts of metals. With flint and steel, and tinder box, they lighted their lamps, then fixed them on their heads, and were soon hard at work with their pickaxes and shovels and hammers. Father and son were at work near each other, but not in the same gang—the passages out of which the ore was dug, they called gangs—for when the lode, or vein of ore, was small, one miner would have to dig away alone in a passage no bigger than gave him just room to work—sometimes in uncomfortable cramped positions. If they stopped for a moment they could hear everywhere around them, some nearer, some farther off, the sounds of their companions burrowing away in all directions in the inside of the great mountain—some boring holes in the rock in order to blow it up with gunpowder, others shoveling the broken ore into baskets to be carried to the mouth of the mine, others hitting away with their pickaxes. Sometimes, if the miner was in a very lonely part, he would hear only a tap-tapping, no louder than that of a woodpecker, for the sound would come from a great distance off through the solid mountain rock.

They entered the hill through a natural opening under a massive rock, where a small stream flowed out. They followed its[46] path for a short distance until the passage turned and sloped steeply into the core of the hill. With many angles, twists, and offshoots, and sometimes steps where it opened into a natural cavern, it took them deep into the hill before they reached the spot where they were currently mining the valuable ore. This ore came in various types since the mountain was rich in high-quality metals. Using flint, steel, and a tinderbox, they lit their lamps, secured them on their heads, and soon got to work with their pickaxes, shovels, and hammers. Father and son worked close to each other, but not in the same gang—the areas where the ore was extracted were called gangs—because when the lode, or ore vein, was small, a miner had to dig alone in a tunnel barely big enough for him to work in—sometimes in very cramped positions. If they paused for a moment, they could hear all around them, some close, some further away, the sounds of their coworkers digging in all directions inside the vast mountain—some drilling holes in the rock to blow it up with gunpowder, others shoveling the broken ore into baskets to take to the mine's entrance, and others striking with their pickaxes. Sometimes, if a miner was in a very isolated spot, he would hear only a soft tap-tapping, no louder than a woodpecker, as the sound traveled from far away through the solid mountain rock.

The work was hard at best, for it is very warm underground; but it was not particularly unpleasant, and some of the miners, when they wanted to earn a little more money for a particular[47] purpose, would stop behind the rest, and work all night. But you could not tell night from day down there, except from feeling tired and sleepy; for no light of the sun ever came into those gloomy regions. Some who had thus remained behind during the night, although certain there were none of their companions at work, would declare the next morning that they heard, every time they halted for a moment to take breath, a tap-tapping all about them, as if the mountain were then more full of miners than ever it was during the day; and some in consequence would never stay over night, for all knew those were the sounds of the goblins. They worked only at night, for the miners' night was the goblins' day. Indeed, the greater number of the miners were afraid of the goblins: for there were strange stories well known amongst them of the treatment some had received whom the goblins had surprised at their work during the night. The more courageous of them, however, amongst them Peter Peterson and Curdie, who in this took after his father, had stayed in the mine all night again and again, and although they had several times encountered a few stray goblins, had never yet failed in driving them away. As I have indicated already, the chief defence against them was verse, for they hated verse of every kind, and some kinds they could not endure at all. I suspect they could not make any themselves, and that was why they disliked it so much. At all events, those who were most afraid of them were those who could neither make verses themselves, nor remember the verses that other people made for them; while those who were never afraid were those who could make verses for themselves; for although there were[48] certain old rhymes which were very effectual, yet it was well known that a new rhyme, if of the right sort, was even more distasteful to them, and therefore more effectual in putting them to flight.

The work was tough, especially since it was really warm underground. But it wasn’t particularly unpleasant, and some of the miners, when they wanted to earn a little extra money for a specific[47] purpose, would stay behind the others and work through the night. Down there, you couldn’t tell night from day, except for feeling tired and sleepy; no sunlight ever reached those dark areas. Some who had stayed behind at night, even though they knew their friends weren’t working, would claim the next morning that every time they paused to catch their breath, they heard a tapping all around them, as if the mountain was fuller of miners than during the day; and some, as a result, would never stay overnight, because everyone knew those sounds were from the goblins. They only worked at night since the miners' night was the goblins' day. In fact, most of the miners were scared of the goblins because there were strange stories going around about what some of them experienced when caught by goblins at work during the night. However, the braver ones, including Peter Peterson and Curdie, who took after his dad in this regard, had stayed in the mine all night numerous times, and even though they encountered a few stray goblins, they had never failed to drive them away. As I’ve mentioned before, the main defense against them was verse because they hated all kinds of verse and some types they couldn’t stand at all. I think it’s because they couldn’t make any themselves, and that’s why they disliked it so much. In any case, those who were most afraid of the goblins were the ones who couldn’t make verses themselves or remember the verses that others made for them; while those who were never afraid were the ones who could create verses themselves, because although there were[48] some old rhymes that were very effective, it was well-known that a new rhyme, if it was the right kind, was even more unpleasant for them, and thus more effective in scaring them away.

Perhaps my readers may be wondering what the goblins could be about, working all night long, seeing they never carried up the ore and sold it; but when I have informed them concerning what Curdie learned the very next night, they will be able to understand.

Perhaps my readers might be curious about what the goblins were up to, working all night long, since they never brought up the ore and sold it; but once I share what Curdie discovered the very next night, they will be able to understand.

For Curdie had determined, if his father would permit him, to remain there alone this night—and that for two reasons: first, he wanted to get extra wages in order that he might buy a very warm red petticoat for his mother, who had begun to complain of the cold of the mountain air sooner than usual this autumn; and second, he had just a faint glimmering of hope of finding out what the goblins were about under his window the night before.

For Curdie had decided, if his father would let him, to stay there alone that night—for two reasons: first, he wanted to earn extra money so he could buy a really warm red petticoat for his mom, who had started to complain about the cold mountain air sooner than usual this autumn; and second, he had a vague hope of discovering what the goblins were up to under his window the night before.

When he told his father, he made no objection, for he had great confidence in his boy's courage and resources.

When he told his father, he had no objections because he trusted his son’s bravery and resourcefulness.

"I'm sorry I can't stay with you," said Peter; "but I want to go and pay the parson a visit this evening, and besides I've had a bit of a headache all day."

"I'm sorry I can't stay with you," Peter said; "but I want to go and visit the pastor this evening, and on top of that, I've had a bit of a headache all day."

"I'm sorry for that, father," said Curdie.

"I'm sorry about that, Dad," Curdie said.

"Oh! it's not much. You'll be sure to take care of yourself, won't you?"

"Oh! It's not a big deal. You'll make sure to take care of yourself, right?"

"Yes, father; I will. I'll keep a sharp lookout, I promise you."

"Yep, Dad; I will. I'll stay alert, I promise you."

Curdie was the only one who remained in the mine. About six o'clock the rest went away, every one bidding him good[49] night, and telling him to take care of himself; for he was a great favorite with them all.

Curdie was the only one left in the mine. Around six o'clock, everyone else left, saying goodnight to him and reminding him to take care of himself, as he was very well-liked by all of them.

"Don't forget your rhymes," said one.

"Don't forget your rhymes," one person said.

"No, no," answered Curdie.

"No way," answered Curdie.

"It's no matter if he does," said another, "for he'll only have to make a new one."

"It's no big deal if he does," said another, "because he'll just have to make a new one."

"Yes, but he mightn't be able to make it fast enough," said another; "and while it was cooking in his head, they might take a mean advantage and set upon him."

"Yeah, but he might not be able to figure it out quickly enough," said another. "And while he's thinking about it, they might take advantage and attack him."

"I'll do my best," said Curdie. "I'm not afraid."

"I'll do my best," Curdie said. "I'm not scared."

"We all know that," they returned, and left him.

"We all know that," they said, and walked away from him.


CHAPTER VIII

THE GOBLINS
FOR some time Curdie worked away briskly, throwing all the ore he had disengaged on one side behind him, to be ready for carrying out in the morning. He heard a good deal of goblin-tapping, but it all sounded far away in the hill, and he paid it little heed. Toward midnight he began to feel rather hungry; so he dropped his pickaxe, got a lump of bread which in the morning he had laid in a damp hole in the rock, sat down on a heap of ore and ate his supper. Then he leaned back for five minutes' rest before beginning his work again, and laid his head against the rock. He had not kept the position for one minute before he heard something which made him sharpen his ears. It sounded like a voice inside the rock. After a while he heard it again. It was a goblin-voice—there could be no doubt about that—and this time he could make out the words.

"Hadn't we better be moving?" it said.

"Shouldn't we get going?" it said.

A rougher and deeper voice replied:

A harsher and deeper voice responded:

"There's no hurry. That wretched little mole won't be through to-night, if he work ever so hard. He's by no means at the thinnest place."

"There's no rush. That miserable little mole won't finish tonight, no matter how hard he tries. He's definitely not at the thinnest spot."

"But you still think the lode does come through into our house?" said the first voice.

"But you still believe the mine connects to our house?" said the first voice.

"Yes, but a good bit farther on than he has got to yet. If he had struck a stroke more to the side just here," said the[51] goblin, tapping the very stone, as it seemed to Curdie, against which his head lay, "he would have been through; but he's a couple of yards past it now, and if he follow the lode it will be a week before it leads him in. You see it back there—a long way. Still, perhaps, in case of accident, it would be as well to be getting out of this. Helfer, you'll take the great chest. That's your business, you know."

"Yes, but a good bit farther along than he’s made it so far. If he had turned just a bit more to the side right here," said the [51] goblin, tapping the very stone that, as it seemed to Curdie, his head was resting against, "he would have passed through; but he’s a couple of yards past it now, and if he follows the vein, it’ll be a week before it leads him in. You can see it back there—a long way. Still, maybe, just in case something goes wrong, it would be better to start getting out of here. Helfer, you’ll take the big chest. That’s your job, you know."

"Yes, dad," said a third voice. "But you must help me to get it on my back. It's awfully heavy, you know."

"Yeah, dad," said another voice. "But you need to help me put it on my back. It's really heavy, you know."

"Well, it isn't just a bag of smoke, I admit. But you're as strong as a mountain, Helfer."

"Well, it’s not just a load of hot air, I’ll admit. But you’re as strong as a mountain, Helfer."

"You say so, dad. I think myself I'm all right. But I could carry ten times as much if it wasn't for my feet."

"You say that, Dad. I feel fine myself. But I could carry ten times as much if it weren't for my feet."

"That is your weak point, I confess, my boy."

"That’s your weak point, I admit, kid."

"Ain't it yours, too, father?"

"Isn't it yours, too, dad?"

"Well, to be honest, it is a goblin-weakness. Why they come so soft, I declare I haven't an idea."

"Well, to be honest, it's a weakness of goblins. I have no idea why they come off as so soft."

"Specially when your head's so hard, you know, father."

"Especially when your head is so stubborn, you know, Dad."

"Yes, my boy. The goblin's glory is his head. To think how the fellows up above there have to put on helmets and things when they go fighting. Ha! ha!"

"Yes, my boy. The goblin's pride is his head. Can you imagine how those guys up there have to wear helmets and stuff when they go into battle? Ha! ha!"

"But why don't we wear shoes like them, father? I should like it—specially when I've got a chest like that on my head."

"But why don't we wear shoes like they do, Dad? I'd really like that—especially with a head like mine."

"Well, you see, it's not the fashion. The king never wears shoes."

"Well, you see, it's not about fashion. The king never wears shoes."

"The queen does."

"The queen does."

"Yes; but that's for distinction. The first queen, you see—I mean the king's first wife—wore shoes of course, because she came from upstairs; and so, when she died, the next queen[52] would not be inferior to her as she called it, and would wear shoes too. It was all pride. She is the hardest in forbidding them to the rest of the women."

"Yes, but that's for status. The first queen, you see—I mean the king's first wife—wore shoes, of course, because she was from the higher ranks; and so, when she died, the next queen[52] didn’t want to be seen as inferior, as she put it, and wore shoes too. It was all about pride. She is the most strict in forbidding them to the other women."

"I'm sure I wouldn't wear them—no, not for—that I wouldn't!" said the first voice, which was evidently that of the mother of the family. "I can't think why either of them should."

"I'm sure I wouldn't wear them—not a chance!," said the first voice, clearly that of the mother of the family. "I can't see why either of them would."

"Didn't I tell you the first was from upstairs?" said the other. "That was the only silly thing I ever knew his Majesty guilty of. Why should he marry an outlandish woman like that—one of our natural enemies too?"

"Didn't I tell you the first one was from upstairs?" said the other. "That was the only foolish thing I ever knew his Majesty guilty of. Why would he marry such a strange woman—one of our natural enemies too?"

"I suppose he fell in love with her."

"I guess he fell in love with her."

"Pooh! pooh! He's just as happy now with one of his own people."

"Pooh! Pooh! He’s just as happy now with someone from his own group."

"Did she die very soon? They didn't tease her to death, did they?"

"Did she die really soon? They didn't scare her to death, did they?"

"Oh dear no! The king worshipped her very footmarks."

"Oh no! The king adored her every footstep."

"What made her die, then? Didn't the air agree with her?"

"What caused her to die, then? Wasn't the air good for her?"

"She died when the young prince was born."

"She died when the young prince was born."

"How silly of her! We never do that. It must have been because she wore shoes."

"How silly of her! We never do that. It must have been because she was wearing shoes."

"I don't know that."

"I don't know that."

"Why do they wear shoes up there?"

"Why do they wear shoes up there?"

"Ah! now that's a sensible question, and I will answer it. But in order to do so, I must first tell you a secret. I once saw the queen's feet."

"Ah! now that's a smart question, and I will answer it. But to do that, I have to share a secret first. I once saw the queen's feet."

"Without her shoes?"

"Without her sneakers?"

"Yes—without her shoes."

"Yes—without her sneakers."

"No! Did you? How was it?"[53]

"No! Did you? How was it?"[53]

"Never you mind how it was. She didn't know I saw them. And what do you think!—they had toes!"

"Don't worry about how it was. She didn't know I saw them. And guess what!—they had toes!"

"Toes! What's that?"

"Toes! What's that about?"

"You may well ask! I should never have known if I had not seen the queen's feet. Just imagine! the ends of her feet were split up into five or six thin pieces!"

"You might wonder! I would never have known if I hadn't seen the queen's feet. Just picture it! The tips of her feet were split into five or six thin pieces!"

"Oh, horrid! How could the king have fallen in love with her?"

"Oh, that's terrible! How could the king have fallen in love with her?"

"You forget that she wore shoes. That is just why she wore them. That is why all the men, and women too, upstairs wear shoes. They can't bear the sight of their own feet without them."

"You forget that she wore shoes. That’s exactly why she wore them. That’s why all the men, and women too, upstairs wear shoes. They can’t stand the sight of their own feet without them."

"Ah! now I understand. If ever you wish for shoes again, Helfer, I'll hit your feet—I will."

"Ah! Now I get it. If you ever want shoes again, Helfer, I'll smack your feet—I will."

"No, no, mother; pray don't."

"Please, no, mom; don't."

"Then don't you."

"Then don't do it."

"But with such a big box on my head—"

"But with such a huge box on my head—"

A horrid scream followed, which Curdie interpreted as in reply to a blow from his mother upon the feet of her eldest goblin.

A terrible scream followed, which Curdie understood as a response to a hit from his mother on the feet of her oldest goblin.

"Well, I never knew so much before!" remarked a fourth voice.

"Wow, I never knew all of that before!" said a fourth voice.

"Your knowledge is not universal quite yet," said the father. "You were only fifty last month. Mind you see to the bed and bedding. As soon as we've finished our supper, we'll be up and going. Ha! ha! ha!"

"Your knowledge isn't universal just yet," said the father. "You just turned fifty last month. Make sure to take care of the bed and bedding. Once we finish our dinner, we'll be up and ready to go. Ha! ha! ha!"

"What are you laughing at, husband?"

"What are you laughing at, honey?"

"I'm laughing to think what a mess the miners will find themselves in—somewhere before this day ten years."[54]

"I'm laughing to think about the mess the miners will find themselves in—somewhere before this day ten years from now."[54]

"Why, what do you mean?"

"What do you mean?"

"Oh, nothing."

"Oh, it's nothing."

"Oh yes, you do mean something. You always do mean something."

"Oh yes, you definitely mean something. You always mean something."

"It's more than you do, then, wife."

"It's more than what you do, then, wife."

"That may be; but it's not more than I find out, you know."

"That might be true; but it's not more than what I discover, you know."

"Ha! ha! You're a sharp one. What a mother you've got, Helfer!"

"Ha! You're quick-witted. What a great mom you have, Helfer!"

"Yes, father."

"Sure, dad."

"Well, I suppose I must tell you. They're all at the palace consulting about it to-night; and as soon as we've got away from this thin place, I'm going there to hear what night they fix upon. I should like to see that young ruffian there on the other side, struggling in the agonies of—"

"Well, I guess I have to tell you. They’re all at the palace discussing it tonight; and as soon as we get away from this place, I'm heading there to find out which night they decide on. I’d like to see that young troublemaker on the other side, struggling in the agony of—"

He dropped his voice so low that Curdie could hear only a growl. The growl went on in a low bass for a good while, as inarticulate as if the goblin's tongue had been a sausage; and it was not until his wife spoke again that it rose to its former pitch.

He lowered his voice so much that Curdie could only hear a growl. The growl continued in a deep tone for quite a while, as unintelligible as if the goblin's tongue had been a sausage; and it wasn't until his wife spoke again that it returned to its usual tone.

"But what shall we do when you are at the palace?" she asked.

"But what are we going to do when you’re at the palace?" she asked.

"I will see you safe in the new house I've been digging for you for the last two months. Podge, you mind the table and chairs. I commit them to your care. The table has seven legs—each chair three. I shall require them all at your hands."

"I'll make sure you're settled in the new house I've been working on for you these past two months. Podge, take care of the table and chairs. I'm counting on you for that. The table has seven legs, and each chair has three. I'll need all of them back from you."

After this arose a confused conversation about the various household goods and their transport; and Curdie heard nothing more that was of any importance.

After this, a jumbled conversation began about the different household items and how to move them; and Curdie didn't hear anything else that was significant.

He now knew at least one of the reasons for the constant[55] sound of the goblin hammers and pickaxes at night. They were making new houses for themselves, to which they might retreat when the miners should threaten to break into their dwellings. But he had learned two things of far greater importance. The first was, that some grievous calamity was preparing, and almost ready to fall upon the heads of the miners; the second was—the one weak point of a goblin's body: he had not known that their feet were so tender as he had now reason to suspect. He had heard it said that they had no toes: he had never had opportunity of inspecting them closely enough in the dusk in which they always appeared, to satisfy himself whether it was a correct report. Indeed, he had not been able even to satisfy himself as to whether they had no fingers, although that also was commonly said to be the fact. One of the miners, indeed, who had had more schooling than the rest, was wont to argue that such must have been the primordial condition of humanity, and that education and handicraft had developed both toes and fingers—with which proposition Curdie had once heard his father sarcastically agree, alleging in support of it the probability that babies' gloves were a traditional remnant of the old state of things; while the stockings of all ages, no regard being paid in them to the toes, pointed in the same direction. But what was of importance was the fact concerning the softness of the goblin-feet, which he foresaw might be useful to all miners. What he had to do in the mean time, however, was to discover, if possible, the special evil design the goblins had now in their heads.

He now understood at least one reason for the constant[55] sound of the goblin hammers and pickaxes at night. They were building new homes for themselves, where they could hide when the miners threatened to break into their spaces. But he had learned two things that were much more important. The first was that a serious disaster was brewing and was almost ready to fall on the miners. The second was the one vulnerable spot on a goblin's body: he hadn’t known their feet were so tender as he had good reason to suspect now. He had heard that they had no toes; however, he had never had the chance to look closely enough at them in the dimness they always emerged from to confirm if that was true. In fact, he had not even been able to determine if they had no fingers, although that was also often said to be the case. One of the miners, who was better educated than the others, would argue that this must have been the original state of humanity and that education and craftsmanship had developed both toes and fingers. Curdie had once heard his dad sarcastically agree with that idea, claiming that babies' gloves were a leftover from that earlier time, while the way stockings of all kinds ignored the toes supported the same notion. But what mattered was the fact about the softness of the goblin feet, which he anticipated could be useful to all miners. For now, though, he needed to find out, if possible, the specific evil plan the goblins were currently plotting.

Although he knew all the gangs and all the natural galleries with which they communicated in the mined part of the[56] mountain, he had not the least idea where the palace of the king of the gnomes was; otherwise he would have set out at once on the enterprise of discovering what the said design was. He judged, and rightly, that it must lie in a farther part of the mountain, between which and the mine there was as yet no communication. There must be one nearly completed, however; for it could be but a thin partition which now separated them. If only he could get through in time to follow the goblins as they retreated! A few blows would doubtless be sufficient—just where his ear now lay; but if he attempted to strike there with his pickaxe, he would only hasten the departure of the family, put them on their guard, and perhaps lose their involuntary guidance. He therefore began to feel the wall with his hands, and soon found that some of the stones were loose enough to be drawn out with little noise.

Although he was familiar with all the gangs and the natural tunnels they used in the mined area of the[56] mountain, he had no idea where the palace of the king of the gnomes was; otherwise, he would have immediately set out to figure out what the plan was. He correctly guessed that it must be located in a further part of the mountain, between which and the mine there was currently no connection. However, there had to be one nearly finished; after all, there was probably just a thin wall separating them. If only he could break through in time to follow the goblins as they escaped! A few well-placed hits would likely do the trick—right where his ear was now pressed; but if he tried to strike there with his pickaxe, he would only speed up the family's escape, put them on alert, and possibly lose their unintentional guidance. So, he started to feel the wall with his hands and soon discovered that some of the stones were loose enough to pull out quietly.

Laying hold of a large one with both his hands, he drew it gently out, and let it down softly.

Lifting a big one with both hands, he pulled it out carefully and set it down gently.

"What was that noise?" said the goblin father.

"What was that noise?" asked the goblin dad.

Curdie blew out his light, lest it should shine through.

Curdie turned off his light to keep it from shining through.

"It must be that one miner that stayed behind the rest," said the mother.

"It must be that one miner who stayed behind the others," said the mother.

"No; he's been gone a good while. I haven't heard a blow for an hour. Besides, it wasn't like that."

"No; he's been gone for a while. I haven't heard a sound in the last hour. Besides, it wasn't like that."

"Then I suppose it must have been a stone carried down the brook inside."

"Then I guess it must have been a stone carried down the stream inside."

"Perhaps. It will have more room by and by."

"Maybe. There will be more space eventually."

Curdie kept quite still. After a little while, hearing nothing but the sounds of their preparations for departure, mingled with an occasional word of direction, and anxious to know[57] whether the removal of the stone had made an opening into the goblins' house, he put in his hand to feel. It went in a good way, and then came in contact with something soft. He had but a moment to feel it over, it was so quickly withdrawn: it was one of the toeless goblin-feet. The owner of it gave a cry of fright.

Curdie stayed completely still. After a little while, hearing nothing but the sounds of their preparations to leave, mixed with an occasional word of instruction, and eager to find out if removing the stone had created an opening into the goblins' house, he reached in to feel. His hand went in pretty far, and then it touched something soft. He had just a moment to feel it before it was quickly pulled away: it was one of the goblins' feet without toes. The owner let out a startled cry.

"What's the matter, Helfer?" asked his mother.

"What's wrong, Helfer?" his mother asked.

"A beast came out of the wall, and licked my foot."

"A creature emerged from the wall and licked my foot."

"Nonsense! There are no wild beasts in our country," said his father.

"Nonsense! There are no wild animals in our country," said his father.

"But it was, father. I felt it."

"But it was, Dad. I felt it."

"Nonsense, I say. Will you malign your native realms and reduce them to a level with the country up-stairs? That is swarming with wild beasts of every description."

"Nonsense, I say. Will you speak poorly of your home and bring it down to the level of that place upstairs? That’s full of wild beasts of all kinds."

"But I did feel it, father."

"But I really felt it, Dad."

"I tell you to hold your tongue. You are no patriot."

"I’m telling you to be quiet. You’re not a patriot."

Curdie suppressed his laughter, and lay still as a mouse—but no stiller, for every moment he kept nibbling away with his fingers at the edges of the hole. He was slowly making it bigger, for here the rock had been very much shattered with the blasting.

Curdie held back his laughter and lay as still as a mouse—but not more still, because every moment he was quietly picking at the edges of the hole with his fingers. He was gradually making it larger, since the rock here had been really broken apart by the blasting.

There seemed to be a good many in the family, to judge from the mass of confused talk which now and then came through the hole; but when all were speaking together, and just as if they had bottle-brushes—each at least one—in their throats, it was not easy to make out much that was said. At length he heard once more what the father-goblin was saying.

There seemed to be quite a few in the family, judging by the jumble of chatter that occasionally came through the hole; but when everyone was talking at once, as if each had a bottle brush stuck in their throats, it was hard to understand much of what was being said. Eventually, he finally heard again what the father-goblin was saying.

"Now then," he said, "get your bundles on your backs. Here, Helfer, I'll help you up with your chest."[58]

"Alright then," he said, "put your packs on your backs. Here, Helfer, I'll help you with your load."[58]

"I wish it was my chest, father."

"I wish it were my chest, dad."

"Your turn will come in good time enough! Make haste. I must go to the meeting at the palace to-night. When that's over, we can come back and clear out the last of the things before our enemies return in the morning. Now light your torches, and come along. What a distinction it is to provide our own light, instead of being dependent on a thing hung up in the air—a most disagreeable contrivance—intended no doubt to blind us when we venture out under its baleful influence! Quite glaring and vulgar, I call it, though no doubt useful to poor creatures who haven't the wit to make light for themselves!"

"Your turn will come soon enough! Hurry up. I have to go to the meeting at the palace tonight. Once that’s over, we can come back and finish clearing out the last of our things before our enemies return in the morning. Now, light your torches and let’s go. It’s quite impressive to provide our own light, instead of relying on something hanging in the air—a really annoying contraption—meant, no doubt, to blind us when we go out under its harmful glare! I find it quite glaring and tacky, though it’s probably useful for poor souls who don’t have the sense to make light for themselves!"

Curdie could hardly keep himself from calling through to know whether they made the fire to light their torches by. But a moment's reflection showed him that they would have said they did, inasmuch as they struck two stones together, and the fire came.

Curdie could barely stop himself from asking if they made the fire to light their torches. But after a moment of thought, he realized they would have said yes since they struck two stones together, and fire appeared.


CHAPTER IX

THE HALL OF THE GOBLIN PALACE
A    SOUND of many soft feet followed, but soon ceased. Then Curdie flew at the hole like a tiger, and tore and pulled. The sides gave way, and it was soon large enough for him to crawl through. He would not betray himself by rekindling his lamp, but the torches of the retreating company, departing in a straight line up a long avenue from the door of their cave, threw back light enough to afford him a glance round the deserted home of the goblins. To his surprise, he could discover nothing to distinguish it from an ordinary cave in the rock, upon many of which he had come with the rest of the miners in the progress of their excavations. The goblins had talked of coming back for the rest of their household gear: he saw nothing that would have made him suspect a family had taken shelter there for a single night. The floor was rough and stony; the walls full of projecting corners; the roof in one place twenty feet high, in another endangering his forehead; while on one side a stream, no thicker than a needle, it is true, but still sufficient to spread a wide dampness over the wall, flowed down the face of the rock. But the troop in front of him was toiling under heavy burdens. He could distinguish Helfer now and then, in the flickering light and shade, with his heavy chest on his bending shoulders; while the second brother was almost buried[60] in what looked like a great feather-bed. "Where do they get the feathers?" thought Curdie; but in a moment the troop disappeared at a turn of the way, and it was now both safe and necessary for Curdie to follow them, lest they should be round the next turning before he saw them again, for so he might lose them altogether. He darted after them like a grayhound. When he reached the corner and looked cautiously round, he saw them again at some distance down another long passage. None of the galleries he saw that night bore signs of the work of man—or of goblin either. Stalactites far older than the mines hung from their roofs; and their floors were rough with boulders and large round stones, showing that there water must have once run. He waited again at this corner till they had disappeared round the next, and so followed them a long way through one passage after another. The passages grew more and more lofty, and were more and more covered in the roof with shining stalactites.

It was a strange enough procession which he followed. But the strangest part of it was the household animals which crowded amongst the feet of the goblins. It was true they had no wild animals down there—at least they did not know of any; but they had a wonderful number of tame ones. I must, however, reserve any contributions toward the natural history of these for a later position in my story.

It was a pretty odd parade that he followed. But the weirdest part of it was the pets that were mingling around the feet of the goblins. It was true they had no wild animals down there—at least they didn’t know of any; but they had an impressive number of domesticated ones. I should, however, hold off on sharing any details about the natural history of these for a later part of my story.

At length, turning a corner too abruptly, he had almost rushed into the middle of the goblin family; for there they had already set down all their burdens on the floor of a cave considerably larger than that which they had left. They were as yet too breathless to speak, else he would have had warning[61] of their arrest. He started back, however, before any one saw him, and retreating a good way, stood watching till the father should come out to go to the palace. Before very long, both he and his son Helfer appeared and kept on in the same direction as before, while Curdie followed them again with renewed precaution. For a long time he heard no sound except something like the rush of a river inside the rock; but at length what seemed the far-off noise of a great shouting reached his ears, which however presently ceased. After advancing a good way farther, he thought he heard a single voice. It sounded clearer and clearer as he went on, until at last he could almost distinguish the words. In a moment or two, keeping after the goblins round another corner, he once more started back—this time in amazement.

At last, after turning a corner too quickly, he almost ran straight into the goblin family. They had already dropped all their stuff on the floor of a cave that's much bigger than the one they'd just left. They were still too out of breath to say anything, or he would have been warned about their stop. He quickly backed away before anyone noticed him and stood at a distance, watching for the father to come out and head to the palace. Soon enough, both he and his son Helfer appeared and continued in the same direction as before, while Curdie carefully followed them again. For a long time, he didn't hear anything except a sound that resembled a rushing river inside the rock. But eventually, he caught what seemed like distant shouting. It faded away, though. After moving further along, he thought he heard a single voice. It became clearer and clearer as he went, until he could almost make out the words. A moment later, after following the goblins around another corner, he stopped again—this time in shock.

He was at the entrance of a magnificent cavern, of an oval shape, once probably a huge natural reservoir of water, now the great palace hall of the goblins. It rose to a tremendous height, but the roof was composed of such shining materials, and the multitude of torches carried by the goblins who crowded the floor lighted up the place so brilliantly, that Curdie could see to the top quite well. But he had no idea how immense the place was, until his eyes had got accustomed to it, which was not for a good many minutes. The rough projections on the walls, and the shadows thrown upward from them by the torches, made the sides of the chamber look as if they were crowded with statues upon brackets and pedestals, reaching in irregular tiers from floor to roof. The walls themselves were, in many parts, of gloriously shining substances, some of them gorgeously colored besides, which powerfully contrasted[62] with the shadows. Curdie could not help wondering whether his rhymes would be of any use against such a multitude of goblins as filled the floor of the hall, and indeed felt considerably tempted to begin his shout of One, two, three! but as there was no reason for routing them, and much for endeavoring to discover their designs, he kept himself perfectly quiet, and peeping round the edge of the doorway, listened with both his sharp ears.

He stood at the entrance of a magnificent cave, shaped like an oval, which was likely once a massive natural body of water, but now served as the grand hall for the goblins. It soared to an incredible height, yet the ceiling was made of such shiny materials, and the numerous torches held by the goblins packed into the room lit it up so brilliantly that Curdie could see all the way to the top without any trouble. However, he had no idea how vast the space was until his eyes adjusted, which took quite a while. The rough bumps on the walls and the shadows they cast upward from the torches made the sides of the chamber look like they were filled with statues on shelves and pedestals, arranged in uneven tiers from the floor to the ceiling. Many parts of the walls were made of beautifully shiny materials, some of which were vividly colored, creating a striking contrast with the shadows.[62] Curdie couldn't help but wonder if his rhymes would be effective against such a crowd of goblins covering the floor of the hall, and he was indeed quite tempted to start his shout of One, two, three! But since there was no reason to drive them away and plenty of reasons to try to figure out their intentions, he stayed completely quiet, peeking around the edge of the doorway and listening intently with his sharp ears.

At the other end of the hall, high above the heads of the multitude, was a terrace-like ledge of considerable height, caused by the receding of the upper part of the cavern wall. Upon this sat the king and his court, the king on a throne hollowed out of a huge block of green copper ore, and his court upon lower seats around it. The king had been making them a speech, and the applause which followed it was what Curdie had heard. One of the court was now addressing the multitude. What he heard him say was to the following effect:

At the other end of the hall, high above the heads of the crowd, was a balcony-like ledge that was quite high, formed by the upper part of the cavern wall receding. On this stood the king and his court, with the king sitting on a throne carved from a massive block of green copper ore, and his court occupying lower seats around him. The king had just given them a speech, and the applause that followed was what Curdie had heard. One of the members of the court was now speaking to the crowd. What Curdie heard him say was along the following lines:

"Hence it appears that two plans have been for some time together working in the strong head of his Majesty for the deliverance of his people. Regardless of the fact that we were the first possessors of the regions they now inhabit, regardless equally of the fact that we abandoned that region from the loftiest motives; regardless also of the self-evident fact that we excel them as far in mental ability as they excel us in stature, they look upon us as a degraded race, and make a mockery of all our finer feelings. But the time has almost arrived when—thanks to his Majesty's inventive genius—it will be in our power to take a thorough revenge upon them once for all, in respect of their unfriendly behavior."[63]

"Hence, it seems that for some time, two plans have been working together in the strong mind of His Majesty for the liberation of his people. Despite the fact that we were the original inhabitants of the areas they now occupy, and despite the fact that we left that region for the noblest reasons; and despite the obvious truth that we are as much superior to them in intelligence as they are taller than us, they see us as a degraded race and mock all our deeper feelings. But the time is almost here when—thanks to His Majesty's ingenuity—we will be able to take complete revenge on them once and for all for their unkind behavior."[63]

"May it please your Majesty—" cried a voice close by the door, which Curdie recognized as that of the goblin he had followed.

"Please, Your Majesty—" a voice close by the door cried out, which Curdie recognized as belonging to the goblin he had followed.

"Who is he that interrupts the Chancellor?" cried another from near the throne.

"Who is it that interrupts the Chancellor?" shouted another from near the throne.

"Glump," answered several voices.

"Glump," replied several voices.

"He is our trusty subject," said the king himself, in a slow and stately voice: "let him come forward and speak."

"He is our loyal subject," said the king himself, in a slow and dignified tone: "let him step forward and speak."

A lane was parted through the crowd, and Glump having ascended the platform and bowed to the king, spoke as follows:

A path opened through the crowd, and Glump stepped up to the platform, bowed to the king, and spoke as follows:

"Sire, I would have held my peace, had I not known that I only knew how near was the moment to which the Chancellor had just referred. In all probability, before another day is past, the enemy will have broken through into my house—the partition between being even now not more than a foot in thickness."

"Sire, I would have stayed quiet if I hadn't known how close we were to the moment the Chancellor just mentioned. Most likely, before another day passes, the enemy will have broken into my house—the wall between us is only about a foot thick."

"Not quite so much," thought Curdie to himself.

"Not quite that much," Curdie thought to himself.

"This very evening I have had to remove my household effects; therefore the sooner we are ready to carry out the plan, for the execution of which his Majesty has been making such magnificent preparations, the better. I may just add, that within the last few days I have perceived a small outbreak in my dining-room, which combined with observations upon the course of the river escaping where the evil men enter, has convinced me that close to the spot must lie a deep gulf in its channel. This discovery will, I trust, add considerably to the otherwise immense forces at his Majesty's disposal."

"This evening, I had to pack up my stuff. So, the sooner we can execute the plan that the king has been preparing for, the better. I should mention that in the last few days, I noticed a small issue in my dining room, and along with observations of the river where the bad guys enter, I’m convinced there must be a deep hole in its channel nearby. I hope this discovery will greatly enhance the already significant forces at the king’s disposal."

He ceased, and the king graciously acknowledged his speech with a bend of his head; whereupon Glump, after a bow to[64] his Majesty, slid down amongst the rest of the undistinguished multitude. Then the Chancellor rose and resumed.

He stopped, and the king graciously acknowledged his speech with a nod; then Glump, after bowing to[64]his Majesty, slid down among the rest of the crowd. Then the Chancellor stood up and continued.

"The information which the worthy Glump has given us," he said, "might have been of considerable import at the present moment, but for that other design already referred to, which naturally takes precedence. His Majesty, unwilling to proceed to extremities, and well aware that such measures sooner or later result in violent reactions, has excogitated a more fundamental and comprehensive measure, of which I need say no more. Should his Majesty be successful—as who dares to doubt?—then a peace, all to the advantage of the goblin kingdom, will be established for a generation at least, rendered absolutely secure by the pledge which his royal Highness the prince will have and hold for the good behavior of his relatives. Should his Majesty fail—which who shall dare even to imagine in his most secret thoughts?—then will be the time for carrying out with rigor the design to which Glump referred, and for which our preparations are even now all but completed. The failure of the former will render the latter imperative."

"The information that the esteemed Glump has provided us," he said, "could have been quite important right now, but that other plan we've already mentioned takes priority. His Majesty, hesitant to escalate things and fully aware that such actions often lead to violent repercussions, has come up with a more fundamental and comprehensive approach, which I don’t need to elaborate on. If his Majesty is successful—as who would dare to doubt?—then a peace, greatly benefiting the goblin kingdom, will be established for at least a generation, secured by the guarantee that his royal Highness the prince will have for the good behavior of his relatives. If his Majesty fails—which who would even dare to consider in their most private thoughts?—then it will be time to rigorously pursue the plan that Glump mentioned, for which our preparations are nearly complete. The failure of the former will make the latter necessary."

Curdie perceiving that the assembly was drawing to a close, and that there was little chance of either plan being more fully discovered, now thought it prudent to make his escape before the goblins began to disperse, and slipped quietly away.

Curdie noticed that the meeting was coming to an end and that there was little chance of either plan being revealed further, so he decided it was wise to slip away before the goblins started to scatter, and he quietly made his escape.

There was not much danger of meeting any goblins, for all the men at least were left behind him in the palace; but there was considerable danger of his taking a wrong turning, for he had now no light, and had therefore to depend upon his memory[65] and his hands. After he had left behind him the glow that issued from the door of Glump's new abode, he was utterly without guide, so far as his eyes were concerned.

There wasn’t much risk of running into any goblins since all the men were left behind in the palace. However, there was a real chance he could take a wrong turn, as he had no light and had to rely on his memory[65] and his hands. Once he moved away from the glow coming from the door of Glump's new place, he was completely lost, at least visually.

He was most anxious to get back through the hole before the goblins should return to fetch the remains of their furniture. It was not that he was in the least afraid of them, but, as it was of the utmost importance that he should thoroughly discover what the plans they were cherishing were, he must not occasion the slightest suspicion that they were watched by a miner.

He was really eager to get back through the hole before the goblins came back to retrieve their furniture. It wasn't that he was afraid of them at all, but since it was crucial for him to find out what their plans were, he couldn't give them the slightest hint that they were being watched by a miner.

He hurried on, feeling his way along the walls of rock. Had he not been very courageous, he must have been very anxious, for he could not but know that if he lost his way it would be the most difficult thing in the world to find it again. Morning would bring no light into these regions; and toward him least of all, who was known as a special rhymster and persecutor, could goblins be expected to exercise courtesy? Well might he wish that he had brought his lamp and tinder-box with him, of which he had not thought when he crept so eagerly after the goblins! He wished it all the more when, after a while, he found his way blocked up, and could get no farther. It was of no use to turn back, for he had not the least idea where he had begun to go wrong. Mechanically, however, he kept feeling about the walls that hemmed him in. His hand came upon a place where a tiny stream of water was running down the face of the rock. "What a stupid I am!" he said to himself. "I am actually at the end of my journey!—and there are the goblins coming back to fetch their things!" he added, as the red glimmer of their torches appeared at the[66] end of the long avenue that led up to the cave. In a moment he had thrown himself on the floor, and wriggled backward through the hole. The floor on the other side was several feet lower, which made it easier to get back. It was all he could do to lift the largest stone he had taken out of the hole, but he did manage to shove it in again. He sat down on the ore-heap and thought.

He rushed on, feeling his way along the rock walls. If he hadn’t been really brave, he would have felt very anxious, because he knew that if he lost his way, it would be nearly impossible to find it again. Morning wouldn’t bring any light to these areas; and especially for him, known as a special poet and troublemaker, he could hardly expect the goblins to be polite. He certainly wished he had brought his lamp and tinder-box with him, which he hadn’t considered when he eagerly followed the goblins! He wished it even more when, after a while, he found his path blocked and couldn’t go any farther. Turning back was useless since he had no idea where he had gone wrong. Mechanically, he kept feeling along the walls that trapped him. His hand found a spot where a tiny stream of water was trickling down the rock face. "What an idiot I am!" he said to himself. "I’m actually at the end of my journey!—and here come the goblins returning to get their things!" he added as the red glow of their torches appeared at the[66] end of the long passage that led up to the cave. In an instant, he threw himself onto the floor and wriggled backward through the hole. The ground on the other side was several feet lower, making it easier to get back. It took all his strength to lift the largest stone he had taken out of the hole, but he managed to push it back in. He sat down on the pile of ore and thought.

He was pretty sure that the latter plan of the goblins was to inundate the mine by breaking outlets for the water accumulated in the natural reservoirs of the mountain, as well as running through portions of it. While the part hollowed by the miners remained shut off from that inhabited by the goblins, they had had no opportunity of injuring them thus; but now that a passage was broken through, and the goblins' part proved the higher in the mountain, it was clear to Curdie that the mine could be destroyed in an hour. Water was always the chief danger to which the miners were exposed. They met with a little choke-damp sometimes, but never with the explosive fire-damp so common in coal mines. Hence they were careful as soon as they saw any appearance of water.

He was pretty sure that the goblins' latest plan was to flood the mine by breaking the outlets for the water that had built up in the natural reservoirs of the mountain, as well as flowing through parts of it. As long as the section dug out by the miners was separated from the one occupied by the goblins, they hadn’t had a chance to harm them in this way; but now that a passage was opened up and the goblins’ area was higher in the mountain, Curdie realized that the mine could be destroyed in an hour. Water was always the main danger that the miners faced. They occasionally encountered a bit of choke-damp, but never the explosive fire-damp that was common in coal mines. So they were always cautious as soon as they noticed any sign of water.

As the result of his reflections while the goblins were busy in their old home, it seemed to Curdie that it would be best to build up the whole of this gang, filling it with stone, and clay or lime, so that there should be no smallest channel for the water to get into. There was not, however, any immediate danger, for the execution of the goblins' plan was contingent upon the failure of that unknown design which was to take precedence of it; and he was most anxious to keep the door of communication open, that he might if possible discover what[67] that former plan was. At the same time they could not then resume their intermitted labors for the inundation without his finding it out; when by putting all hands to the work, the one existing outlet might in a single night be rendered impenetrable to any weight of water; for by filling the gang entirely up, their embankment would be buttressed by the sides of the mountain itself.

As Curdie thought about the goblins busy in their old hideout, he concluded that the best plan was to fill the entire passage with stone, clay, or lime, leaving no openings for water to seep in. There wasn’t any immediate danger, since the goblins' scheme depended on the failure of another unknown plan that was supposed to happen first. He was eager to keep the communication pathway open so he could find out what that earlier plan was. At the same time, the goblins couldn’t restart their interrupted work on the flooding without him discovering it. If they all pitched in, they could make the one current exit completely watertight in just one night. By filling up the tunnel entirely, their barrier would be supported by the mountain's walls.

As soon as he found that the goblins had again retired, he lighted his lamp, and proceeded to fill the hole he had made with such stones as he could withdraw when he pleased. He then thought it better, as he might have occasion to be up a good many nights after this, to go home and have some sleep.

As soon as he noticed that the goblins had left again, he turned on his lamp and started filling the hole he had made with stones that he could easily take out later. He then decided it was a good idea, since he might need to be awake many nights from now on, to go home and get some sleep.

How pleasant the night-air felt upon the outside of the mountain after what he had gone through in the inside of it! He hurried up the hill, without meeting a single goblin on the way, and called and tapped at the window until he woke his father, who soon rose and let him in. He told him the whole story, and, just as he had expected, his father thought it best to work that lode no farther, but at the same time to pretend occasionally to be at work there still, in order that the goblins might have no suspicions. Both father and son then went to bed, and slept soundly until the morning.

How pleasant the night air felt outside on the mountain after everything he had gone through inside it! He quickly made his way up the hill, without encountering a single goblin along the way, and knocked at the window until he woke his father, who soon got up and let him in. He shared the entire story, and, just as he had predicted, his father decided it was best not to mine that area anymore, but at the same time, to occasionally pretend to still be working there so that the goblins wouldn't get any suspicious ideas. Both father and son then went to bed and slept soundly until morning.


CHAPTER X

THE PRINCESS'S KING-PAPA
THE weather continued fine for weeks, and the little princess went out every day. So long a period of fine weather had indeed never been known upon that mountain. The only uncomfortable thing was that her nurse was so nervous and particular about being in before the sun was down, that often she would take to her heels when nothing worse than a fleecy cloud crossing the sun threw a shadow on the hillside; and many an evening they were home a full hour before the sunlight had left the weathercock on the stables. If it had not been for such behavior, Irene would by this time have almost forgotten the goblins. She never forgot Curdie, but him she remembered for his own sake, and indeed would have remembered him if only because a princess never forgets her debts until they are paid.
In an instant she was on the saddle, and clasped in his great strong arms. In a flash, she was on the saddle, wrapped in his strong arms.

One splendid sunshiny day, about an hour after noon, Irene, who was playing on a lawn in the garden, heard the distant blast of a bugle. She jumped up with a cry of joy, for she knew by that particular blast that her father was on his way to see her. This part of the garden lay on the slope of the hill, and allowed a full view of the country below. So she shaded her eyes with her hand, and looked far away to catch the first glimpse of shining armor. In a few moments a little troop came glittering round the shoulder of a hill. Spears and helmets were sparkling and gleaming, banners[69] were flying, horses prancing, and again came the bugle-blast, which was to her like the voice of her father calling across the distance, "Irene, I'm coming." On and on they came, until she could clearly distinguish the king. He rode a white horse, and was taller than any of the men with him. He wore a narrow circle of gold set with jewels around his helmet, and as he came still nearer, Irene could discern the flashing of the stones in the sun. It was a long time since he had been to see her, and her little heart beat faster and faster as the shining troop approached, for she loved her king-papa very dearly, and was nowhere so happy as in his arms. When they reached a certain point, after which she could see them no more from the garden, she ran to the gate, and there stood till up they came clanging and stamping, with one more bright bugle-blast which said, "Irene, I am come."

One beautiful sunny day, about an hour after noon, Irene, who was playing on the lawn in the garden, heard the distant sound of a bugle. She jumped up with a cry of joy since she recognized that specific blast meant her father was on his way to see her. This part of the garden was on the slope of a hill, giving a full view of the countryside below. So, she shaded her eyes with her hand and looked far away to catch the first glimpse of shining armor. In a few moments, a small group appeared glittering around the shoulder of a hill. Spears and helmets were sparkling and gleaming, banners[69] were flying, horses prancing, and there came another bugle blast, which to her sounded like her father's voice calling from afar, "Irene, I'm coming." They kept coming closer until she could clearly see the king. He rode a white horse and was taller than any of the men with him. He wore a narrow gold crown set with jewels around his helmet, and as he got even nearer, Irene could see the stones flashing in the sunlight. It had been a long time since he'd visited her, and her little heart raced faster and faster as the shining group approached because she loved her king-dad very much, and there was nowhere she was happier than in his arms. When they reached a point where she could no longer see them from the garden, she ran to the gate and stood there until they came clanging and stamping, with one more bright bugle blast signaling, "Irene, I have arrived."

By this time the people of the house were all gathered at the gate, but Irene stood alone in front of them. When the horseman pulled up, she ran to the side of the white horse, and held up her arms. The king stooped, and took her hands. In an instant she was on the saddle, and clasped in his great strong arms. I wish I could describe the king, so that you could see him in your mind. He had gentle blue eyes, but a nose that made him look like an eagle. A long dark beard, streaked with silvery lines, flowed from his mouth almost to his waist, and as Irene sat on the saddle and hid her glad face upon his bosom, it mingled with the golden hair which her mother had given her, and the two together were like a cloud with streaks of the sun woven through it. After he had held her to his heart for a minute, he spoke to his white horse, and the great[70] beautiful creature, which had been prancing so proudly a little while before, walked as gently as a lady—for he knew he had a little lady on his back—through the gate and up to the door of the house. Then the king set her on the ground, and, dismounting, took her hand and walked with her into the great hall, which was hardly ever entered except when he came to see his little princess. There he sat down with two of his councillors who had accompanied him, to have some refreshment, and Irene bestowed herself on his right hand, and drank her milk out of a wooden bowl curiously carved.

By this time, everyone in the house had gathered at the gate, but Irene stood alone in front of them. When the horseman stopped, she ran to the side of the white horse and raised her arms. The king leaned down and took her hands. In an instant, she was in the saddle, wrapped in his strong arms. I wish I could describe the king so you could picture him in your mind. He had soft blue eyes, but his nose made him look like an eagle. A long dark beard, streaked with silver, flowed from his mouth almost to his waist, and as Irene sat on the saddle, hiding her happy face against his chest, it mingled with her golden hair that her mother had given her, and the two together looked like a cloud with rays of sunshine woven through it. After holding her to his heart for a minute, he spoke to his white horse, and the big beautiful creature, which had been prancing proudly a little while before, walked gently like a lady—because he knew he had a little lady on his back—through the gate and up to the door of the house. Then the king set her down and, after getting off, took her hand and walked with her into the great hall, which was hardly ever entered except when he came to see his little princess. There, he sat down with two of his councillors who had come with him to have some refreshments, and Irene settled herself on his right hand, drinking her milk from a beautifully carved wooden bowl.

After the king had eaten and drunk, he turned to the princess and said, stroking her hair—

After the king had eaten and drunk, he turned to the princess and said, stroking her hair—

"Now, my child, what shall we do next?"

"Now, my child, what should we do next?"

This was the question he almost always put to her first after their meal together; and Irene had been waiting for it with some impatience, for now, she thought, she should be able to settle a question which constantly perplexed her.

This was the question he almost always asked her first after their meal together; and Irene had been waiting for it with some impatience, because now, she thought, she should be able to resolve a question that constantly confused her.

"I should like you to take me to see my great old grandmother."

"I'd like you to take me to see my great-grandmother."

The king looked grave, and said—

The king looked serious and said—

"What does my little daughter mean?"

"What does my little daughter mean?"

"I mean the Queen Irene that lives up in the tower—the very old lady, you know, with the long hair of silver."

"I mean the Queen Irene who lives up in the tower—the really old lady, you know, with the long silver hair."

The king only gazed at his little princess with a look which she could not understand.

The king just stared at his little princess with an expression that she couldn’t comprehend.

"She's got her crown in her bedroom," she went on; "but I've not been in there yet. You know she's here, don't you?"

"She has her crown in her bedroom," she continued, "but I haven't been in there yet. You know she's here, right?"

"No," said the king very quietly.

"No," the king said gently.

"Then it must be all a dream," said Irene. "I half thought[71] it was; but I couldn't be sure. Now I am sure of it. Besides, I couldn't find her the next time I went up."

"Then it must all be a dream," said Irene. "I kind of thought it was; but I couldn't be sure. Now I am sure of it. Besides, I couldn't find her the next time I went up."

At that moment a snow-white pigeon flew in at an open window and, with a flutter, settled upon Irene's head. She broke into a merry laugh, cowered a little and put up her hands to her head, saying—

At that moment, a pure white pigeon flew in through the open window and, with a flutter, landed on Irene's head. She burst into a joyful laugh, recoiled a bit, and raised her hands to her head, saying—

"Dear dovey, don't peck me. You'll pull out my hair with your long claws, if you don't have a care."

"Dear dove, don’t peck me. You’ll pull out my hair with your long claws if you’re not careful."

The king stretched out his hand to take the pigeon, but it spread its wings and flew again through the open window, when its whiteness made one flash in the sun and vanished. The king laid his hand on the princess's head, held it back a little, gazed in her face, smiled half a smile and sighed half a sigh.

The king reached out his hand to grab the pigeon, but it spread its wings and flew back through the open window, its white feathers flashing in the sunlight before it disappeared. The king rested his hand on the princess's head, tilted it back slightly, looked into her eyes, smiled somewhat, and let out a quiet sigh.

"Come, my child; we'll have a walk in the garden together," he said.

"Come on, kid; let’s take a walk in the garden together," he said.

"You won't come up and see my huge, great, beautiful grandmother, then, king-papa?" said the princess.

"You won't come up and see my amazing, beautiful grandmother, then, king-papa?" said the princess.

"Not this time," said the king very gently. "She has not invited me, you know, and great old ladies like her do not choose to be visited without leave asked and given."

"Not this time," the king said softly. "She hasn’t invited me, you know, and elderly ladies like her prefer not to be visited without permission asked and granted."

The garden was a very lovely place. Being upon a mountain side, there were parts in it where the rocks came through in great masses, and all immediately about them remained quite wild. Tufts of heather grew upon them, and other hardy mountain plants and flowers, while near them would be lovely roses and lilies, and all pleasant garden flowers. This mingling of the wild mountain with the civilized garden was very quaint, and it was impossible for any number of gardeners to make such a garden look formal and stiff.[72]

The garden was a really beautiful spot. Being on the side of a mountain, there were areas where large rocks jutted out, and everything around them remained quite wild. Clusters of heather grew on the rocks, along with other tough mountain plants and flowers, while nearby, there were gorgeous roses, lilies, and all sorts of lovely garden flowers. This blend of untamed mountain and cultivated garden was quite charming, and no amount of gardeners could make such a garden look formal and stiff.[72]

Against one of these rocks was a garden-seat, shadowed, from the afternoon sun by the overhanging of the rock itself. There was a little winding path up to the top of the rock, and on the top another seat; but they sat on the seat at its foot, because the sun was hot; and there they talked together of many things. At length the king said:

Against one of these rocks was a garden bench, shaded from the afternoon sun by the overhang of the rock itself. There was a small winding path leading to the top of the rock, where another bench was located; but they chose to sit on the bench at its base because the sun was hot, and there they talked about many things. Finally, the king said:

"You were out late one evening, Irene."

"You were out late one night, Irene."

"Yes, papa. It was my fault; and Lootie was very sorry."

"Yeah, Dad. It was my mistake, and Lootie felt really bad about it."

"I must talk to Lootie about it," said the king.

"I need to talk to Lootie about it," said the king.

"Don't speak loud to her, please, papa," said Irene. "She's been so afraid of being late ever since! Indeed she has not been naughty. It was only a mistake for once."

"Please don’t raise your voice to her, Dad," Irene said. "She’s been really scared of being late ever since! Honestly, she hasn’t been bad. It was just a mistake this one time."

"Once might be too often," murmured the king to himself, as he stroked his child's head.

"That might happen too often," the king murmured to himself, stroking his child's head.

I cannot tell you how he had come to know. I am sure Curdie had not told him. Some one about the palace must have seen them, after all. He sat for a good while thinking. There was no sound to be heard except that of a little stream which ran merrily out of an opening in the rock by where they sat, and sped away down the hill through the garden. Then he rose, and leaving Irene where she was, went into the house and sent for Lootie, with whom he had a talk that made her cry.

I can't say how he found out. I’m sure Curdie didn’t tell him. Someone at the palace must have seen them, after all. He sat for a while thinking. The only sound was from a little stream that flowed cheerfully out of a gap in the rock near where they sat and raced down the hill through the garden. Then he got up, and leaving Irene where she was, went into the house and called for Lootie, with whom he had a conversation that made her cry.

When in the evening he rode away upon his great white horse, he left six of his attendants behind him, with orders that three of them should watch outside the house every night, walking round and round it from sunset to sunrise. It was clear he was not quite comfortable about the princess.

When he rode away in the evening on his big white horse, he left six of his attendants behind, instructing three of them to keep watch outside the house every night, patrolling around it from sunset to sunrise. It was obvious he wasn’t entirely at ease about the princess.


CHAPTER XI

THE OLD LADY'S BEDROOM
NOTHING more happened worth telling for some time. The autumn came and went by. There were no more flowers in the garden. The winds blew strong, and howled among the rocks. The rain fell, and drenched the few yellow and red leaves that could not get off the bare branches. Again and again there would be a glorious morning followed by a pouring afternoon, and sometimes, for a week together, there would be rain, nothing but rain, all day, and then the most lovely cloudless night, with the sky all out in full-blown stars—not one missing. But the princess could not see much of them, for she went to bed early. The winter drew on, and she found things growing dreary. When it was too stormy to go out, and she had got tired of her toys, Lootie would take her about the house, sometimes to the housekeeper's room, where the housekeeper, who was a good, kind old woman, made much of her—sometimes to the servants' hall or the kitchen, where she was not princess merely, but absolute queen, and ran a great risk of being spoiled. Sometimes she would run of herself to the room where the men-at-arms whom the king had left, sat, and they showed her their arms and accoutrements, and did what they could to amuse her. Still at times she found it very dreary, and often and often wished that her huge great grandmother had not been a dream.

One morning the nurse left her with the housekeeper for a[74] while. To amuse her, she turned out the contents of an old cabinet upon the table. The little princess found her treasures, queer ancient ornaments and many things the uses of which she could not imagine, far more interesting than her own toys, and sat playing with them for two hours or more. But at length, in handling a curious old-fashioned brooch, she ran the pin of it into her thumb, and gave a little scream with the sharpness of the pain, but would have thought little more of it, had not the pain increased and her thumb begun to swell. This alarmed the housekeeper greatly. The nurse was fetched; the doctor was sent for; her hand was poulticed, and long before her usual time she was put to bed. The pain still continued, and although she fell asleep and dreamed a good many dreams, there was the pain always in every dream. At last it woke her up.

One morning, the nurse left her with the housekeeper for a[74] while. To keep her entertained, the housekeeper brought out the contents of an old cabinet onto the table. The little princess discovered her treasures—strange, vintage ornaments and many items whose uses she couldn't even imagine—much more interesting than her own toys, and she played with them for two hours or more. But eventually, while fiddling with a peculiar old brooch, she accidentally poked the pin into her thumb, letting out a little scream from the sudden pain. She wouldn’t have thought much of it, but as the pain grew worse and her thumb started to swell, the housekeeper became quite alarmed. The nurse was called in; a doctor was sent for; her hand was treated with a poultice, and well before her usual bedtime, she was put to bed. The pain persisted, and even though she fell asleep and had many dreams, the pain lingered in every single one. Eventually, it woke her up.

The moon was shining brightly into the room. The poultice had fallen off her hand, and it was burning hot. She fancied if she could hold it into the moonlight, that would cool it. So she got out of bed, without waking the nurse who lay at the other end of the room, and went to the window. When she looked out, she saw one of the men-at-arms walking in the garden, with the moonlight glancing on his armor. She was just going to tap on the window and call him, for she wanted to tell him all about it, when she bethought herself that that might wake Lootie, and she would put her into bed again. So she resolved to go to the window of another room, and call him from there. It was so much nicer to have somebody to talk to than to lie awake in bed with the burning pain in her hand. She opened the door very gently and went through[75] the nursery, which did not look into the garden, to go to the other window. But when she came to the foot of the old staircase, there was the moon shining down from some window high up, and making the worm-eaten oak look very strange and delicate and lovely. In a moment she was putting her little feet one after the other in the silvery path up the stair, looking behind as she went, to see the shadow they made in the middle of the silver. Some little girls would have been afraid to find themselves thus alone in the middle of the night, but Irene was a princess.

The moon was shining brightly into the room. The poultice had fallen off her hand, and it was burning hot. She thought if she could hold it in the moonlight, it would cool down. So she got out of bed without waking the nurse who lay at the other end of the room and went to the window. When she looked out, she saw one of the guards walking in the garden, with moonlight glinting off his armor. She was just about to tap on the window and call him because she wanted to tell him everything, when she realized that might wake Lootie, and she would have to get back in bed. So she decided to go to the window of another room and call him from there. It was much nicer to have someone to talk to than to lie awake in bed with the burning pain in her hand. She opened the door very quietly and went through[75] the nursery, which didn’t look into the garden, to reach the other window. But when she got to the bottom of the old staircase, the moon was shining down from a window high up, making the worm-eaten oak look very strange, delicate, and beautiful. In a moment, she was placing her little feet one after the other in the silvery path up the stairs, looking back as she went to see the shadow they made on the silver. Some little girls would have been scared to find themselves alone in the middle of the night, but Irene was a princess.

As she went slowly up the stairs, not quite sure that she was not dreaming, suddenly a great longing woke up in her heart to try once more whether she could not find the old, old lady with the silvery hair.

As she slowly climbed the stairs, unsure if she was dreaming, a deep desire stirred in her heart to see if she could find the old, old lady with the silver hair once again.

"If she is a dream," she said to herself, "then I am the likelier to find her, if I am dreaming."

"If she is a dream," she thought to herself, "then I’m more likely to find her if I’m dreaming."

So up and up she went, stair after stair, until she came to the many rooms—all just as she had seen them before. Through passage after passage she softly sped, comforting herself that if she should lose her way it would not matter much, because when she woke she would find herself in her own bed, with Lootie not far off. But as if she had known every step of the way, she walked straight to the door at the foot of the narrow stair that led to the tower.

So up and up she went, stair after stair, until she reached the many rooms—all just as she had seen them before. Through passage after passage, she swiftly went, reassuring herself that if she got lost, it wouldn't matter much, because when she woke up, she'd be in her own bed with Lootie not far away. But as if she had known every step of the way, she walked directly to the door at the bottom of the narrow stair that led to the tower.

"What if I should realliality-really find my beautiful old grandmother up there!" she said to herself, as she crept up the steep steps.

"What if I actually find my beautiful old grandmother up there!" she said to herself as she climbed the steep steps.

When she reached the top, she stood a moment listening in the dark, for there was no moon there. Yes! it was! it was[76] the hum of the spinning-wheel! What a diligent grandmother to work both day and night!

When she got to the top, she paused for a moment, listening in the dark, since there was no moon. Yes! It was! It was[76] the sound of the spinning wheel! What a hard-working grandmother to be busy both day and night!

She tapped gently at the door.

She knocked softly on the door.

"Come in, Irene," said the sweet voice.

"Come in, Irene," said the soft voice.

The princess opened the door, and entered. There was the moonlight streaming in at the window, and in the middle of the moonlight sat the old lady in her black dress with the white lace, and her silvery hair mingling with the moonlight, so that you could not have distinguished one from the other.

The princess opened the door and walked in. Moonlight was pouring in through the window, and in the center of the moonlight sat the old lady in her black dress with white lace, her silver hair blending with the moonlight, making it hard to tell them apart.

"Come in, Irene," she said again. "Can you tell me what I am spinning?"

"Come in, Irene," she said again. "Can you tell me what I'm spinning?"

"She speaks," thought Irene, "just as if she had seen me five minutes ago, or yesterday at the farthest.—No," she answered; "I don't know what you are spinning. Please, I thought you were a dream. Why couldn't I find you before, great-great-grandmother?"

"She talks," Irene thought, "as if she saw me five minutes ago or maybe yesterday at the latest.—No," she replied; "I have no idea what you're talking about. Honestly, I thought you were a dream. Why couldn't I find you before, great-great-grandmother?"

"That you are hardly old enough to understand. But you would have found me sooner if you hadn't come to think I was a dream. I will give you one reason, though, why you couldn't find me. I didn't want you to find me."

"You're barely old enough to get it. But you would have found me earlier if you hadn't started thinking I was just a dream. I'll give you one reason why you couldn't find me: I didn't want you to."

"Why, please?"

"Why, please?"

"Because I did not want Lootie to know I was here."

"Because I didn’t want Lootie to find out I was here."

"But you told me to tell Lootie."

"But you asked me to tell Lootie."

"Yes. But I knew Lootie would not believe you. If she were to see me sitting spinning here, she wouldn't believe me either."

"Yes. But I knew Lootie wouldn't believe you. If she saw me sitting here spinning, she wouldn't believe me either."

"Why."

"Why?"

"Because she couldn't. She would rub her eyes, and go away and say she felt queer, and forget half of it and more, and then say it had been all a dream."[77]

"Because she couldn't. She would rub her eyes, walk away, and say she felt strange, forget half of it and more, and then say it had all been a dream."[77]

"Just like me," said Irene, feeling very much ashamed of herself.

"Just like me," Irene said, feeling very ashamed of herself.

"Yes, a good deal like you, but not just like you; for you've come again; and Lootie wouldn't have come again. She would have said, No, no—she had had enough of such nonsense."

"Yeah, pretty similar to you, but not exactly the same; because you've come back; and Lootie wouldn't have come back. She would have said, No, no—she'd had enough of that nonsense."

"Is it naughty of Lootie then?"

"Is Lootie being naughty?"

"It would be naughty of you. I've never done anything for Lootie."

"It would be wrong of you. I've never done anything for Lootie."

"And you did wash my face and hands for me," said Irene, beginning to cry.

"And you washed my face and hands for me," said Irene, starting to cry.

The old lady smiled a sweet smile and said—

The old lady smiled a warm smile and said—

"I'm not vexed with you, my child—nor with Lootie either. But I don't want you to say anything more to Lootie about me. If she should ask you, you must just be silent. But I do not think she will ask you."

"I'm not upset with you, my child—nor with Lootie either. But I don't want you to say anything else to Lootie about me. If she asks you, you just need to stay quiet. But I doubt she will ask you."

All the time they talked, the old lady kept on spinning.

All the while they talked, the old woman just kept on spinning.

"You haven't told me yet what I am spinning," she said.

"You still haven't told me what I'm spinning," she said.

"Because I don't know. It's very pretty stuff."

"Because I have no idea. It's really beautiful."

It was indeed very pretty stuff. There was a good bunch of it on the distaff attached to the spinning-wheel, and in the moonlight it shone like—what shall I say it was like? It was not white enough for silver—yes, it was like silver, but shone gray rather than white, and glittered only a little. And the thread the old lady drew out from it was so fine that Irene could hardly see it.

It was really beautiful material. There was a nice amount of it on the distaff connected to the spinning wheel, and in the moonlight, it gleamed like—what can I compare it to? It wasn’t quite white enough to be silver—yes, it resembled silver, but it glimmered gray instead of white, and sparkled just a bit. And the thread the old lady pulled from it was so fine that Irene could barely see it.

"I am spinning this for you, my child."

"I’m making this for you, my child."

"For me! What am I to do with it, please?"

"For me! What should I do with it, please?"

"I will tell you by and by. But first I will tell you what it is. It is spider-webs—of a particular kind. My pigeons bring[78] it me from over the great sea. There is only one forest where the spiders live who make this particular kind—the finest and strongest of any. I have nearly finished my present job. What is on the rock now will be quite sufficient. I have a week's work there yet, though," she added, looking at the bunch.

"I'll let you know soon. But first, let me explain what it is. It's spider webs—of a specific kind. My pigeons bring[78] it to me from across the ocean. There's only one forest where the spiders that create this particular kind live—the best and strongest of all. I'm almost done with my current project. What's on the rock now is more than enough. I still have a week's work left there, though," she added, glancing at the bunch.

"Do you work all day and night too, great-great-great-great grandmother?" said the princess, thinking to be very polite with so many greats.

"Do you work all day and night too, great-great-great-great grandmother?" asked the princess, trying to be very polite with all those greats.

"I am not quite so great as all that," she answered, smiling almost merrily. "If you call me grandmother, that will do.—No. I don't work every night—only moonlit nights, and then no longer than the moon shines upon my wheel. I sha'n't work much longer to-night."

"I’m not as amazing as you think," she replied, smiling almost cheerfully. "If you just call me grandmother, that’s fine. No, I don’t work every night—only on moonlit nights, and then not longer than the moon shines on my wheel. I won’t be working much longer tonight."

"And what will you do next, grandmother?"

"And what are you going to do next, grandma?"

"Go to bed. Would you like to see my bedroom?"

"Go to bed. Want to check out my bedroom?"

"Yes, that I should."

"Yes, I should."

"Then I think I won't work any longer to-night. I shall be in good time."

"Then I don’t think I’ll work any longer tonight. I’ll be on time."

The old lady rose, and left her wheel standing just as it was. You see there was no good in putting it away, for where there was not any furniture, there was no danger of being untidy.

The old lady got up and left her wheel right where it was. You see, there was no point in putting it away, because where there was no furniture, there was no risk of being messy.

Then she took Irene by the hand, but it was her bad hand, and Irene gave a little cry of pain.

Then she took Irene by the hand, but it was her injured hand, and Irene let out a small cry of pain.

"My child!" said, her grandmother, "what is the matter?"

"My child!" her grandmother said, "What's the matter?"

Irene held her hand into the moonlight, that the old lady might see it, and told her all about it, at which she looked grave. But she only said—"Give me your other hand"; and, having led her out upon the little dark landing, opened the door on the opposite side of it. What was Irene's surprise[79] to see the loveliest room she had ever seen in her life! It was large and lofty, and dome-shaped. From the centre hung a lamp as round as a ball, shining as if with the brightest moonlight, which made everything visible in the room, though not so clearly that the princess could tell what many of the things were. A large oval bed stood in the middle, with a coverlid of rose-color, and velvet curtains all round it of a lovely pale blue. The walls were also blue—spangled all over with what looked like stars of silver.

Irene held her hand up to the moonlight so the old lady could see it and told her everything, which made her look serious. But she just said, "Give me your other hand," and led her out onto the small, dark landing, opening the door on the other side. Irene was amazed[79] to see the most beautiful room she had ever seen! It was large and high with a dome shape. A round lamp hung from the center, shining like the brightest moonlight, illuminating everything in the room, though not so clearly that the princess could make out what many of the objects were. In the middle stood a large oval bed with a rose-colored cover and lovely pale blue velvet curtains all around it. The walls were also blue, covered in what looked like silver stars.

The old lady left her, and going to a strange-looking cabinet, opened it and took out a curious silver casket. Then she sat down on a low chair, and calling Irene, made her kneel before her, while she looked at her hand. Having examined it, she opened the casket, and took from it a little ointment. The sweetest odor filled the room—like that of roses and lilies—as she rubbed the ointment gently all over the hot swollen hand. Her touch was so pleasant and cool, that it seemed to drive away the pain and heat wherever it came.

The old woman walked away and approached a strange-looking cabinet. She opened it and pulled out an unusual silver box. Then she sat down on a low chair and called Irene over, making her kneel in front of her while she examined her hand. After looking it over, she opened the box and took out a small jar of ointment. A sweet fragrance filled the room, reminiscent of roses and lilies, as she gently rubbed the ointment on the hot, swollen hand. Her touch was so soothing and cool that it seemed to take away the pain and heat wherever it spread.

"Oh, grandmother! it is so nice!" said Irene. "Thank you; thank you."

"Oh, Grandma! It's so nice!" said Irene. "Thank you; thank you."

Then the old lady went to a chest of drawers, and took out a large handkerchief of gossamer-like cambric, which she tied around her hand.

Then the old lady went to a dresser and took out a large handkerchief made of delicate cambric, which she tied around her hand.

"I don't think that I can let you go away to-night," she said. "Do you think you would like to sleep with me?"

"I don't think I can let you leave tonight," she said. "Do you think you would want to spend the night with me?"

"Oh, yes, yes, dear grandmother!" said Irene, and would have clapped her hands, forgetting that she could not.

"Oh, yes, yes, dear grandmother!" said Irene, and she would have clapped her hands, forgetting that she couldn’t.

"You won't be afraid then to go to bed with such an old woman?"[80]

"You won't be scared to go to bed with such an old woman then?"[80]

"No. You are so beautiful, grandmother."

"No. You’re so beautiful, Nan."

"But I am very old."

"But I'm really old."

"And I suppose I am very young. You won't mind sleeping with such a very young woman, grandmother?"

"And I guess I’m really young. You won’t mind sleeping with such a really young woman, grandma?"

"You sweet little pertness!" said the old lady, and drew her toward her, and kissed her on the forehead and the cheek and the mouth.

"You sweet little sass!" said the old lady, pulling her close and kissing her on the forehead, cheek, and lips.

Then she got a large silver basin, and having poured some water into it, made Irene sit on the chair, and washed her feet. This done, she was ready for bed. And oh, what a delicious bed it was into which her grandmother laid her! She hardly could have told she was lying upon anything: she felt nothing but the softness. The old lady having undressed herself, lay down beside her.

Then she got a big silver basin and poured some water into it, making Irene sit in the chair while she washed her feet. Once that was done, she was all set for bed. And oh, what a cozy bed it was that her grandmother tucked her into! She could hardly tell she was lying on anything; all she felt was the softness. The old lady got undressed and lay down next to her.

"Why don't you put out your moon?" asked the princess.

"Why don’t you turn off your moon?" asked the princess.

"That never goes out, night or day," she answered. "In the darkest night, if any of my pigeons are out on a message, they always see my moon, and know where to fly to."

"That never goes out, day or night," she replied. "In the darkest night, if any of my pigeons are out delivering a message, they can always see my moon and know where to go."

"But if somebody besides the pigeons were to see it—somebody about the house, I mean—they would come to look what it was, and find you."

"But if someone other than the pigeons saw it—someone around the house, I mean—they would come to check out what it was and find you."

"The better for them then," said the old lady. "But it does not happen above five times in a hundred years that any one does see it. The greater part of those who do, take it for a meteor, wink their eyes, and forget it again. Besides, nobody could find the room except I pleased. Besides again—I will tell you a secret—if that light were to go out, you would fancy yourself lying in a bare garret, on a heap of old straw, and would not see one of the pleasant things round about you all the time."

"The better for them then," said the old lady. "But it only happens about five times in a hundred years that anyone actually sees it. Most of those who do think it's a meteor, blink, and forget about it. Plus, no one could find the room unless I wanted them to. And I'll let you in on a secret—if that light were to go out, you would feel like you were lying in a empty attic on a pile of old straw, and you wouldn't see any of the nice things around you the whole time."

"I hope it will never go out," said the princess.[81]

"I hope it never goes out," said the princess.[81]

"I hope not. But it is time we both went to sleep. Shall I take you in my arms?"

"I hope not. But it's time for us both to go to sleep. Should I hold you in my arms?"

The little princess nestled close up to the old lady, who took her in both her arms, and held her close to her bosom.

The little princess snuggled up to the old lady, who wrapped her arms around her and held her close to her chest.

"Oh dear! this is so nice!" said the princess. "I didn't know anything in the whole world could be so comfortable. I should like to lie here for ever."

"Oh wow! This is so nice!" said the princess. "I had no idea anything in the whole world could feel so comfortable. I could just lie here forever."

"You may if you will," said the old lady. "But I must put you to one trial—not a very hard one, I hope.—This night week you must come back to me. If you don't, I do not know when you may find me again, and you will soon want me very much."

"You can if you want to," said the old lady. "But I have to put you to one test—not a very difficult one, I hope. You need to come back to me a week from tonight. If you don't, I can't guarantee when you'll find me again, and you'll soon miss me a lot."

"Oh! please, don't let me forget."

"Oh! Please, don't let me forget."

"You shall not forget. The only question is whether you will believe I am anywhere—whether you will believe I am anything but a dream. You may be sure I will do all I can to help you to come. But it will rest with yourself after all. On the night of next Friday, you must come to me. Mind now."

"You must not forget. The only question is whether you will believe I'm real—whether you will think I’m anything other than a dream. You can be sure that I will do everything I can to help you come. But ultimately, it will be up to you. On the night of next Friday, you need to come to me. Remember that."

"I will try," said the princess.

"I'll give it a shot," said the princess.

"Then good night," said the old lady, and kissed the forehead which lay in her bosom.

"Then good night," said the old lady, and kissed the forehead resting against her chest.

In a moment more the little princess was dreaming in the midst of the loveliest dreams—of summer seas and moonlight and mossy springs and great murmuring trees, and beds of wild flowers with such odors as she had never smelled before. But after all, no dream could be more lovely than what she had left behind when she fell asleep.

In just a moment, the little princess was lost in the most beautiful dreams—of summer oceans and moonlight, and soft spring waters and tall, whispering trees, and fields of wildflowers with scents she had never experienced before. But still, no dream could be more wonderful than what she had left behind when she fell asleep.

In the morning she found herself in her own bed. There was no handkerchief or anything else on her hand, only a sweet odor lingering about it. The swelling had all gone down; the prick of the brooch had vanished:—in fact her hand was perfectly well.

In the morning, she woke up in her own bed. There was no handkerchief or anything else on her hand, just a sweet smell lingering around it. The swelling had completely gone down; the sting from the brooch was gone: in fact, her hand was perfectly fine.


CHAPTER XII

A SHORT CHAPTER ABOUT CURDIE
CURDIE spent many nights in the mine. His father and he had taken Mrs. Peterson into the secret, for they knew mother could hold her tongue, which was more than could be said of all the miners' wives. But Curdie did not tell her that every night he spent in the mine, part of it went in earning a new red petticoat for her.

Mrs. Peterson was such a nice good mother! All mothers are more or less, but Mrs. Peterson was nice and good all more and no less. She made a little heaven in that poor cottage on the hillside—for her husband and son to go home to out of the dreary earth in which they worked. I doubt if the princess was very much happier even in the arms of her huge great-grandmother than Peter and Curdie were in the arms of Mrs. Peterson. True, her hands were hard, and chapped, and large, but it was with work for them; and therefore in the sight of the angels, her hands were so much the more beautiful. And if Curdie worked hard to get her a petticoat, she worked hard every day to get him comforts which he would have missed much more than she would a new petticoat even in winter. Not that she and Curdie ever thought of how much they worked for each other: that would have spoiled everything.

Mrs. Peterson was such a great mom! All moms are nice to some extent, but Mrs. Peterson was exceptionally nice and good. She created a little paradise in that humble cottage on the hillside for her husband and son to return to after their tough days at work. I doubt the princess was any happier in the embrace of her enormous great-grandmother than Peter and Curdie were in the embrace of Mrs. Peterson. True, her hands were rough, chapped, and large, but they were that way from working for them; and so in the eyes of the angels, her hands were even more beautiful. And while Curdie worked hard to buy her a petticoat, she toiled every day to provide him with comforts he would have missed much more than she would have missed a new petticoat, even in winter. Not that she and Curdie ever considered how much they worked for each other: that would have spoiled everything.

When left alone in the mine, Curdie always worked on for an hour or two first, following the lode which, according to[83] Glump, would lead at last into the deserted habitation. After that, he would set out on a reconnoitering expedition. In order to manage this, or rather the return from it, better than the first time, he had bought a huge ball of fine string, having learned the trick from Hop-o'-my-Thumb, whose history his mother had often told him. Not that Hop-o'-my-Thumb had ever used a ball of string—I should be sorry to be supposed so far out in my classics—but the principle was the same as that of the pebbles. The end of this string he fastened to his pickaxe, which figured no bad anchor, and then, with the ball in his hand, unrolling as he went, set out in the dark through the natural gangs of the goblins' territory. The first night or two he came upon nothing worth remembering; saw only a little of the home-life of the cobs in the various caves they called houses; failed in coming upon anything to cast light upon the foregoing design which kept the inundation for the present in the background. But at length, I think on the third or fourth night, he found, partly guided by the noise of their implements, a company of evidently the best sappers and miners amongst them, hard at work. What were they about? It could not well be the inundation, seeing that had in the meantime been postponed to something else. Then what was it? He lurked and watched, every now and then in the greatest risk of being detected, but without success. He had again and again to retreat in haste, a proceeding rendered the more difficult that he had to gather up his string as he returned upon its course. It was not that he was afraid of the goblins, but that he was afraid of their finding out that they were watched, which might have prevented the discovery at which he aimed. Sometimes[84] his haste had to be such that, when he reached home toward morning, his string for lack of time to wind it up as he "dodged the cobs," would be in what seemed the most hopeless entanglement; but after a good sleep though a short one, he always found his mother had got it right again. There it was, wound in a most respectable ball, ready for use the moment he should want it!

When he was alone in the mine, Curdie usually worked for an hour or two first, following the lode which, according to [83] Glump, would eventually lead him to the abandoned dwelling. After that, he would go out on a scouting mission. To handle this, or rather the return trip better than the first time, he bought a big ball of fine string, having picked up the idea from Hop-o'-my-Thumb, whose story his mother often told him. Not that Hop-o'-my-Thumb actually used a ball of string—I wouldn't want to be thought so misguided in my classics—but the concept was similar to that of the pebbles. He tied one end of the string to his pickaxe, which made a decent anchor, and then, with the ball in hand, unwound it as he made his way through the natural paths of the goblins' territory. During the first couple of nights, he didn’t come across anything memorable; he only glimpsed a bit of the home life of the cobs in the various caves they called homes, but didn't find anything illuminating about his earlier plans that kept the flooding at bay for the time being. But eventually, I think on the third or fourth night, he discovered, partly led by the sound of their tools, a group of what were clearly the best diggers and miners among them, hard at work. What were they doing? It couldn’t be the flooding, since that had been postponed to something else. So, what was it? He hid and watched, often risking detection, but without success. He had to retreat in a hurry several times, which was more complicated since he needed to gather up his string as he returned on its path. It wasn’t that he was scared of the goblins, but that he was worried about them realizing they were being watched, which could ruin his chance of discovery. Sometimes, [84] he had to rush so much that, when he got home around dawn, his string would be in what looked like an impossible tangle for lack of time to wind it up while he "dodged the cobs." But after a good sleep, albeit a short one, he would always find that his mother had managed to untangle it. There it was, neatly wound into a respectable ball, ready for him to use whenever he needed it!

"I can't think how you do it, mother," he would say.

"I can’t imagine how you manage it, mom," he would say.

"I follow the thread," she would answer—"just as you do in the mine."

"I follow the thread," she would reply—"just like you do in the mine."

She never had more to say about it; but the less clever she was with her words, the more clever she was with her hands; and the less his mother said, the more, Curdie believed, she had to say.

She never talked about it any more; but the less skilled she was with her words, the more skilled she was with her hands; and the less his mother spoke, the more Curdie believed she had to say.

But still he had made no discovery as to what the goblin miners were about.

But he still hadn't figured out what the goblin miners were up to.


CHAPTER XIII

THE COBS' CREATURES
ABOUT this time, the gentlemen whom the king had left behind him to watch over the princess, had each occasion to doubt the testimony of his own eyes, for more than strange were the objects to which they would bear witness. They were of one sort—creatures—but so grotesque and misshapen as to be more like a child's drawings upon his slate than anything natural. They saw them only at night, while on guard about the house. The testimony of the man who first reported having seen one of them was that, as he was walking slowly round the house, while yet in the shadow, he caught sight of a creature standing on its hind legs in the moonlight, with its fore feet upon a window-ledge, staring in at the window. Its body might have been that of a dog or wolf—he thought, but he declared on his honor that its head was twice the size it ought to have been for the size of its body, and as round as a ball, while the face, which it turned upon him as it fled, was more like one carved by a boy upon the turnip inside which he is going to put a candle, than anything else he could think of. It rushed into the garden. He sent an arrow after it, and thought he must have struck it; for it gave an unearthly howl, and he could not find his arrow any more than the beast, although he searched all about the place where it vanished. They laughed at him until he was driven to hold his tongue; and said he must have taken too long a pull at the[86] ale-jug. But before two nights were over, he had one to side with him; for he too had seen something strange, only quite different from that reported by the other. The description the second man gave of the creature he had seen was yet more grotesque and unlikely. They were both laughed at by the rest; but night after night another came over to their side, until at last there was only one left to laugh at all his companions. Two nights more passed, and he saw nothing; but on the third, he came rushing from the garden to the other two before the house, in such an agitation that they declared—for it was their turn now—that the band of his helmet was cracking under his chin with the rising of his hair inside it. Running with him into that part of the garden which I have already described, they saw a score of creatures, to not one of which they could give a name, and not one of which was like another, hideous and ludicrous at once, gamboling on the lawn in the moonlight. The supernatural or rather subnatural ugliness of their faces, the length of legs and necks in some, and the apparent absence of both or either in others, made the spectators, although in one consent as to what they saw, yet doubtful, as I have said, of the evidence of their own eyes—and ears as well; for the noises they made, although not loud, were as uncouth and varied as their forms, and could be described neither as grunts nor squeaks nor roars nor howls nor barks nor yells nor screams nor croaks nor hisses nor mews nor shrieks, but only as something like all of them mingled in one horrible dissonance. Keeping in the shade, the watchers had a few moments to recover themselves before the hideous assembly suspected their presence; but all at once, as if by[87] common consent, they scampered off in the direction of a great rock, and vanished before the men had come to sufficiently to think of following them.

My readers will suspect what these were; but I will now give them full information concerning them. They were of course household animals belonging to the goblins, whose ancestors had taken their ancestors many centuries before from the upper regions of light into the lower regions of darkness. The original stocks of these horrible creatures were very much the same as the animals now seen about farms and homes in the country, with the exception of a few of them, which had been wild creatures, such as foxes, and indeed wolves and small bears, which the goblins, from their proclivity toward the animal creation, had caught when cubs and tamed. But in the course of time, all had undergone even greater changes than had passed upon their owners. They had altered—that is, their descendants had altered—into such creatures as I have not attempted to describe except in the vaguest manner—the various parts of their bodies assuming, in an apparently arbitrary and self-willed manner, the most abnormal developments. Indeed, so little did any distinct type predominate in some of the bewildering results, that you could only have guessed at any known animal as the original, and even then, what likeness remained would be more one of general expression than of definable conformation. But what increased the gruesomeness tenfold, was that, from constant domestic, or indeed rather family association with the goblins, their countenances had grown in grotesque resemblance to the human. No one understands animals who does not see that every one[88] of them, even amongst the fishes, it may be with a dimness and vagueness infinitely remote, yet shadows the human: in the case of these the human resemblance had greatly increased: while their owners had sunk toward them, they hod risen toward their owners. But the conditions of subterranean life being equally unnatural for both, while the goblins were worse, the creatures had not improved by the approximation, and its result would have appeared far more ludicrous than consoling to the warmest lover of animal nature. I shall now explain how it was that just then these animals began to show themselves about the king's country house.

My readers might guess what these were, but I’ll now give them all the details. They were, of course, pets belonging to the goblins, whose ancestors had taken the ancestors of these animals many centuries ago from the bright upper world into the dark underground. The original breeds of these creepy creatures were quite similar to the animals we see on farms and in homes today, except for a few that were wild, like foxes and even wolves and small bears, which the goblins, drawn to animals, had captured as cubs and tamed. However, over time, they had changed even more than their owners. They transformed—that is, their descendants transformed—into creatures I can only vaguely describe, with various parts of their bodies developing in odd, unpredictable ways. In fact, no distinct type was prevalent in some of the bewildering results; you could only guess at any known animal as the original, and even then, any resemblance would be more about general expression than specific shape. What made it even creepier was that, from constant living with the goblins, their faces had taken on a grotesque resemblance to humans. No one truly understands animals who doesn’t realize that each one, even among fish, reflects humanity in some dim and distant way. In this case, the resemblance to humans had increased significantly: while their owners had become more like them, they had evolved to be more human-like. But since the conditions of underground life were just as unnatural for both, and worse for the goblins, the creatures hadn’t improved from the closeness; the result would seem far more absurd than comforting to even the most passionate animal lover. I will now explain how it was that these animals began to appear around the king’s country house.

The goblins, as Curdie had discovered, were mining on—at work both day and night, in divisions, urging the scheme after which he lay in wait. In the course of their tunneling, they had broken into the channel of a small stream, but the break being in the top of it, no water had escaped to interfere with their work. Some of the creatures, hovering as they often did about their masters, had found the hole, and had, with the curiosity which had grown to a passion from the restraints of their unnatural circumstances, proceeded to explore the channel. The stream was the same which ran out by the seat on which Irene and her king-papa had sat as I have told, and the goblin-creatures found it jolly fun to get out for a romp on a smooth lawn such as they had never seen in all their poor miserable lives. But although they had partaken enough of the nature of their owners to delight in annoying and alarming any of the people whom they met on the mountain, they were of course incapable of designs of their own, or of intentionally furthering those of their masters.[89]

The goblins, as Curdie had found out, were mining away—working both day and night, in shifts, pushing forward the plan he was watching for. During their digging, they had broken into the path of a small stream, but since the break was at the top, no water had flowed out to disrupt their work. Some of the creatures, often hanging around their masters, discovered the hole and, driven by curiosity that had turned into a passion due to their unnatural situation, decided to explore the stream. This stream was the same one that ran out by the bench where Irene and her father had sat, as I mentioned before, and the goblin creatures found it incredibly fun to romp on a smooth lawn like one they had never seen in their sad, miserable lives. Although they had absorbed enough of their owners' nature to enjoy annoying and frightening any of the people they encountered on the mountain, they were still incapable of forming their own plans or intentionally aiding those of their masters.[89]

For several nights after the men-at-arms were at length of one mind as to the facts of the visits of some horrible creatures, whether bodily or spectral they could not yet say, they watched with special attention that part of the garden where they had last seen them. Perhaps indeed they gave in consequence too little attention to the house. But the creatures were too cunning to be easily caught; nor were the watchers quick-eyed enough to descry the head, or the keen eyes in it, which, from the opening whence the stream issued, would watch them in turn, ready, the moment they left the lawn to report the place clear.

For several nights after the soldiers finally agreed on the existence of some terrifying creatures, whether they were physical or spectral, they kept a close watch on the part of the garden where they had last seen them. They might have focused too little attention on the house as a result. However, the creatures were too clever to be easily caught, and the watchers weren't sharp-eyed enough to spot the head or the keen eyes watching from the opening where the stream flowed, ready to report when they left the lawn to declare the area clear.


CHAPTER XIV

THAT NIGHT WEEK
DURING the whole of the week, Irene had been thinking every other moment of her promise to the old lady, although even now she could not feel quite sure that she had not been dreaming. Could it really be that an old lady lived up in the top of the house with pigeons and a spinning-wheel, and a lamp that never went out? She was, however, none the less determined, on the coming Friday, to ascend the three stairs, walk through the passages with the many doors, and try to find the tower in which she had either seen or dreamed her grandmother.

Her nurse could not help wondering what had come to the child—she would sit so thoughtfully silent, and even in the midst of a game with her, would so suddenly fall into a dreamy mood. But Irene took care to betray nothing, whatever efforts Lootie might make to get at her thoughts. And Lootie had to say to herself, "What an odd child she is!" and give it up.

Her nurse couldn't help but wonder what was going on with the child—she would sit there in deep thought, and even in the middle of a game, she'd suddenly zone out into a dreamy state. But Irene made sure not to reveal anything, no matter how hard Lootie tried to figure out what she was thinking. So Lootie had to tell herself, "What a strange kid she is!" and leave it at that.

At length the long looked-for Friday arrived, and lest Lootie should be moved to watch her, Irene endeavored to keep herself as quiet as possible. In the afternoon she asked for her doll's house, and went on arranging and rearranging the various rooms and their inhabitants for a whole hour. Then she gave a sigh and threw herself back in her chair. One of the dolls would not sit, and another would not stand, and they were all very tiresome. Indeed there was one that would not[91] even lie down, which was too bad. But it was now getting dark, and the darker it got the more exited Irene became, and the more she felt it necessary to be composed.

At last, the long-awaited Friday arrived, and to avoid making Lootie suspicious, Irene tried to stay as quiet as possible. In the afternoon, she asked for her dollhouse and spent an entire hour arranging and rearranging the different rooms and their residents. Then she sighed and leaned back in her chair. One doll wouldn’t sit, another wouldn’t stand, and they were all quite annoying. In fact, there was one that wouldn’t even lie down, which was really frustrating. But it was getting dark, and the darker it got, the more excited Irene became, and the more she felt she needed to stay calm.

"I see you want your tea, princess," said the nurse: "I will go and get it. The room feels close: I will open the window a little. The evening is mild: it won't hurt you."

"I see you want your tea, princess," said the nurse. "I'll go get it. The room feels stuffy; I'll open the window a bit. The evening is nice; it won't bother you."

"There's no fear of that, Lootie," said Irene, wishing she had put off going for the tea till it was darker, when she might have made her attempt with every advantage.

"There's no way that will happen, Lootie," said Irene, wishing she had waited to go for the tea until it was darker, when she could have made her attempt with every advantage.

I fancy Lootie was longer in returning than she had intended; for when Irene, who had been lost in thought, looked up, she saw it was nearly dark, and at the same moment caught sight of a pair of eyes, bright with a green light, glowering at her through the open window. The next instant something leaped into the room. It was like a cat, with legs as long as a horse's, Irene said, but its body no bigger and its legs no thicker than those of a cat. She was too frightened to cry out, but not too frightened to jump from her chair and run from the room.

I think Lootie took longer to come back than she meant to; when Irene, who had been lost in thought, looked up, she realized it was almost dark, and at that moment, she noticed a pair of eyes, shining with a green light, staring at her through the open window. The next second, something jumped into the room. It looked like a cat, with legs as long as a horse's, Irene said, but its body was no bigger and its legs no thicker than those of a cat. She was too scared to scream, but not too scared to jump up from her chair and run out of the room.

It is plain enough to every one of my readers what she ought to have done—and indeed Irene thought of it herself; but when she came to the foot of the old stair, just outside the nursery door, she imagined the creature running up those long ascents after her, and pursuing her through the dark passages—which, after all, might lead to no tower! That thought was too much. Her heart failed her, and turning from the stair, she rushed along to the hall, whence, finding the front-door open, she darted into the court, pursued—at least she thought so—by the creature. No one happening to see her, on she ran, unable to think for fear, and ready to run anywhere to[92] elude the awful creature with the stilt-legs. Not daring to look behind her, she rushed straight out of the gate, and up the mountain. It was foolish indeed—thus to run farther and farther from all who could help her, as if she had been seeking a fit spot for the goblin-creature to eat her in at his leisure; but that is the way fear serves us: it always takes the side of the thing that we are afraid of.

It’s clear to all my readers what she should have done—and Irene had thought of it too; but when she reached the bottom of the old stairs, just outside the nursery door, she pictured the creature chasing her up those long flights and pursuing her through the dark hallways—which, after all, might not lead to any tower! That thought was too much. Her resolve crumbled, and turning away from the stairs, she hurried to the hall, where she found the front door open, and dashed into the courtyard, believing she was being chased by the creature. Since no one saw her, she kept running, unable to think clearly because of fear and desperate to escape the terrifying creature with the long legs. Not daring to look back, she barreled straight out of the gate and up the mountain. It was indeed foolish to run further and further from anyone who could help her, as if she were looking for the perfect spot for the goblin creature to take her in at his leisure; but that’s what fear does to us: it always sides with what we are afraid of.

The princess was soon out of breath with running up hill; but she ran on, for she fancied the horrible creature just behind her, forgetting that, had it been after her, such legs as those must have overtaken her long ago. At last she could run no longer, and fell, unable even to scream, by the roadside, where she lay for sometime, half dead with terror. But finding nothing lay hold of her, and her breath beginning to come back, she ventured at length to get half up, and peer anxiously about her. It was now so dark that she could see nothing. Not a single star was out. She could not even tell in what direction the house lay, and between her and home she fancied the dreadful creature lying ready to pounce upon her. She saw now that she ought to have run up the stairs at once. It was well she did not scream; for, although very few of the goblins had come out for weeks, a stray idler or two might have heard her. She sat down upon a stone, and nobody but one who had done something wrong could have been more miserable. She had quite forgotten her promise to visit her grandmother. A rain-drop fell on her face. She looked up, and for a moment her terror was lost in astonishment. At first she thought the rising moon had left her place, and drawn nigh to see what could be the matter with the little girl, sitting[93] alone, without hat or cloak, on the dark bare mountain; but she soon saw she was mistaken, for there was no light on the ground at her feet, and no shadow anywhere. But a great silvery globe was hanging in the air; and as she gazed at the lovely thing, her courage revived. If she were but indoors again she would fear nothing, not even the terrible creature with the long legs! But how was she to find her way back? What could that light be? Could it be—? No, it couldn't. But what if it should be—yes—it must be—her great-great-grandmother's lamp, which guided her pigeons home through the darkest night! She jumped up: she had but to keep that light in view, and she must find the house.

The princess soon found herself out of breath from running uphill; but she kept going, convinced the terrifying creature was right behind her, forgetting that if it really had been chasing her, its long legs would have caught up with her long ago. Eventually, she couldn't run anymore and collapsed by the roadside, too terrified to even scream, lying there for a while, paralyzed with fear. But when she realized nothing was holding her back and her breath was starting to return, she cautiously got half up and looked around anxiously. It was so dark that she couldn’t see anything. Not a single star was visible. She couldn’t even tell which way the house was, and she imagined the awful creature lying in wait between her and home. Now she understood that she should have run up the stairs right away. It was a good thing she didn’t scream; although very few goblins had been spotted for weeks, a stray one might have heard her. She sat down on a stone, feeling more miserable than anyone who had done something wrong. She had completely forgotten her promise to visit her grandmother. A raindrop fell on her face. She looked up, and for a moment, her fear was replaced by amazement. At first, she thought the rising moon had come down to see what was going on with the little girl sitting alone, without a hat or cloak, on the dark, bare mountain; but she soon realized she was wrong, as there was no light on the ground at her feet and no shadows anywhere. But a large, silvery globe was hanging in the air; and as she stared at this beautiful sight, her courage returned. If she could just get back inside, she wouldn’t be afraid of anything, not even the terrifying creature with the long legs! But how was she going to find her way back? What could that light be? Could it be—? No, it couldn’t. But what if it were—yes—it must be—her great-great-grandmother’s lamp that guided her pigeons home through the darkest night! She jumped up: she just had to keep that light in sight, and she would find the house.

Her heart grew strong. Speedily, yet softly, she walked down the hill, hoping to pass the watching creature unseen. Dark as it was, there was little danger now of choosing the wrong road. And—which was most strange—the light that filled her eyes from the lamp, instead of blinding them for a moment to the object upon which they next fell, enabled her for a moment to see it, despite the darkness. By looking at the lamp and then dropping her eyes, she could see the road for a yard or two in front of her, and this saved her from several falls, for the road was very rough. But all at once, to her dismay, it vanished, and the terror of the beast, which had left her the moment she began to return, again laid hold of her heart. The same instant, however, she caught the light of the windows, and knew exactly where she was. It was too dark to run, but she made what haste she could, and reached the gate in safety. She found the house door still open, ran through the hall, and, without even looking into the nursery,[94] bounded straight up the stair, and the next, and the next; then turning to the right, ran through the long avenue of silent rooms, and found her way at once to the door at the foot of the tower stair.

Her heart became strong. Quickly, yet gently, she walked down the hill, hoping to pass the watching creature unnoticed. Despite the darkness, there was little risk now of choosing the wrong path. And—strangely—the light from the lamp, instead of blinding her momentarily to the object her eyes next fell upon, allowed her to see it for a moment, despite the dark. By looking at the lamp and then lowering her gaze, she could see the road for a yard or two in front of her, which saved her from several falls, as the road was very rough. But suddenly, to her dismay, it disappeared, and the fear of the beast, which had left her when she began to return, gripped her heart again. At the same moment, however, she spotted the light from the windows and knew exactly where she was. It was too dark to run, but she hurried as best as she could and reached the gate safely. She found the house door still open, rushed through the hall, and, without even glancing into the nursery,[94] bounded straight up the stairs, and the next flight, and the next; then turning right, she ran through the long row of silent rooms, and quickly found her way to the door at the bottom of the tower stairs.

When first the nurse missed her, she fancied she was playing her a trick, and for some time took no trouble about her; but at last, getting frightened, she had begun to search; and when the princess entered, the whole household was hither and thither, over the house, hunting for her. A few seconds after she reached the stair of the tower, they had even begun to search the neglected rooms, in which they would never have thought of looking had they not already searched every other place they could think of in vain. But by this time she was knocking at the old lady's door.

When the nurse first noticed she was missing, she thought the princess was just playing a trick on her, so she didn't worry about it for a while. But eventually, getting scared, she started to look for her. When the princess entered, the whole household was running around the house searching for her. Just seconds after she reached the stairs of the tower, they even began to search the neglected rooms, which they wouldn’t have considered if they hadn’t already looked everywhere else in vain. But by this time, she was knocking at the old lady's door.


CHAPTER XV

WOVEN AND THEN SPUN
"COME in, Irene," said the silvery voice of her grandmother.

The princess opened the door, and peeped in. But the room was quite dark, and there was no sound of the spinning-wheel. She grew frightened once more, thinking that, although the room was there, the old lady might be a dream after all. Every little girl knows how dreadful it is to find a room empty where she thought somebody was; but Irene had to fancy for a moment that the person she came to find was nowhere at all. She remembered however that at night she spun only in the moonlight, and concluded that must be why there was no sweet, bee-like humming: the old lady might be somewhere in the darkness. Before she had time to think another thought, she heard her voice again, saying as before—

The princess opened the door and looked inside. But the room was totally dark, and there was no sound of the spinning wheel. She felt scared again, thinking that even though the room was there, the old lady might just be a figment of her imagination. Every little girl knows how awful it feels to find an empty room when she expected someone to be there; but Irene had to momentarily think that the person she was looking for wasn't there at all. She remembered, though, that at night she only spun in the moonlight, and figured that might be why there was no sweet, bee-like humming: the old lady could be somewhere in the darkness. Before she could think another thought, she heard her voice again, saying as before—

"Come in, Irene."

"Come in, Irene."

From the sound, she understood at once that she was not in the room beside her. Perhaps she was in her bedroom. She turned across the passage, feeling her way to the other door. When her hand fell on the lock, again the old lady spoke—

From the sound, she immediately realized that she wasn't in the room next to hers. Maybe she was in her bedroom. She crossed the hallway, feeling her way to the other door. When her hand reached the lock, the old lady spoke again—

"Shut the other door behind you, Irene. I always close the door of my workroom when I go to my chamber."

"Close the other door behind you, Irene. I always shut the door to my workspace when I head to my room."

Irene wondered to hear her voice so plainly through the door; having shut the other, she opened it and went in. Oh, what a lovely haven to reach from the darkness and fear through[96] which she had come! The soft light made her feel as if she were going into the heart of the milkiest pearl; while the blue walls and their silver stars for a moment perplexed her with the fancy that they were in reality the sky which she had left outside a minute ago covered with rainclouds.

Irene was surprised to hear her voice so clearly through the door; after closing the other one, she opened it and stepped inside. Oh, what a beautiful sanctuary to arrive at after the darkness and fear she had just experienced! The soft light made her feel like she was entering the core of the most exquisite pearl; meanwhile, the blue walls with their silver stars briefly confused her, making her fancy that they were actually the sky she had just left outside, shrouded in rainclouds.[96]

"Come," and she still held out her arms. "Come," she said, still holding out her arms.

"I've lighted a fire for you, Irene: you're cold and wet," said her grandmother.

"I've made a fire for you, Irene: you're cold and wet," said her grandmother.

Then Irene looked again, and saw that what she had taken for a huge bouquet of red roses on a low stand against the wall, was in fact a fire which burned in the shapes of the loveliest and reddest roses, glowing gorgeously between the heads and wings of two cherubs of shining silver. And when she came nearer, she found that the smell of roses with which the room was filled, came from the fire-roses on the hearth. Her grandmother was dressed in the loveliest pale-blue velvet, over which her hair, no longer white, but of a rich gold color, streamed like a cataract, here falling in dull gathered heaps, there rushing away in smooth shining falls. And even as she looked, the hair seemed pouring down from her head, and vanishing in a golden mist ere it reached the floor. It flowed from under the edge of a circle of shining silver, set with alternated pearls and opals. On her dress was no ornament whatever, neither was there a ring on her hand, or a necklace or carcanet about her neck. But her slippers glimmered with the light of the Milky-way, for they were covered with seed-pearls and opals in one mass. Her face was that of a woman of three-and-twenty.

Then Irene looked again and saw that what she had thought was a huge bouquet of red roses on a low stand against the wall was actually a fire that burned in the shapes of the most beautiful and reddest roses, glowing brilliantly between the heads and wings of two shiny silver cherubs. When she moved closer, she realized that the scent of roses filling the room came from the fire-roses on the hearth. Her grandmother was dressed in the loveliest pale-blue velvet, and her hair, no longer white but a rich gold color, cascaded like a waterfall, sometimes falling in dull gathered heaps and other times rushing away in smooth shining strands. As she watched, the hair seemed to pour down from her head, vanishing into a golden mist before it touched the floor. It flowed from beneath the edge of a circle of shining silver, studded with alternating pearls and opals. She wore no ornaments on her dress, no rings on her fingers, or necklaces around her neck. But her slippers sparkled with the light of the Milky Way, covered in a mass of seed-pearls and opals. Her face appeared to belong to a woman of twenty-three.

The princess was so bewildered with astonishment and admiration that she could hardly thank her, and drew nigh with timidity, feeling dirty and uncomfortable. The lady was seated[97] on a low chair by the side of the fire, with hands outstretched to take her, but the princess hung back with a troubled smile.

The princess was so amazed and in awe that she could barely thank her and approached hesitantly, feeling dirty and uneasy. The lady was sitting[97] in a low chair by the fire, with her hands outstretched to welcome her, but the princess hesitated with a worried smile.

"Why, what's the matter?" asked her grandmother. "You haven't been doing anything wrong—I know that by your face, though it is rather miserable. What's the matter, my dear?"

"What's wrong?" her grandmother asked. "You haven't done anything bad—I can tell by your face, even if it is pretty gloomy. What's bothering you, my dear?"

And still she held out her arms.

And still she stretched out her arms.

"Dear grandmother," said Irene, "I'm not so sure that I haven't done something wrong. I ought to have run up to you at once when the long-legged cat came in at the window, instead of running out on the mountain, and making myself such a fright."

"Dear Grandma," said Irene, "I'm not so sure that I didn't do something wrong. I should have rushed over to you right away when the long-legged cat came in through the window, instead of running out to the mountain and scaring myself like that."

"You were taken by surprise, my child, and are not so likely to do it again. It is when people do wrong things willfully that they are the more likely to do them again. Come."

"You were caught off guard, my child, and you're not very likely to do it again. It's when people choose to do wrong things that they're more likely to repeat them. Come."

And still she held out her arms.

And still she stretched out her arms.

"But, grandmother, you're so beautiful and grand with your crown on! and I am so dirty with mud and rain!—I should quite spoil your beautiful blue dress."

"But, Grandma, you look so beautiful and amazing with your crown on! And I’m all muddy from the rain! I’d totally ruin your beautiful blue dress."

With a merry little laugh, the lady sprang from her chair, more lightly far than Irene herself could, caught the child to her bosom, and kissing the tear-stained face over and over, sat down with her in her lap.

With a cheerful little laugh, the lady jumped out of her chair, much more gracefully than Irene herself could, picked up the child into her arms, and kissed the tear-stained face again and again, sitting down with her in her lap.

"Oh, grandmother! you'll make yourself such a mess!" cried Irene, clinging to her.

"Oh, Grandma! You're going to make such a mess!" cried Irene, clinging to her.

"You darling! do you think I care more for my dress than for my little girl? Beside—look here!"

"You darling! Do you really think I care more about my dress than my little girl? Besides—look here!"

As she spoke she set her down, and Irene saw to her dismay that the lovely dress was covered with the mud of her fall on[98] the mountain road. But the lady stooped to the fire, and taking from it, by the stalk in her fingers, one of the burning roses, passed it once and again and a third time over the front of her dress; and when Irene looked, not a single stain was to be discovered.

As she talked, she put her down, and Irene was disheartened to see that the beautiful dress was covered in mud from her fall on[98] the mountain road. But the lady bent down to the fire, and picking up one of the burning roses by the stalk, she waved it once, then again, and a third time over the front of her dress; and when Irene looked again, not a single stain could be found.

"There!" said her grandmother, "you won't mind coming to me now?"

"There!" said her grandmother, "you don't mind coming to me now?"

But Irene again hung back, eyeing the flaming rose which the lady held in her hand.

But Irene stepped back again, staring at the bright rose that the lady held in her hand.

"You're not afraid of the rose—are you?" she said, and she was about to throw it on the hearth again.

"You're not scared of the rose—are you?" she said, and she was about to throw it on the fire again.

"Oh! don't, please!" cried Irene. "Won't you hold it to my frock and my hands and my face? And I'm afraid my feet and my knees want it too!"

"Oh! Please don't!" cried Irene. "Will you hold it against my dress and my hands and my face? And I'm worried my feet and my knees need it too!"

"No," answered her grandmother, smiling a little sadly, as she threw the rose from her; "it is too hot for you yet. It would set your frock in a flame. Besides, I don't want to make you clean to-night. I want your nurse and the rest of the people to see you as you are, for you will have to tell them how you ran away for fear of the long-legged cat. I should like to wash you, but they would not believe you then. Do you see that bath behind you?"

"No," her grandmother replied, smiling a bit sadly as she tossed the rose away. "It's too hot for you right now. It could set your dress on fire. Besides, I don’t want to make you clean tonight. I want your nurse and everyone else to see you just as you are because you’ll need to tell them how you ran away, scared of the long-legged cat. I’d love to wash you, but they wouldn’t believe you afterward. Do you see that bath behind you?"

The princess looked, and saw a large oval tub of silver, shining brilliantly in the light of the wonderful lamp.

The princess looked and saw a large oval silver tub, shining brightly in the light of the beautiful lamp.

"Go and look into it," said the lady.

"Go check it out," said the lady.

Irene went, and came back very silently, with her eyes shining.

Irene went away and returned quietly, her eyes sparkling.

"What did you see?" asked her grandmother.

"What did you see?" her grandmother asked.

"The sky and the moon and the stars," she answered. "It looked as if there was no bottom to it."[99]

"The sky, the moon, and the stars," she replied. "It seemed like there was no end to it."[99]

The lady smiled a pleased, satisfied smile, and was silent also for a few moments. Then she said—

The woman smiled a satisfied, content smile and was quiet for a moment. Then she said—

"Any time you want a bath, come to me. I know you have a bath every morning, but sometimes you want one at night too."

"Any time you want a bath, just come to me. I know you take one every morning, but sometimes you want one at night too."

"Thank you, grandmother; I will—I will indeed," answered Irene, and was again silent for some moments thinking. Then she said, "How was it, grandmother, that I saw your beautiful lamp—not the light of it only—but the great round silver lamp itself, hanging alone in the great open air high up? It was your lamp I saw—wasn't it?"

"Thank you, grandma; I will—I really will," replied Irene, and she fell silent for a moment, deep in thought. Then she asked, "How was it, grandma, that I saw your beautiful lamp—not just the light, but the big round silver lamp itself, hanging alone up there in the open sky? It was your lamp I saw—right?"

"Yes, my child; it was my lamp."

"Yes, my child; it was my light."

"Then how was it? I don't see a window all round."

"Then how was it? I don’t see a window all around."

"When I please, I can make the lamp shine through the walls—shine so strong that it melts them away from before the sight, and shows itself as you saw it. But, as I told you, it is not everybody can see it."

"When I want, I can make the lamp shine through the walls—shine so brightly that it melts them away from view, revealing itself as you saw it. But, as I mentioned, not everyone can see it."

"How is it that I can then? I'm sure I don't know."

"How is it that I can do that then? I'm really not sure."

"It is a gift born with you. And one day I hope everybody will have it."

"It’s a gift you’re born with. And one day, I hope everyone will have it."

"But how do you make it shine through the walls?"

"But how do you make it shine through the walls?"

"Ah! that you would not understand if I were to try ever so much to make you—not yet—not yet. But," added the lady rising, "you must sit in my chair while I get you the present I have been preparing for you. I told you my spinning was for you. It is finished now, and I am going to fetch it. I have been keeping it warm under one of my brooding pigeons."

"Ah! You wouldn't understand even if I tried really hard to explain it to you—not yet, not yet. But," the lady said, standing up, "you have to sit in my chair while I go get the gift I’ve been making for you. I told you my spinning was for you. It’s finished now, and I’m going to fetch it. I’ve been keeping it warm under one of my brooding pigeons."

Irene sat down in the low chair, and her grandmother left her, shutting the door behind her. The child sat gazing, now at the rose-fire, now at the starry walls, now at the silvery[100] light; and a great quietness came over her heart. If all the long-legged cats in the world had come rushing helter-skelter at her then, she would not have been afraid of them for a single moment. How this was, however, she could not tell;—she only knew there was no fear in her, and everything was so right and safe that it could not get in.

Irene sat down in the low chair, and her grandmother left her, shutting the door behind her. The child sat gazing, now at the flickering fire, now at the starry walls, now at the silvery[100] light; and a deep sense of calm washed over her heart. If all the long-legged cats in the world had come rushing at her then, she wouldn’t have been scared for even a second. How this was, she couldn’t explain; she only knew there was no fear inside her, and everything felt so right and safe that nothing could touch it.

She had been gazing at the lovely lamp for some minutes fixedly: turning her eyes, she found the wall had vanished, for she was looking out on the dark cloudy night. But though she heard the wind blowing, none of it blew upon her. In a moment more, the clouds themselves parted, or rather vanished like the wall, and she looked straight into the starry herds, flashing gloriously in the dark blue. It was but for a moment. The clouds gathered again and shut out the stars; the wall gathered again and shut out the clouds; and there stood the lady beside her with the loveliest smile on her face, and a shimmering ball in her hand, about the size of a pigeon's egg.

She had been staring at the beautiful lamp for a few minutes: when she turned her gaze, she realized the wall had disappeared, and she was looking out at the dark, cloudy night. Although she could hear the wind blowing, none of it touched her. In a moment, the clouds seemed to part, or rather vanish like the wall, and she found herself gazing directly at the starry sky, shining brilliantly against the deep blue. It was just for a moment. The clouds reformed and blocked out the stars; the wall reappeared and blocked the clouds; and there stood the woman next to her, wearing the most beautiful smile and holding a shimmering ball about the size of a pigeon's egg.

"There, Irene; there is my work for you!" she said, holding out the ball to the princess.

"There, Irene; here’s my work for you!" she said, holding out the ball to the princess.

She took it in her hand, and looked at it all over. It sparkled a little, and shone here and shone there, but not much. It was of a sort of gray whiteness, something like spun glass.

She picked it up and examined it from all angles. It sparkled a bit and shone in some places, but not a lot. It had a kind of grayish-white color, similar to spun glass.

"Is this all your spinning, grandmother?" she asked.

"Is this all your spinning, Grandma?" she asked.

"All since you came to the house. There is more there than you think."

"Everything changed since you came to the house. There's more there than you realize."

"How pretty it is! What am I to do with it?"

"How beautiful it is! What should I do with it?"

"That I will now explain to you," answered the lady, turning from her, and going to her cabinet.[101]

"Let me explain this to you now," the lady said, turning away from her and heading to her cabinet.[101]

She came back with a small ring in her hand. Then she took the ball from Irene's, and did something with the two—Irene could not tell what.

She returned with a small ring in her hand. Then she took the ball from Irene and did something with the two—Irene couldn't figure out what.

"Give me your hand," she said.

"Give me your hand," she said.

Irene held up her right hand.

Irene raised her hand.

"Yes, that is the hand I want," said the lady, and put the ring on the forefinger of it.

"Yes, that's the hand I want," said the lady, and slipped the ring onto its forefinger.

"What a beautiful ring!" said Irene. "What is the stone called?"

"What a beautiful ring!" Irene said. "What’s the stone called?"

"It is a fire-opal."

"It's a fire opal."

"Please, am I to keep it?"

"Please, am I supposed to keep it?"

"Always."

"Forever."

"Oh, thank you, grandmother! It's prettier than anything I ever saw, except those—of all colors—in your—Please, is that your crown?"

"Oh, thank you, grandma! It's more beautiful than anything I've ever seen, except for those—all the colors—in your—Please, is that your crown?"

"Yes, it is my crown. The stone in your ring is of the same sort—only not so good. It has only red, but mine have all colors, you see."

"Yes, it's my crown. The stone in your ring is the same type—just not as good. Yours only has red, but mine has all the colors, you see."

"Yes, grandmother. I will take such care of it!—But—" she added, hesitating.

"Yeah, grandma. I'll take really good care of it!—But—" she added, hesitating.

"But what?" asked her grandmother.

"But what?" her grandmother asked.

"What am I to say when Lootie asks me where I got it?"

"What should I say when Lootie asks me where I got it?"

"You will ask her where you got it," answered the lady smiling.

"You will ask her where you got it," the lady replied with a smile.

"I don't see how I can do that."

"I don't see how I can do that."

"You will though."

"You will, though."

"Of course I will if you say so. But you know I can't pretend not to know."

"Of course I will if you want me to. But you know I can't act like I don't know."

"Of course not. But don't trouble yourself about it. You will see when the time comes."[102]

"Of course not. But don’t worry about it. You’ll see when the time comes."[102]

So saying, the lady turned, and threw the little ball into the rose-fire.

So saying, the lady turned and tossed the little ball into the rose-colored fire.

"Oh, grandmother!" exclaimed Irene; "I thought you had spun it for me."

"Oh, Grandma!" exclaimed Irene; "I thought you had spun it for me."

"So I did, my child. And you've got it."

"So I did, my child. And you have it."

"No; it's burnt in the fire."

"No; it's burned in the fire."

The lady put her hand in the fire, brought out the ball, glimmering as before, and held it toward her. Irene stretched out her hand to take it, but the lady turned, and going to her cabinet, opened a drawer, and laid the ball in it.

The woman put her hand in the fire, pulled out the ball, shining just like before, and held it out to her. Irene reached out her hand to take it, but the woman turned and walked to her cabinet, opened a drawer, and placed the ball inside.

"Have I done anything to vex you, grandmother?" said Irene pitifully.

"Did I do something to upset you, grandma?" Irene said sadly.

"No, my darling. But you must understand that no one ever gives anything to another properly and really without keeping it. That ball is yours."

"No, my darling. But you need to realize that no one truly gives anything away without holding onto something in return. That ball is yours."

"Oh! I'm not to take it with me! You are going to keep it for me!"

"Oh! I'm not taking it with me! You're going to hold onto it for me!"

"You are to take it with you. I've fastened the end of it to the ring on your finger."

"You need to take it with you. I've attached the end to the ring on your finger."

Irene looked at the ring.

Irene glanced at the ring.

"I can't see it there, grandmother," she said.

"I can't see it there, Grandma," she said.

"Feel—a little way from the ring—toward the cabinet," said the lady.

"Feel—just a bit away from the ring—toward the cabinet," said the lady.

"Oh! I do feel it!" exclaimed the princess. "But I can't see it," she added, looking close to her outstretched hand.

"Oh! I can feel it!" the princess exclaimed. "But I can't see it," she added, peering closely at her outstretched hand.

"No. The thread is too fine for you to see it. You can only feel it. Now you can fancy how much spinning that took, although it does seem such a little ball."

"No. The thread is too thin for you to see it. You can only feel it. Now you can imagine how much spinning that took, even though it looks like such a small ball."

"But what use can I make of it, if it lies in your cabinet?"[103]

"But what good is it to me if it’s just sitting in your cabinet?"[103]

"That is what I will explain to you. It would be of no use to you—it wouldn't be yours at all if it did not lie in my cabinet. Now listen. If ever you find yourself in any danger—such, for example, as you were in this evening—you must take off your ring, and put it under the pillow of your bed. Then you must lay your forefinger, the same that wore the ring, upon the thread, and follow the thread wherever it leads you."

"That's what I'm going to tell you. It won't do you any good—it wouldn't even be yours if it wasn't in my cabinet. Now listen. If you ever find yourself in danger—like you were tonight—you need to take off your ring and hide it under your pillow. Then, put your forefinger, the same one that wore the ring, on the thread, and follow the thread wherever it takes you."

"Oh, how delightful! It will lead me to you, grandmother, I know!"

"Oh, how wonderful! It will take me to you, Grandma, I just know it!"

"Yes. But, remember, it may seem to you a very roundabout way indeed, and you must not double the thread. Of one thing you may be sure, that while you hold it, I hold it too."

"Yes. But remember, it might seem like a really complicated way, and you shouldn't double the thread. One thing you can be sure of is that as long as you have it, I have it too."

"It is very wonderful!" said Irene thoughtfully. Then suddenly becoming aware, she jumped up, crying—"Oh, grandmother! here I have been sitting all this time in your chair, and you standing! I beg your pardon."

"It’s really amazing!" Irene said thoughtfully. Then, suddenly realizing, she jumped up and exclaimed, "Oh, grandmother! I’ve been sitting here in your chair this whole time while you were standing! I apologize."

The lady laid her hand on her shoulder and said:

The woman placed her hand on her shoulder and said:

"Sit down again, Irene. Nothing pleases me better than to see any one sit in my chair. I am only too glad to stand so long as any one will sit in it."

"Sit down again, Irene. Nothing makes me happier than seeing someone in my chair. I'm more than happy to stand as long as someone is sitting in it."

"How kind of you!" said the princess, and sat down again.

"That's so nice of you!" said the princess, and sat down again.

"It makes me happy," said the lady.

"It makes me happy," the woman said.

"But," said Irene, still puzzled, "won't the thread get in somebody's way and be broken, if the one end is fast to my ring and the other laid in your cabinet?"

"But," said Irene, still confused, "won't the thread get in someone's way and break if one end is attached to my ring and the other is placed in your cabinet?"

"You will find all that arranges itself. I am afraid it is time for you to go."[104]

"You will find all that arranges itself. I'm afraid it's time for you to go."[104]

"Mightn't I stay and sleep with you to-night, grandmother?"

"Might I stay and sleep with you tonight, grandma?"

"No, not to-night. If I had meant you to stay to-night, I should have given you a bath; but you know everybody in the house is miserable about you, and it would be cruel to keep them so all night. You must go down stairs."

"No, not tonight. If I wanted you to stay tonight, I would have given you a bath; but you know everyone in the house is upset about you, and it would be cruel to keep them that way all night. You have to go downstairs."

"I'm so glad, grandmother, you didn't say—go home—for this is my home. Mayn't I call this my home?"

"I'm really glad, Grandma, you didn't say—go home—because this is my home. Can I not call this my home?"

"You may, my child. And I trust you will always think it your home. Now come. I must take you back without any one seeing you."

"You can, my child. And I hope you’ll always consider it your home. Now come on. I need to take you back without anyone noticing."

"Please, I want to ask you one question more," said Irene. "Is it because you have your crown on that you look so young?"

"Please, I want to ask you one more question," said Irene. "Is it because you’re wearing your crown that you look so young?"

"No, child," answered her grandmother; "it is because I felt so young this evening, that I put my crown on. And it occurred to me that you would like to see your old grandmother in her best."

"No, sweetheart," her grandmother replied; "it's because I felt so young this evening that I put on my crown. I thought you would enjoy seeing your old grandmother looking her best."

"Why do you call yourself old? You're not old, grandmother."

"Why do you say you're old? You're not old, grandma."

"I am very old indeed. It is so silly of people—I don't mean you, for you are such a tiny, and couldn't know better—but it is so silly of people to fancy that old age means crookedness and witheredness and feebleness and sticks and spectacles and rheumatism and forgetfulness! It is so silly! Old age has nothing whatever to do with all that. The right old age means strength and beauty and mirth and courage and clear eyes and strong painless limbs. I am older than you are able to think, and—"

"I’m really old. It’s so ridiculous that people—I don’t mean you, since you’re too young to understand—but it’s so ridiculous that people think old age means being bent over, shriveled, weak, relying on canes and glasses, dealing with aches, and forgetting things! It’s just silly! Old age has nothing to do with any of that. The true old age means strength, beauty, laughter, courage, bright eyes, and strong, painless limbs. I’m older than you can even imagine, and—"

"And look at you, grandmother!" cried Irene, jumping up, and flinging her arms about her neck. "I won't be so silly[105] again, I promise you. At least—I'm rather afraid to promise—but if I am, I promise to be sorry for it—I do. I wish I were as old as you, grandmother. I don't think you are ever afraid of anything."

"And look at you, Grandma!" Irene exclaimed, jumping up and wrapping her arms around her neck. "I won't be so foolish again, I promise. At least—I'm kind of scared to promise—but if I do, I promise to feel bad about it—I really do. I wish I were as old as you, Grandma. I don't think you’re ever afraid of anything."

"Not for long, at least, my child. Perhaps by the time I am two thousand years of age, I shall, indeed, never be afraid of anything. But I must confess that I have sometimes been afraid about my children—sometimes about you, Irene."

"Not for long, at least, my child. Maybe by the time I'm two thousand years old, I really won't be afraid of anything. But I have to admit that I've sometimes worried about my children—sometimes about you, Irene."

"Oh, I'm so sorry, grandmother!—To-night, I suppose, you mean."

"Oh, I'm really sorry, grandma! — I guess you mean tonight."

"Yes—a little to-night; but a good deal when you had all but made up your mind that I was a dream, and no real great-great-grandmother. You must not suppose that I am blaming you for that, I daresay it was out of your power to help it."

"Yes—a bit tonight; but a lot when you were almost convinced I was just a dream and not a real great-great-grandmother. Don’t think I’m blaming you for that; I can understand it was beyond your control."

"I don't know, grandmother," said the princess, beginning to cry. "I can't always do myself as I should like. And I don't always try. I'm very sorry anyhow."

"I don't know, Grandma," said the princess, starting to cry. "I can't always do things the way I want to. And I don't always make the effort. I'm really sorry, anyway."

The lady stooped, lifted her in her arms, and sat down with her in her chair, holding her close to her bosom. In a few minutes the princess had sobbed herself to sleep. How long she slept, I do not know. When she came to herself she was sitting in her own high chair at the nursery table, with her doll's-house before her.

The lady bent down, picked her up, and sat down with her in her chair, holding her tightly. In a few minutes, the princess had cried herself to sleep. I don't know how long she slept. When she woke up, she was sitting in her own high chair at the nursery table, with her dollhouse in front of her.


CHAPTER XVI

THE RING
THE same moment her nurse came into the room, sobbing. When she saw her sitting there, she started back with a loud cry of amazement and joy. Then running to her, she caught her up in her arms and covered her dear little face with kisses.

"My precious darling princess! where have you been? What has happened to you? We've all been crying our eyes out, and searching the house from top to bottom for you."

"My precious darling princess! Where have you been? What happened to you? We've all been crying our eyes out and searching the house from top to bottom for you."

"Not quite from the top," thought Irene to herself; and she might have added—"not quite to the bottom," perhaps, if she had known all. But the one she would not, and the other she could not say.

"Not exactly from the top," Irene thought to herself; and she might have added—"not exactly to the bottom," maybe, if she had known everything. But the one she wouldn't say, and the other she couldn't.

"Oh, Lootie! I've had such a dreadful adventure!" she replied, and told her all about the cat with the long legs, and how she ran out upon the mountain, and came back again. But she said nothing of her grandmother or her lamp.

"Oh, Lootie! I've had such a terrible adventure!" she said, and told her all about the cat with the long legs, and how she ran out onto the mountain and came back again. But she didn't mention her grandmother or her lamp.

"And there we've been searching for you all over the house for more than an hour and a half!" exclaimed the nurse. "But that's no matter, now we've got you! Only, princess, I must say," she added, her mood changing, "what you ought to have done was to call for your own Lootie to come and help you, instead of running out of the house, and up the mountain, in that wild—I must say, foolish fashion."

"And we've been looking for you all over the house for over an hour and a half!" the nurse exclaimed. "But that’s not important now that we’ve found you! However, princess, I have to say," she added, her tone shifting, "you should have called for your own Lootie to help you instead of running out of the house and up the mountain in such a wild—I have to say, foolish way."

"Well, Lootie," said Irene quietly, "perhaps if you had a[107] big cat, all legs, running at you, you mightn't exactly know which was the wisest thing to do at the moment."

"Well, Lootie," Irene said softly, "maybe if a[107] huge cat with long legs was charging at you, you wouldn't really know what the smartest thing to do was in that situation."

"I wouldn't run up the mountain, anyhow," returned Lootie.

"I wouldn't run up the mountain, anyway," Lootie replied.

"Not if you had time to think about it. But when those creatures came at you that night on the mountain, you were so frightened yourself that you lost your way home."

"Not if you had time to think about it. But when those creatures came at you that night on the mountain, you were so scared that you got lost on your way home."

This put a stop to Lootie's reproaches. She had been on the point of saying that the long-legged cat must have been a twilight fancy of the princess's, but the memory of the horrors of that night, and of the talking-to which the king had given her in consequence, prevented her from saying that which after all she did not half believe—having a strong suspicion that the cat was a goblin; for the fact was that she knew nothing of the difference between the goblins and their creatures: she counted them all just goblins.

This ended Lootie's complaints. She had almost said that the long-legged cat must have been a figment of the princess's imagination, but the memory of the terrible events of that night, and the lecture the king had given her because of it, stopped her from saying what she didn't really believe anyway—since she strongly suspected the cat was a goblin. The truth was she didn't really know the difference between goblins and their creatures; to her, they were all just goblins.

Without another word she went and got some fresh tea and bread and butter for the princess. Before she returned, the whole household, headed by the housekeeper, burst into the nursery to exult over their darling. The gentlemen-at-arms followed, and were ready enough to believe all she told them about the long-legged cat. Indeed, though wise enough to say nothing about it, they remembered with no little horror, just such a creature amongst those they had surprised at their gambols upon the princess's lawn. In their own hearts they blamed themselves for not having kept better watch. And their captain gave order that from this night the front door and all the windows on the ground floor should be locked immediately the sun set, and opened after upon no pretence whatever. The men-at-arms redoubled their vigilance,[108] and for some time there was no further cause of alarm.

Without saying anything else, she went to prepare some fresh tea and bread and butter for the princess. Before she got back, the whole household, led by the housekeeper, burst into the nursery to celebrate their beloved. The gentlemen-at-arms followed, eager to believe everything she said about the long-legged cat. In fact, even though they were smart enough to stay quiet about it, they remembered with some fear seeing a creature just like that among those they had startled while playing on the princess's lawn. Deep down, they blamed themselves for not being more vigilant. Their captain ordered that from that night on, the front door and all the ground floor windows should be locked as soon as the sun went down and not opened for any reason. The men-at-arms increased their watchfulness,[108] and for a while, there were no more alarms.

When the princess woke the next morning, her nurse was bending over her.

When the princess woke up the next morning, her nurse was leaning over her.

"How your ring does glow this morning, princess!—just like a fiery rose!" she said.

"Wow, your ring looks amazing this morning, princess!—just like a fiery rose!" she said.

"Does it, Lootie?" returned Irene. "Who gave me the ring, Lootie? I know I've had it a long time, but where did I get it? I don't remember."

"Does it, Lootie?" Irene replied. "Who gave me this ring, Lootie? I know I’ve had it for a long time, but where did I get it? I can’t remember."

"I think it must have been your mother gave it you, princess; but really, for as long as you have worn it, I don't remember that ever I heard," answered her nurse.

"I think it must have been your mom who gave it to you, princess; but honestly, I can't recall ever hearing that since you've been wearing it," responded her nurse.

"I will ask my king-papa the next time he comes," said Irene.

"I'll ask my dad the next time he visits," said Irene.


CHAPTER XVII

SPRING-TIME
THE spring, so dear to all creatures, young and old, came at last, and before the first few days of it had gone, the king rode through its budding valleys to see his little daughter. He had been in a distant part of his dominions all the winter, for he was not in the habit of stopping in one great city, or of visiting only his favorite country houses, but he moved from place to place, that all his people might know him. Wherever he journeyed, he kept a constant lookout for the ablest and best men to put into office, and wherever he found himself mistaken, and those he had appointed incapable or unjust, he removed them at once. Hence you see it was his care of the people that kept him from seeing his princess so often as he would have liked. You may wonder why he did not take her about with him; but there were several reasons against his doing so, and I suspect her great-great-grandmother had had a principal hand in preventing it. Once more Irene heard the bugle-blast, and once more she was at the gate to meet her father as he rode up on his great white horse.

After they had been alone for a little while, she thought of what she had resolved to ask him.

After they had been alone for a little while, she remembered what she had planned to ask him.

"Please, king-papa," she said, "will you tell me where I got this pretty ring? I can't remember."

"Please, king-dad," she said, "can you tell me where I got this pretty ring? I can't remember."

The king looked at it. A strange, beautiful smile spread[110] like sunshine over his face, and an answering smile, but at the same time a questioning one, spread like moonlight over Irene's.

The king looked at it. A strange, beautiful smile spread[110] like sunshine across his face, while an answering smile, yet also a questioning one, spread like moonlight over Irene's.

"It was your queen-mamma's once," he said.

"It used to belong to your queen mom," he said.

"And why isn't it hers now?" asked Irene.

"And why isn't it hers now?" asked Irene.

"She does not want it now," said the king, looking grave.

"She doesn't want it now," said the king, looking serious.

"Why doesn't she want it now?"

"Why doesn't she want it now?"

"Because she's gone where all those rings are made."

"Because she's gone to where all those rings are made."

"And when shall I see her?" asked the princess.

"And when will I see her?" asked the princess.

"Not for some time yet," answered the king, and the tears came in his eyes.

"Not for a while," the king replied, tears welling up in his eyes.

Irene did not remember her mother, and did not know why her father looked so, and why the tears came in his eyes; but she put her arms round his neck and kissed him, and asked no more questions.

Irene couldn’t remember her mother and didn’t understand why her father looked like that or why tears filled his eyes; but she wrapped her arms around his neck, kissed him, and didn’t ask any more questions.

The king was much disturbed on hearing the report of the gentlemen-at-arms concerning the creatures they had seen; and I presume would have taken Irene with him that very day, but for what the presence of the ring on her finger assured him of. About an hour before he left, Irene saw him go up the old stair; and he did not come down again till they were just ready to start; and she thought with herself that he had been up to see the old lady. When he went away, he left the other six gentlemen behind him, that there might be six of them always on guard.

The king was quite troubled after hearing the report from the gentlemen-at-arms about the creatures they had encountered; I believe he would have taken Irene with him that very day, if not for what the ring on her finger indicated. About an hour before he left, Irene saw him go up the old staircase; he didn’t come down until they were just about to leave, and she assumed he had gone to see the old lady. When he left, he left the other six gentlemen behind so that there would always be six of them on guard.

And now, in the lovely spring-weather, Irene was out on the mountain the greater part of the day. In the warmer hollows there were lovely primroses, and not so many that she ever got tired of them. As often as she saw a new one opening an eye of light in the blind earth, she would clap her[111] hands with gladness, and, unlike some children I know, instead of pulling it, would touch it as tenderly as if it had been a new baby, and, having made its acquaintance, would leave it as happy as she found it. She treated the plants on which they grew like birds' nests; every fresh flower was like a new little bird to her. She would pay a visit to all the flower-nests she knew, remembering each by itself. She would go down on her hands and knees beside one and say "Good morning! Are you all smelling very sweet this morning? Good-bye!" And then she would go to another nest, and say the same. It was a favorite amusement with her. There were many flowers up and down, and she loved them all, but the primroses were her favorites.

And now, in the beautiful spring weather, Irene spent most of the day on the mountain. In the warmer valleys, there were lovely primroses, and there were enough of them that she never got tired of seeing them. Each time she spotted a new one opening its bright face to the world, she would clap her[111] hands with joy. Unlike some children I know, instead of picking it, she would touch it gently as if it were a new baby, and after getting to know it, she would leave it just as happy as she found it. She treated the plants where they grew like birds' nests; every new flower felt like a little bird to her. She would visit all her flower nests, remembering each one individually. She would kneel beside one and say, "Good morning! Are you all smelling really sweet this morning? Goodbye!" Then she would move on to another nest and say the same thing. It was one of her favorite pastimes. There were many flowers scattered around, and she loved them all, but the primroses were her absolute favorites.

"They're not too shy, and they're not a bit forward," she would say to Lootie.

"They're not really shy, but they're not overly forward either," she would say to Lootie.

There were goats too about, over the mountain, and when the little kids came, she was as pleased with them as with the flowers. The goats belonged to the miners mostly—a few of them to Curdie's mother; but there were a good many wild ones that seemed to belong to nobody. These the goblins counted theirs, and it was upon them partly that they lived. They set snares and dug pits for them; and did not scruple to take what tame ones happened to be caught; but they did not try to steal them in any other manner, because they were afraid of the dogs the hill-people kept to watch them, for the knowing dogs always tried to bite their feet. But the goblins had a kind of sheep of their own—very queer creatures, which they drove out to feed at night, and the other goblin-creatures were wise enough to keep good watch over them, for they knew they should have their bones by and by.

There were also goats roaming around the mountain, and when the little kids arrived, she was just as delighted with them as she was with the flowers. Most of the goats belonged to the miners—some to Curdie's mother—but there were quite a few wild ones that seemed to belong to no one. The goblins claimed these as their own, and they relied on them for part of their food. They set traps and dug pits for them, and they didn't hesitate to take any tame ones that got caught. However, they didn't try to steal them in any other way because they were afraid of the dogs that the hill people kept to watch over the goats, as those smart dogs always tried to bite at their feet. But the goblins had a type of sheep of their own—very strange creatures—which they took out to graze at night, and the other goblin creatures were smart enough to keep a close watch on them, knowing that they would have their bones later.


CHAPTER XVIII

CURDIE'S CLUE
CURDIE was as watchful as ever, but was almost getting tired of his ill-success. Every other night or so he followed the goblins about, as they went on digging and boring, and getting as near them as he could, watched them from behind stones and rocks; but as yet he seemed no nearer finding out what they had in view. As at first, he always kept hold of the end of his string, while his pickaxe left just outside the hole by which he entered the goblins' country from the mine, continued to serve as an anchor and hold fast the other end. The goblins hearing no more noise in that quarter, had ceased to apprehend an immediate invasion, and kept no watch.

One night, after dodging about and listening till he was nearly falling asleep with weariness, he began to roll up his ball, for he had resolved to go home to bed. It was not long, however, before he began to feel bewildered. One after another he passed goblin-houses, caves that is, occupied by goblin families, and at length was sure they were many more than he had passed as he came. He had to use great caution to pass unseen—they lay so close together. Could his string have led him wrong? He still followed winding it, and still it led him into more thickly populated quarters, until he became quite uneasy, and indeed apprehensive; for although he was not afraid of the cobs, he was afraid of not finding his way out.[113] But what could he do? It was of no use to sit down and wait for the morning—the morning made no difference here. It was all dark, and always dark; and if his string failed him he was helpless. He might even arrive within a yard of the mine, and never know it. Seeing he could do nothing better, he would at least find where the end of the string was, and if possible how it had come to play him such a trick. He knew by the size of the ball that he was getting pretty near the last of it, when he began to feel a tugging and pulling at it. What could it mean? Turning a sharp corner, he thought he heard strange sounds. These grew, as he went on, to a scuffling and growling and squeaking; and the noise increased, until, turning a second sharp corner, he found himself in the midst of it, and the same moment tumbled over a wallowing mass, which he knew must be a knot of the cobs' creatures. Before he could recover his feet, he had caught some great scratches on his face, and several severe bites on his legs and arms. But as he scrambled to get up, his hand fell upon his pickaxe, and before the horrid beasts could do him any serious harm, he was laying about with it right and left in the dark. The hideous cries which followed gave him the satisfaction of knowing that he had punished some of them pretty smartly for their rudeness, and by their scampering and their retreating howls, he perceived that he had routed them. He stood a little, weighing his battle-axe in his hand as if it had been the most precious lump of metal—but indeed no lump of gold itself could have been so precious at that time as that common tool—then untied the end of the string from it, put the ball in his pocket, and still stood thinking. It was clear that the cobs' creatures[114] had found his axe, had between them carried it off, and had so led him he knew not where. But for all his thinking he could not tell what he ought to do, until suddenly he became aware of a glimmer of light in the distance. Without a moment's hesitation he set out for it, as fast as the unknown and rugged way would permit. Yet again turning a corner, led by the dim light, he spied something quite new in his experience of the underground regions—a small irregular shape of something shining. Going up to it, he found it was a piece of mica, or Muscovy glass, called sheep-silver in Scotland, and the light flickering as if from a fire behind it. After trying in vain for some time to discover an entrance to the place where it was burning, he came at length to a small chamber in which an opening high in the wall revealed a glow beyond. To this opening he managed to scramble up, and then he saw a strange sight.

One night, after wandering around and listening until he was almost falling asleep from exhaustion, he started to roll up his ball because he had decided to go home to bed. However, it wasn’t long before he began to feel confused. One after another, he passed goblin houses—caves occupied by goblin families—and eventually became sure there were many more than he had seen on his way in. He had to be very careful to pass by unnoticed since they were so close together. Could his string have led him the wrong way? He kept following it, and it continued to take him into more densely populated areas, until he became quite uneasy and even fearful; for while he wasn’t scared of the cobs, he was afraid of getting lost. But what could he do? It was pointless to sit down and wait for morning—morning made no difference here. It was dark, always dark; and if his string failed him, he was helpless. He might even end up just a yard from the mine and not know it. Seeing that he couldn’t do anything better, he decided to find the end of the string and, if he could, figure out how it had led him into such a mess. He knew by the size of the ball that he was getting close to the end when he felt a tugging at it. What could that mean? Turning a sharp corner, he thought he heard strange sounds. These sounds grew into scuffling, growling, and squeaking as he went on; and the noise intensified until, turning another sharp corner, he found himself right in the middle of it, and at that moment stumbled over a writhing mass, which he recognized as a group of the cobs' creatures. Before he could get back on his feet, he got some nasty scratches on his face and several painful bites on his legs and arms. But as he scrambled to stand up, his hand landed on his pickaxe, and before the horrible beasts could inflict any serious damage, he started swinging it in every direction in the dark. The terrible screams that followed assured him that he had dealt some good blows for their rudeness, and by their frantic scurrying and retreating howls, he saw that he had sent them running. He paused for a moment, weighing his battle-axe in his hand as if it were the most valuable piece of metal—but truly, no lump of gold could have been as valuable to him at that moment as that simple tool—then he untied the end of the string from it, put the ball in his pocket, and stood there thinking. It was clear that the cobs' creatures had found his axe, carried it off between them, and had led him who knows where. But despite his thinking, he couldn’t figure out what he should do until suddenly he noticed a glimmer of light in the distance. Without a second thought, he made his way toward it as fast as the rough, unknown path would allow. After turning another corner, following the dim light, he spotted something completely new in his underground experiences—a small irregular shape that was shiny. As he approached it, he discovered it was a piece of mica, or Muscovy glass, known as sheep-silver in Scotland, with the light flickering as though from a fire behind it. After unsuccessfully trying for some time to find an entrance to the place where the light was coming from, he finally reached a small chamber where a high opening in the wall revealed a glow beyond. He managed to scramble up to this opening, and then he saw something strange.

Below sat a little group of goblins around a fire, the smoke of which vanished in the darkness far aloft. The sides of the cave were full of shining minerals like those of the palace-hall; and the company was evidently of a superior order, for every one wore stones about head, or arms, or waist, shining, dull, gorgeous colors in the light of the fire. Nor had Curdie looked long before he recognized the king himself, and found that he had made his way into the inner apartment of the royal family. He had never had such a good chance of hearing something! He crept through the hole as softly as he could, scrambled a good way down the wall toward them without attracting attention, and then sat down and listened. The king, evidently the queen, and probably the crown-prince[115] and the prime minister were talking together. He was sure of the queen by her shoes, for as she warmed her feet at the fire, he saw them quite plainly.

Below sat a small group of goblins around a fire, the smoke from which disappeared into the darkness high above. The walls of the cave sparkled with minerals like those in the palace hall; and the group was clearly of a higher status, as everyone wore stones on their heads, arms, or waists, reflecting vibrant, dull, and stunning colors in the firelight. Curdie didn't take long to recognize the king himself and realized he had entered the private quarters of the royal family. He had never had such a good opportunity to listen in! He crept through the hole as quietly as possible, climbed down the wall towards them without drawing attention, and then sat down to listen. The king, clearly the queen, and probably the crown prince[115] along with the prime minister were having a conversation. He was sure it was the queen by her shoes, as he could see them clearly while she warmed her feet by the fire.

"That will be fun!" said the one he took for the crown-prince.

"That will be fun!" said the one he thought was the crown prince.

It was the first whole sentence he heard.

It was the first complete sentence he heard.

"I don't see why you should think it such a grand affair!" said his stepmother, tossing her head backward.

"I don't understand why you think it's such a big deal!" said his stepmother, tossing her head back.

"You must remember, my spouse," interposed his Majesty, as if making excuse for his son, "he has got the same blood in him. His mother—"

"You have to remember, my partner," his Majesty interrupted, almost defending his son, "he has the same blood running through his veins. His mother—"

"Don't talk to me of his mother! You positively encourage his unnatural fancies. Whatever belongs to that mother, ought to be cut out of him."

"Don't talk to me about his mom! You seriously encourage his strange ideas. Everything that comes from that mother should be completely removed from him."

"You forget yourself, my dear!" said the king.

"You've lost your way, my dear!" said the king.

"I don't," said the queen, "nor you either. If you expect me to approve of such coarse tastes, you will find yourself mistaken. I don't wear shoes for nothing."

"I don't," said the queen, "and neither do you. If you think I’ll approve of such rough preferences, you’re going to be disappointed. I don’t wear shoes for no reason."

"You must acknowledge, however," the king said, with a little groan, "that this at least is no whim of Harelip's, but a matter of state-policy. You are well aware that his gratification comes purely from the pleasure of sacrificing himself to the public good. Does it not, Harelip?"

“You have to admit, though,” the king said with a slight groan, “that this is definitely not just one of Harelip’s whims, but a matter of state policy. You know very well that his satisfaction comes solely from the joy of sacrificing himself for the greater good. Doesn’t it, Harelip?”

"Yes, father; of course it does. Only it will be nice to make her cry. I'll have the skin taken off between her toes, and tie them up till they grow together. Then her feet will be like other people's, and there will be no occasion for her to wear shoes."

"Yes, dad; of course it does. It will be nice to make her cry. I'll have the skin removed between her toes and tie them up until they grow together. Then her feet will be like everyone else's, and she won’t need to wear shoes."

"Do you mean to insinuate I've got toes, you unnatural[116] wretch?" cried the queen; and she moved angrily toward Harelip. The councilor, however, who was betwixt them, leaned forward so as to prevent her touching him, but only as if to address the prince.

"Are you suggesting I've got toes, you unnatural[116] wretch?" shouted the queen, moving angrily toward Harelip. The councilor, who was positioned between them, leaned forward to keep her from reaching him, but only to speak to the prince.

"Your royal Highness," he said, "possibly requires to be reminded that you have got three toes yourself—one on one foot, two on the other."

"Your royal Highness," he said, "might need a reminder that you have three toes—one on one foot and two on the other."

"Ha! ha! ha!" shouted the queen triumphantly.

"Ha! Ha! Ha!" yelled the queen triumphantly.

The councilor, encouraged by this mark of favor, went on.

The councilor, motivated by this sign of approval, continued.

"It seems to me, your royal Highness, it would greatly endear you to your future people, proving to them that you are not the less one of themselves that you had the misfortune to be born of a sun-mother, if you were to command upon yourself the comparatively slight operation which, in a more extended form, you so wisely meditate with regard to your future princess."

"It seems to me, Your Royal Highness, it would really endear you to your future subjects by showing them that you are just like them, despite the fact that you happened to be born of a sun-mother. If you were to go through the relatively simple process that you are wisely considering for your future princess in a more extensive way, it would be a wonderful gesture."

"Ha! ha! ha!" laughed the queen, louder than before, and the king and the minister joined in the laugh. It was anything but a laughing matter to Harelip. He growled, and for a few moments the others continued to express their enjoyment of his discomfiture.

"Ha! ha! ha!" laughed the queen, even louder this time, and the king and the minister joined in the laughter. It was far from funny for Harelip. He growled, and for a few moments, the others kept enjoying his embarrassment.

The queen was the only one Curdie could see with any distinctness. She sat sideways to him, and the light of the fire shone full upon her face. He could not consider her handsome. Her nose was certainly broader at the end than its extreme length, and her eyes, instead of being horizontal, were set up like two perpendicular eggs, one on the broad, the other on the small, end. Her mouth was no bigger than a small buttonhole until she laughed, when it stretched from ear to ear—only[117] to be sure her ears were very nearly in the middle of her cheeks.

The queen was the only person Curdie could see clearly. She was sitting sideways to him, and the firelight lit up her face. He couldn't call her pretty. Her nose was definitely wider at the tip than along its length, and her eyes were set vertically like two egg-shaped objects, one on the wider end and the other on the narrower end. Her mouth was about the size of a small buttonhole until she laughed, which made it stretch from ear to ear—though her ears were almost in the middle of her cheeks.

Anxious to hear everything they might say, Curdie ventured to slide down a smooth part of the rock just under him, to a projection below, upon which he thought to rest. But whether he was not careful enough, or the projection gave way, down he came with a rush on the floor of the cavern, bringing with him a great rumbling shower of stones.

Anxious to hear everything they might say, Curdie decided to slide down a smooth part of the rock just below him to a ledge he thought he could rest on. But whether he wasn't careful enough, or the ledge gave way, he came crashing down onto the floor of the cavern, bringing down a heavy shower of stones with him.

The goblins jumped from their seats in more anger than consternation, for they had never yet seen anything to be afraid of in the palace. But when they saw Curdie with his pick in his hand, their rage was mingled with fear, for they took him for the first of an invasion of miners. The king notwithstanding drew himself up to his full height of four feet, spread himself to his full breadth of three and a half, for he was the handsomest and squarest of all the goblins, and strutting up to Curdie, planted himself with outspread feet before him, and said with dignity—

The goblins jumped up, more angry than scared, because they had never seen anything in the palace that frightened them. But when they saw Curdie holding his pick, their anger mixed with fear, as they thought he was the start of a miner invasion. The king, however, stood tall at four feet, puffed himself up to his full three-and-a-half-foot width, for he was the handsomest and most solid of all the goblins. Strutting up to Curdie, he planted himself firmly before him and said with dignity—

"Pray what right have you in my palace?"

"Excuse me, what right do you have in my palace?"

"The right of necessity, your majesty," answered Curdie. "I lost my way, and did not know where I was wandering to."

"The right of necessity, Your Majesty," Curdie replied. "I got lost and had no idea where I was going."

"How did you get in?"

"How did you get here?"

"By a hole in the mountain."

"By a hole in the mountain."

"But you are a miner! Look at your pickaxe!"

"But you’re a miner! Look at your pickaxe!"

Curdie did look at it, answering,

Curdie looked at it and replied,

"I came upon it, lying on the ground, a little way from here. I tumbled over some wild beasts who were playing with it. Look, your majesty." And Curdie showed him how he was scratched and bitten.[118]

"I found it lying on the ground a bit away from here. I stumbled over some wild animals that were playing with it. Look, your majesty." And Curdie showed him his scratches and bites.[118]

The goblins fell back a little when he began, and made horrible grimaces all through the rhyme. The goblins stepped back a bit when he started, making awful faces the whole time he recited the rhyme.

The king was pleased to find him behave more politely than he had expected from what his people had told him concerning the miners, for he attributed it to the power of his own presence; but he did not therefore feel friendly to the intruder.

The king was happy to see him act more politely than he had expected based on what his people had said about the miners, as he thought it was due to the influence of his own presence; however, that didn't make him feel any friendlier towards the newcomer.

"You will oblige me by walking out of my dominions at once," he said, well knowing what a mockery lay in the words.

"You will be kind enough to leave my territory immediately," he said, fully aware of the irony in his words.

"With pleasure, if your majesty will give me a guide," said Curdie.

"Of course, if Your Majesty can provide me with a guide," said Curdie.

"I will give you a thousand," said the king, with a scoffing air of magnificent liberality.

"I'll give you a thousand," the king said, with a mocking sense of extravagant generosity.

"One will be quite sufficient," said Curdie.

"One will be more than enough," said Curdie.

But the king uttered a strange shout, half halloo, half roar, and in rushed goblins till the cave was swarming. He said something to the first of them which Curdie could not hear, and it was passed from one to another till in a moment the farthest in the crowd had evidently heard and understood it. They began to gather about him in a way he did not relish, and he retreated toward the wall. They pressed upon him.

But the king let out a strange shout, part greeting, part roar, and in rushed goblins until the cave was filled with them. He said something to the first one that Curdie couldn’t hear, and it was passed along until it was clear that even the ones furthest back in the crowd had heard and understood it. They started to gather around him in a way he didn’t like, and he backed up against the wall. They closed in on him.

"Stand back," said Curdie, grasping his pickaxe tighter by his knee.

"Step back," Curdie said, gripping his pickaxe more firmly by his knee.

They only grinned and pressed closer. Curdie bethought himself, and began to rhyme.

They just grinned and moved in closer. Curdie thought for a moment and started to rhyme.

"Ten, twenty, thirty—
You're all so messy!
Twenty, thirty, forty—
You're all so obnoxious and loud!

"Thirty, forty, fifty—
You're all so pretentious!
Forty, fifty, sixty—
[119]Beast and man so mixed!

"Fifty, sixty, seventy—
Mixty, maxty, levity—
60, 70, 80—
All your cheeks so gray.

"Seventy, eighty, ninety,
Your hands are so tough!
80, 90, 100
"Totally ridiculous!"

The goblins fell back a little when he began, and made horrible grimaces all through the rhyme, as if eating something so disagreeable that it set their teeth on edge and gave them the creeps; but whether it was that the rhyming words were most of them no words at all, for a new rhyme being considered more efficacious, Curdie had made it on the spur of the moment, or whether it was that the presence of the king and queen gave them courage, I cannot tell; but the moment the rhyme was over, they crowded on him again, and out shot a hundred long arms, with a multitude of thick nailless fingers at the end of them, to lay hold upon him. Then Curdie heaved up his axe. But being as gentle as courageous and not wishing to kill any of them, he turned the end which was square and blunt like a hammer, and with that came down a great blow on the head of the goblin nearest him. Hard as the heads of all goblins are, he thought he must feel that. And so he did, no doubt; but he only gave a horrible cry, and sprung at Curdie's throat. Curdie however drew back in time, and just at that critical moment, remembered the vulnerable part of the goblin-body. He made a sudden rush at the king, and stamped with all his might on his Majesty's feet. The king gave a most unkingly howl, and almost fell into the fire. Curdie[120] then rushed into the crowd, stamping right and left. The goblins drew back howling on every side as he approached, but they were so crowded that few of those he attacked could escape his tread; and the shrieking and roaring that filled the cave would have appalled Curdie, but for the good hope it gave him. They were tumbling over each other in heaps in their eagerness to rush from the cave, when a new assailant suddenly faced him:—the queen, with flaming eyes and expanded nostrils, her hair standing half up from her head, rushed at him. She trusted in her shoes; they were of granite—hollowed like French sabots. Curdie would have endured much rather than hurt a woman, even if she was a goblin; but here was an affair of life and death: forgetting her shoes, he made a great stamp on one of her feet. But she instantly returned it with very different effect, causing him frightful pain and almost disabling him. His only chance with her would have been to attack the granite shoes with his pickaxe, but before he could think of that, she had caught him up in her arms, and was rushing with him across the cave. She dashed him into a hole in the wall, with a force that almost stunned him. But although he could not move, he was not too far gone to hear her great cry, and the rush of multitudes of soft feet, followed by the sounds of something heaved up against the rock; after which came a multitudinous patter of stones falling near him. The last had not ceased when he grew very faint, for his head had been badly cut, and at last insensible.

The goblins backed off a bit when he started, making terrible faces throughout the rhyme, as if they were eating something so awful it made their teeth hurt and gave them chills. It’s hard to say whether this was because most of his rhyming words were gibberish—Curdie had thrown it together on the spot because he thought a new rhyme would be more powerful—or if it was the presence of the king and queen that boosted their confidence. But the second the rhyme ended, they surged back toward him, and a hundred long arms shot out, ending in a bunch of thick, nailless fingers, reaching to grab him. Curdie lifted his axe. However, being as gentle as he was brave and not wanting to hurt any of them, he turned the square, blunt end around like a hammer and delivered a heavy blow to the head of the closest goblin. No matter how tough a goblin's head is, he figured this would hurt. And it did, no doubt; the goblin let out a horrible scream and lunged for Curdie’s throat. But Curdie managed to pull back just in time and, at that critical moment, remembered the weak spot on a goblin's body. He charged at the king and stomped down with all his strength on His Majesty's feet. The king let out a most unroyal howl and nearly fell into the fire. Curdie then dashed into the crowd, stomping to the left and right. The goblins shrieked and backed away as he approached, but they were so packed together that few of those he attacked could escape his feet. The screaming and roaring filling the cave would have scared Curdie, but instead gave him hope. They were tumbling over each other in their eagerness to flee when a new attacker suddenly confronted him: the queen, with fiery eyes and flared nostrils, her hair half standing on end, charged at him. She relied on her shoes, which were made of granite—hollowed out like French clogs. Curdie would have much preferred to avoid hurting a woman, even if she was a goblin, but this was a life-and-death situation: forgetting about her shoes, he stomped hard on one of her feet. But she instantly retaliated, inflicting terrible pain and nearly incapacitating him. His only option against her would have been to target the granite shoes with his pickaxe, but before he could think of that, she scooped him up in her arms and sprinted across the cave. She slammed him into a hole in the wall with such force that it nearly knocked him out. Despite being unable to move, he was still aware enough to hear her loud scream and the rush of countless soft feet, followed by the sound of something being shoved against the rock; then came a relentless patter of stones falling nearby. The last noise hadn’t even stopped when he started to feel very faint, as his head had been badly injured, and eventually passed out.

When he came to himself, there was perfect silence about him, and utter darkness, but for the merest glimmer in one tiny spot. He crawled to it, and found that they had heaved[121] a slab against the mouth of the hole, past the edge of which a poor little gleam found its way from the fire. He could not move it a hair's breadth, for they had piled a great heap of stones against it. He crawled back to where he had been lying, in the faint hope of finding his pickaxe. But after a vain search, he was at last compelled to acknowledge himself in an evil plight. He sat down and tried to think, but soon fell fast asleep.

When he came to his senses, there was complete silence around him, and total darkness, except for a tiny glimmer in one small spot. He crawled toward it and discovered that they had placed a slab against the opening of the hole, beyond which a faint light was coming from the fire. He couldn't move it at all, as they had piled a large heap of stones against it. He crawled back to where he had been lying, hoping to find his pickaxe. But after a fruitless search, he had to admit he was in a bad situation. He sat down and tried to think, but soon fell fast asleep.


CHAPTER XIX

GOBLIN COUNSELS
HE must have slept a long time, for when he awoke, he felt wonderfully restored—indeed he felt almost well, and he was also very hungry. There were voices in the outer cave.

Once more then, it was night; for the goblins slept during the day, and went about their affairs during the night.

Once again, it was night; the goblins slept during the day and conducted their business at night.

In the universal and constant darkness of their dwelling, they had no reason to prefer the one arrangement to the other; but from aversion to the sun-people, they chose to be busy when there was least chance of their being met either by the miners below, when they were burrowing, or by the people of the mountain above, when they were feeding their sheep or catching their goats. And indeed it was only when the sun was away that the outside of the mountain was sufficiently like their own dismal regions to be endurable to their mole-eyes, so thoroughly had they become disused to any light beyond that of their own fires and torches.

In the constant darkness of their home, they had no reason to prefer one way of doing things over another. But because they didn't like the sun-people, they opted to be active when there was the least chance of running into the miners below, who were digging, or the mountain people above, who were tending to their sheep or catching goats. In fact, it was only when the sun was gone that the outside of the mountain resembled their own dreary surroundings enough for their sensitive eyes to tolerate it, having become so unaccustomed to any light other than that from their own fires and torches.

Curdie listened, and soon found that they were talking of himself.

Curdie listened and quickly realized they were talking about him.

"How long will it take?" asked Harelip.

"How long will it take?" asked Harelip.

"Not many days, I should think," answered the king. "They are poor feeble creatures, those sun-people, and want to be always eating. We can go a week at a time without food, and be all the better for it; but I've been told they eat two or[123] three times every day! Can you believe it?—They must be quite hollow inside—not at all like us, nine-tenths of whose bulk is solid flesh and bone. Yes—I judge a week of starvation will do for him."

"Not many days, I’d say," replied the king. "Those sun people are weak and always want to eat. We can go a week without food and actually feel better for it. But I’ve heard they eat two or[123] three times a day! Can you believe it? They must be pretty empty inside—not at all like us, who are mostly solid flesh and bone. Yeah—I think a week without food should be enough for him."

"If I may be allowed a word," interposed the queen, "—and I think I ought to have some voice in the matter—"

"If I could say something," the queen chimed in, "—and I believe I should have a say in this—"

"The wretch is entirely at your disposal, my spouse," interrupted the king. "He is your property. You caught him yourself. We should never have done it."

"The unfortunate person is completely at your service, my partner," interrupted the king. "He belongs to you. You captured him yourself. We never should have done this."

The queen laughed. She seemed in far better humor than the night before.

The queen laughed. She appeared to be in much better spirits than the night before.

"I was about to say," she resumed, "that it does seem a pity to waste so much fresh meat."

"I was just about to say," she continued, "that it really is a shame to waste so much fresh meat."

"What are you thinking of, my love?" said the king. "The very notion of starving him implies that we are not going to give him any meat, either salt or fresh."

"What are you thinking about, my love?" said the king. "The idea of starving him means we aren’t going to give him any meat, whether it's salt or fresh."

"I'm not such a stupid as that comes to," returned her Majesty. "What I mean is, that by the time he is starved, there will hardly be a picking upon his bones."

"I'm not that stupid," replied her Majesty. "What I mean is, by the time he's starved, there won't be much left of him."

The king gave a great laugh.

The king laughed out loud.

"Well, my spouse, you may have him when you like," he said. "I don't fancy him for my part. I am pretty sure he is tough eating."

"Well, my spouse, you can have him whenever you want," he said. "I don't like him, to be honest. I'm pretty sure he's hard work."

"That would be to honor instead of punish his insolence," returned the queen. "But why should our poor creatures be deprived of so much nourishment? Our little dogs and cats and pigs and small bears would enjoy him very much."

"That would be to reward instead of punish his disrespect," replied the queen. "But why should our poor animals be denied so much food? Our little dogs, cats, pigs, and small bears would certainly enjoy him."

"You are the best of housekeepers, my lovely queen!" said her husband. "Let it be so by all means. Let us have our[124] people in, and get him out and kill him at once. He deserves it. The mischief he might have brought upon us, now that he had penetrated so far as our most retired citadel, is incalculable. Or rather let us tie him hand and foot, and have the pleasure of seeing him torn to pieces by full torchlight in the great hall."

"You are the best housekeeper, my lovely queen!" her husband said. "Absolutely. Let’s bring our[124] people in, get him out, and kill him right away. He deserves it. The trouble he could have caused us, having gotten so deep into our most secluded fortress, is beyond measure. Or maybe we should tie him up and enjoy watching him get torn to pieces by torchlight in the great hall."

"Better and better!" cried the queen and prince together, both of them clapping their hands. And the prince made an ugly noise with his hare-lip, just as if he had intended to be one at the feast.

"Better and better!" shouted the queen and prince together, both clapping their hands. The prince made an awkward sound with his hare-lip, as if he meant to be one at the feast.

"But," added the queen, bethinking herself, "he is so troublesome. For as poor creatures as they are, there is something about those sun-people that is very troublesome. I cannot imagine how it is that with such superior strength and skill and understanding as ours, we permit them to exist at all. Why do we not destroy them entirely, and use their cattle and grazing lands at our pleasure? Of course, we don't want to live in their horrid country! It is far too glaring for our quieter and more refined tastes. But we might use it for a sort of outhouse, you know. Even our creatures' eyes might get used to it, and if they did grow blind, that would be of no consequence, provided they grew fat as well. But we might even keep their great cows and other creatures, and then we should have a few more luxuries, such as cream and cheese, which at present we only taste occasionally, when our brave men have succeeded in carrying some off from their farms."

"But," the queen said, thinking it over, "he's such a nuisance. Even though they’re pitiful creatures, there’s something about those sun-people that is really annoying. I can’t understand why we, with our superior strength, skills, and understanding, allow them to exist at all. Why don’t we just get rid of them completely and take their cattle and grazing lands for ourselves? Of course, we don’t want to live in their horrible country! It’s way too bright for our more subdued and sophisticated tastes. But we could use it as kind of a storage area, you know. Even our creatures might get used to it, and if they went blind, it wouldn’t really matter, as long as they got fat too. We could even keep their big cows and other animals, and then we would have a few more luxuries, like cream and cheese, which we only get to enjoy now and then when our brave men manage to steal some from their farms."

"It is worth thinking of," said the king; "and I don't know why you should be the first to suggest it, except that you have a positive genius for conquest. But still, as you say, there is something very troublesome about them; and it would be[125] better, as I understand you to suggest, that we should starve him for a day or two first, so that he may be a little less frisky when we take him out."

"It’s definitely worth considering," said the king; "and I’m not sure why you’re the first to bring it up, except that you have a real talent for winning battles. But, as you mentioned, there is something quite annoying about them; and it would be[125] better, as I believe you're suggesting, to let him go without food for a day or two first, so he’ll be a bit less spirited when we take him out."

"Once there was a goblin
Living underground;
Busy he was cobbling
A shoe without a sole.

"By came a birdie:
'Goblin, what’s your role?'
'Cobble at a sturdy
Leather upper shoe.

"'What's the good o' that, sir?'
Said the little bird,
'Why it's very clear, sir—
Silent as a stone.

"'Where 'tis all a hill, sir,
Never has holes.
Why should their shoes have soles, sir?
"When they have no souls?"

"What's that horrible noise?" cried the queen, shuddering from pot-metal head to granite shoes.

"What's that awful noise?" cried the queen, shuddering from her cheap metal crown to her heavy shoes.

"I declare," said the king with solemn indignation, "it's the sun-creature in the hole!"

"I declare," said the king with serious anger, "it's the sun-creature in the hole!"

"Stop that disgusting noise!" cried the crown-prince valiantly, getting up and standing in front of the heap of stones, with his face toward Curdie's prison.—"Do now, or I'll break your head."

"Shut up that awful noise!" yelled the crown prince bravely, getting up and standing in front of the pile of stones, facing Curdie's prison. "Do it now, or I'll smash your head."

"Break away," shouted Curdie, and began singing again—

"Break free," shouted Curdie, and started singing again—

"Once there was a goblin
Living in a hole,

"I really cannot bear it," said the queen. "If I could only get at his horrid toes with my slippers again!"[126]

"I really can't stand it," said the queen. "If I could just get to his nasty toes with my slippers again!"[126]

"I think we had better go to bed," said the king.

"I think we should go to bed," said the king.

"It's not time to go to bed," said the queen.

"It's not time for bed yet," said the queen.

"I would if I was you," said Curdie.

"I would if I were you," said Curdie.

"Impertinent wretch!" said the queen, with the utmost scorn in her voice.

"Rude wretch!" said the queen, with the greatest disdain in her voice.

"An impossible if," said his Majesty with dignity.

"An impossible if," said His Majesty with dignity.

"Quite," returned Curdie, and began singing again—

"Definitely," replied Curdie, and started singing again—

"Go to bed,
Goblin, do it.
Assist the queen
Remove her shoe.

"If you do,
It will reveal
A terrible set
Of growing toes.

"What a lie!" roared the queen in a rage.

"What a lie!" yelled the queen in anger.

"By the way, that reminds me," said the king, "that, for as long as we have been married, I have never seen your feet, queen. I think you might take off your shoes when you go to bed! They positively hurt me sometimes."

"By the way, that reminds me," said the king, "that for as long as we've been married, I've never seen your feet, queen. I think you should take off your shoes when you go to bed! They really hurt me sometimes."

"I will do just as I like," retorted the queen sulkily.

"I'll do whatever I want," the queen replied sulkily.

"You ought to do as your hubby wishes you," said the king.

"You should do what your husband wants," said the king.

"I will not," said the queen.

"I won't," the queen said.

"Then I insist upon it," said the king.

"Then I insist on that," said the king.

Apparently his Majesty approached the queen for the purpose of following the advice given by Curdie, for the latter heard a scuffle, and then a great roar from the king.

Apparently, His Majesty approached the queen to follow the advice given by Curdie, as the latter heard a struggle and then a loud roar from the king.

"Will you be quiet then?" said the queen wickedly.

"Can you be quiet then?" the queen said with a wicked smile.

"Yes, yes, queen. I only meant to coax you."

"Yeah, yeah, queen. I just wanted to encourage you."

"Hands off!" cried the queen triumphantly. "I'm going[127] to bed. You may come when you like. But as long as I am queen, I will sleep in my shoes. It is my royal privilege. Harelip, go to bed."

"Hands off!" the queen shouted proudly. "I'm going to bed. You can come whenever you want. But as long as I'm queen, I'm sleeping in my shoes. It's my royal privilege. Harelip, go to bed."

"I'm going," said Harelip sleepily.

"I'm going," Harelip said sleepily.

"So am I," said the king.

"So am I," the king said.

"Come along then," said the queen; "and mind you are good, or I'll—"

"Come on then," said the queen, "and make sure you behave, or I’ll—"

"Oh, no, no, no!" screamed the king, in the most supplicating of tones.

"Oh, no, no, no!" shouted the king, in the most pleading tone.

Curdie heard only a muttered reply in the distance; and then the cave was quite still.

Curdie heard only a quiet response in the distance; and then the cave was completely silent.

They had left the fire burning, and the light came through brighter than before. Curdie thought it was time to try again if anything could be done. But he found he could not get even a finger through the chink between the slab and the rock. He gave a great rush with his shoulder against the slab, but it yielded no more than if it had been part of the rock. All he could do was to sit down and think again.

They had left the fire burning, and the light came through brighter than before. Curdie thought it was time to try again if anything could be done. But he found he couldn't even get a finger through the gap between the slab and the rock. He threw his shoulder against the slab with all his might, but it didn't budge at all, as if it were part of the rock. All he could do was sit down and think again.

By and by he came to the resolution to pretend to be dying, in the hope they might take him out before his strength was too much exhausted to let him have a chance. Then, for the creatures, if he could but find his axe again, he would have no fear of them; and if it were not for the queen's horrid shoes, he would have no fear at all.

By and by, he decided to pretend to be dying, hoping they would take him out before he was too weak to have a chance. Then, as for the creatures, if he could just find his axe again, he wouldn't be afraid of them; and if it weren't for the queen's awful shoes, he wouldn't be scared at all.

Meantime, until they should come again at night, there was nothing for him to do but forge new rhymes, now his only weapons. He had no intention of using them at present, of course; but it was well to have a stock, for he might live to want them, and the manufacture of them would help to while away the time.

In the meantime, until they came back at night, he had nothing to do but create new rhymes, which were now his only tools. He wasn't planning to use them right now, of course; but it was good to have a collection ready, just in case he needed them later, and making them would help pass the time.


CHAPTER XX

IRENE'S CLUE
THAT same morning, early, the princess woke in a terrible fright. There was a hideous noise in her room—of creatures snarling and hissing and racketing about as if they were fighting. The moment she came to herself, she remembered something she had never thought of again—what her grandmother told her to do when she was frightened. She immediately took off her ring and put it under her pillow. As she did so, she fancied she felt a finger and thumb take it gently from under her palm. "It must be my grandmother!" she said to herself, and the thought gave her such courage that she stopped to put on her dainty little slippers before running from the room. While doing this, she caught sight of a long cloak of sky-blue, thrown over the back of a chair by her bedside. She had never seen it before, but it was evidently waiting for her. She put it on, and then, feeling with the forefinger of her right hand, soon found her grandmother's thread, which she proceeded at once to follow, expecting it would lead her straight up the old stair. When she reached the door, she found it went down and ran along the floor, so that she had almost to crawl in order to keep a hold of it. Then, to her surprise, and somewhat to her dismay, she found that instead of leading her toward the stair it turned in quite the opposite direction. It led her through certain narrow passages toward the kitchen, turning aside ere she reached it,[129] and guiding her to a door which communicated with a small back yard. Some of the maids were already up, and this door was standing open. Across the yard the thread still ran along the ground, until it brought her to a door in the wall which opened upon the mountain side. When she had passed through, the thread rose to about half her height, and she could hold it with ease as she walked. It led her straight up the mountain.

The cause of her alarm was less frightful than she supposed. The cook's great black cat, pursued by the housekeeper's terrier, had bounced against her bedroom door, which had not been properly fastened, and the two had burst into her room together and commenced a battle royal. How the nurse came to sleep through it, was a mystery, but I suspect the old lady had something to do with it.

The reason she was alarmed was not as scary as she thought. The cook's big black cat, chased by the housekeeper's terrier, had crashed into her bedroom door, which hadn’t been properly locked, and the two of them burst into her room together and started fighting. How the nurse managed to sleep through it was a mystery, but I suspect the old lady was involved somehow.

It was a clear warm morning. The wind blew deliciously over the mountain-side. Here and there she saw a late primrose, but she did not stop to call on them. The sky was mottled with small clouds. The sun was not yet up, but some of their fluffy edges had caught his light and hung out orange and gold-colored fringes upon the air. The dew lay in round drops upon the leaves, and hung like tiny diamonds from the blades of grass about her path.

It was a warm, clear morning. A pleasant breeze swept over the mountainside. Here and there, she spotted a late primrose, but she didn’t stop to admire them. The sky was dotted with small clouds. The sun hadn’t risen yet, but the fluffy edges of the clouds caught its light, creating orange and gold fringes in the air. Dew rested in round droplets on the leaves and hung like tiny diamonds from the blades of grass along her path.

"How lovely that bit of gossamer is!" thought the princess, looking at a long undulating line that shone at some distance from her up the hill. It was not the time for gossamers though; and Irene soon discovered that it was her own thread she saw shining on before her in the light of the morning. It was leading her she knew not whither; but she had never in her life[130] been out before sunrise, and everything was so fresh and cool and lively and full of something coming, that she felt too happy to be afraid of anything.

"How beautiful that little thread is!" thought the princess, gazing at a long, wavy line shimmering in the distance up the hill. But it wasn't the right time for threads; and Irene soon realized that it was her own thread shining ahead of her in the morning light. It was leading her somewhere unknown, but she had never been out before sunrise, and everything felt so fresh, cool, lively, and full of potential that she felt too happy to be scared of anything.

After leading her up a good distance, the thread turned to the left, and down the path upon which she and Lootie had met Curdie. But she never thought of that, for now in the morning light, with its far outlook over the country, no path could have been more open and airy and cheerful. She could see the road almost to the horizon, along which she had so often watched her king-papa and his troop come shining, with the bugle-blast cleaving the air before them; and it was like a companion to her. Down and down the path went, then up, and then down, and then up again, getting rugged and more rugged as it went; still along the path went the silvery thread, and still along the thread went Irene's little rosy-tipped forefinger. By and by she came to a little stream that jabbered and prattled down the hill, and up the side of the stream went both path and thread. And still the path grew rougher and steeper, and the mountain grew wilder, till Irene began to think she was going a very long way from home; and when she turned to look back, she saw that the level country had vanished and the rough bare mountain had closed in about her. But still on went the thread, and on went the princess. Everything around her was getting brighter and brighter as the sun came nearer; till at length his first rays all at once alighted on the top of a rock before her, like some golden creature fresh from the sky. Then she saw that the little stream ran out of a hole in that rock, that the path did not go past the rock, and that the thread was leading her straight up to[131] it. A shudder ran through her from head to foot when she found that the thread was actually taking her into the hole out of which the stream ran. It ran out babbling joyously, but she had to go in.

After leading her a good distance, the thread turned left and down the path where she and Lootie had met Curdie. But she didn’t think about that, because now, in the morning light, with its wide view over the countryside, no path could have felt more open, airy, and cheerful. She could see the road almost to the horizon, along which she had so often watched her king-dad and his troop come shining through, with the bugle blasting through the air ahead of them; and it felt like a companion to her. The path went down, then up, and then down again, and then up once more, getting rougher as it went; still, the silvery thread continued along the path, and Irene’s little rosy-tipped fingertip followed the thread. Eventually, she came to a small stream that babbled and chattered down the hill, and both the path and thread went up the side of the stream. And still, the path grew rougher and steeper, and the mountain became wilder, until Irene started to think she was going a very long way from home; and when she turned to look back, she saw that the flat countryside had disappeared and the harsh, bare mountain had closed in around her. But still, the thread kept going, and so did the princess. Everything around her was getting brighter and brighter as the sun got closer; until finally, its first rays suddenly landed on the top of a rock in front of her, like some golden creature fresh from the sky. Then she saw that the little stream flowed out of a hole in that rock, that the path did not go around the rock, and that the thread was leading her straight to[131] it. A shiver ran through her from head to toe when she realized that the thread was actually guiding her into the hole where the stream flowed out. It flowed out joyfully babbling, but she had to go in.

She did not hesitate. Right into the hole she went, which was high enough to let her walk without stooping. For a little way there was a brown glimmer, but at the first turn it all but ceased, and before she had gone many paces she was in total darkness. Then she began to be frightened indeed. Every moment she kept feeling the thread backward, and as she went farther and farther into the darkness of the great hollow mountain, she kept thinking more and more about her grandmother, and all that she had said to her, and how kind she had been, and how beautiful she was, and all about her lovely room, and the fire of roses, and the great lamp that sent its light through stone walls. And she became more and more sure that the thread could not have gone there of itself, and that her grandmother must have sent it. But it tried her dreadfully when the path went down very steep, and especially when she came to places where she had to go down rough stairs, and even sometimes a ladder. Through one narrow passage after another, over lumps of rock and sand and clay, the thread guided her, until she came to a small hole through which she had to creep. Finding no change on the other side—"Shall I ever get back?" she thought, over and over again, wondering at herself that she was not ten times more frightened, and often feeling as if she were only walking in the story of a dream. Sometimes she heard the noise of water, a dull gurgling inside the rock. By and by she heard[132] the sounds of blows, which came nearer and nearer; but again they grew duller and almost died away. In a hundred directions she turned, obedient to the guiding thread.

She didn’t hesitate. Right into the hole she went, which was high enough for her to walk without bending over. For a short distance, there was a brown glow, but at the first turn, it nearly faded away, and before she had taken many steps, she was in complete darkness. Then she started to feel really scared. Every moment, she kept feeling the thread behind her, and as she ventured deeper into the darkness of the vast hollow mountain, she thought more and more about her grandmother, everything she had said to her, how kind she had been, how beautiful she was, and all about her lovely room, the fire of roses, and the big lamp that lit up the stone walls. She became more and more convinced that the thread couldn't have just gone there on its own, and that her grandmother must have sent it. But it was really difficult for her when the path steepened, especially when she reached spots where she had to go down rough steps and sometimes even a ladder. Through one narrow passage after another, over lumps of rock, sand, and clay, the thread led her until she reached a small hole she had to crawl through. Not finding anything different on the other side—“Will I ever get back?” she thought repeatedly, amazed that she wasn’t ten times more scared and often feeling like she was just walking in a dream. Sometimes she heard the sound of water, a dull gurgling within the rock. Eventually, she heard the sounds of blows, coming closer and closer; but again they grew fainter and almost disappeared. In every direction, she turned, following the guiding thread.

At last she spied a dull red shine, and came up to the mica-window, and thence away and round about, and right into a cavern, where glowed the red embers of a fire. Here the thread began to rise. It rose as high as her head, and higher still. What should she do if she lost her hold? She was pulling it down! She might break it! She could see it far up, glowing as red as her fire-opal in the light of the embers.

At last, she spotted a dull red glow and approached the mica window, then away and around, and right into a cave, where the red embers of a fire shimmered. Here, the thread began to rise. It went up as high as her head, and even higher. What was she supposed to do if she lost her grip? She was pulling it down! She might break it! She could see it far up, glowing as red as her fire opal in the light of the embers.

But presently she came to a huge heap of stones, piled in a slope against the wall of the cavern. On these she climbed, and soon recovered the level of the thread—only however to find, the next moment, that it vanished through the heap of stones, and left her standing on it, with her face to the solid rock. For one terrible moment, she felt as if her grandmother had forsaken her. The thread which the spiders had spun far over the seas, which her grandmother had sat in the moonlight and spun again for her, which she had tempered in the rose-fire, and tied to her opal ring, had left her—had gone where she could no longer follow it—had brought her into a horrible cavern, and there left her! She was forsaken indeed!

But soon she came to a huge pile of stones, stacked against the wall of the cave. She climbed on them and quickly reached the level of the thread—only to discover, the next moment, that it disappeared through the pile of stones, leaving her standing there, facing the solid rock. For one terrifying moment, she felt as if her grandmother had abandoned her. The thread that the spiders had woven far over the seas, which her grandmother had spun again for her in the moonlight, which she had tempered in the rose-fire and tied to her opal ring, had left her—had gone to a place she could no longer follow—had brought her into a dreadful cavern, and there abandoned her! She was truly forsaken!

"When shall I wake?" she said to herself in an agony, but the same moment knew that it was no dream. She threw herself upon the heap, and began to cry. It was well she did not know what creatures, one of them with stone shoes on her feet, were lying in the next cave. But neither did she know who was on the other side of the slab.[133]

"When will I wake?" she said to herself, filled with despair, but at the same moment, she realized it wasn't a dream. She collapsed onto the pile and started to cry. It was a good thing she didn't know what creatures, one of them wearing stone shoes, were lying in the next cave. But she also had no idea who was on the other side of the slab.[133]

At length the thought struck her, that at least she could follow the thread backward, and thus get out of the mountain, and home. She rose at once, and found the thread. But the instant she tried to feel it backward, it vanished from her touch. Forward, it led her hand up to the heap of stones—backward, it seemed nowhere. Neither could she see it as before in the light of the fire. She burst into a wailing cry, and again threw herself down on the stones.

At last, it occurred to her that she could follow the thread backward and find her way out of the mountain and back home. She stood up immediately and looked for the thread. But as soon as she tried to feel it in reverse, it disappeared from her grasp. Moving forward, it led her hand to the pile of stones—going backward, it seemed to be nowhere. She couldn’t see it like before in the firelight. She let out a desperate cry and fell back down onto the stones.


CHAPTER XXI

THE ESCAPE
AS the princess lay and sobbed, she kept feeling the thread mechanically, following it with her finger many times up the stones in which it disappeared. By and by she began, still mechanically, to poke her finger in after it between the stones as far as she could. All at once it came into her head that she might remove some of the stones and see where the thread went next. Almost laughing at herself for never having thought of this before, she jumped to her feet. Her fear vanished: once more she was certain her grandmother's thread could not have brought her there just to leave her there; and she began to throw away the stones from the top as fast as she could, sometimes two or three at a handful, sometimes taking both hands to lift one. After clearing them away a little, she found that the thread turned and went straight downward. Hence, as the heap sloped a good deal, growing of course wider toward its base, she had to throw away a multitude of stones to follow the thread. But this was not all, for she soon found that the thread, after going straight down for a little way, turned first sideways in one direction, then sideways in another, and then shot, at various angles, hither and thither inside the heap, so that she began to be afraid that to clear the thread, she must remove the whole huge gathering. She was dismayed at the very idea, but, losing no time, set to work with a will; and with aching back,[135] and bleeding fingers and hands, she worked on, sustained by the pleasure of seeing the heap slowly diminish, and begin to show itself on the opposite side of the fire. Another thing which helped to keep up her courage was, that as often as she uncovered a turn of the thread, instead of lying loose upon the stones, it tightened up; this made her sure that her grandmother was at the end of it somewhere.

She had got about half way down when she started, and nearly fell with fright. Close to her ear as it seemed, a voice broke out singing—

She had gone about halfway down when she started, and nearly fell from fear. Right next to her ear, it seemed, a voice suddenly began singing—

"Jabber, bother, smash!
You'll get it all in a flash.
Jabber, smash, annoy!
You'll have the worst of the trouble.
Smash, annoy, talk!—"

Here Curdie stopped, either because he could not find a rhyme to jabber, or because he remembered what he had forgotten when he woke up at the sound of Irene's labors, that his plan was to make the goblins think he was getting weak. But he had uttered enough to let Irene know who he was.

Here Curdie stopped, either because he couldn't find a rhyme for jabber, or because he remembered what he had forgotten when he woke up to the sound of Irene's work, that his plan was to make the goblins believe he was getting weak. But he had said enough to let Irene know who he was.

"It's Curdie!" she cried joyfully.

"It's Curdie!" she said happily.

"Hush, hush!" came Curdie's voice again from somewhere. "Speak softly."

"Hush, hush!" came Curdie's voice again from somewhere. "Speak softly."

"Why, you were singing loud!" said Irene.

"Wow, you were singing really loud!" said Irene.

"Yes. But they know I am here, and they don't know you are. Who are you?"

"Yeah. But they know I'm here, and they don't know you are. Who are you?"

"I'm Irene," answered the princess. "I know who you are quite well. You're Curdie."

"I'm Irene," said the princess. "I know exactly who you are. You're Curdie."

"Why, how ever did you come here, Irene?"[136]

"How on earth did you get here, Irene?"[136]

"My great-great-grandmother sent me; and I think I've found out why. You can't get out, I suppose?"

"My great-great-grandmother sent me, and I think I've figured out why. I guess you can't get out, right?"

"No, I can't. What are you doing?"

"No, I can't. What are you up to?"

"Clearing away a huge heap of stones."

"Clearing away a big pile of stones."

"There's a princess!" exclaimed Curdie, in a tone of delight, but still speaking in little more than a whisper. "I can't think how you got here, though."

"There's a princess!" Curdie exclaimed, delight filling his voice, though he still spoke softly. "I can’t figure out how you got here, though."

"My grandmother sent me after her thread."

"My grandmother sent me to get her thread."

"I don't know what you mean," said Curdie; "but so you're there, it doesn't much matter."

"I’m not sure what you mean," said Curdie; "but since you’re here, it doesn’t really matter."

"Oh, yes it does!" returned Irene. "I should never have been here but for her."

"Oh, yes it does!" responded Irene. "I shouldn't have been here if it weren't for her."

"You can tell me all about it when we get out, then. There's no time to lose now," said Curdie.

"You can tell me all about it when we get out, then. We can't waste any time now," said Curdie.

And Irene went to work, as fresh as when she began.

And Irene went to work, just as fresh as when she started.

"There's such a lot of stones!" she said. "It will take me a long time to get them all away."

"There's so many stones!" she said. "It's going to take me a long time to get them all removed."

"How far on have you got?" asked Curdie.

"How far have you gotten?" asked Curdie.

"I've got about the half way, but the other half is ever so much bigger."

"I've gotten about halfway, but the other half is so much bigger."

"I don't think you will have to move the lower half. Do you see a slab laid up against the wall?"

"I don’t think you’ll need to move the lower half. Do you see a slab leaning against the wall?"

Irene looked and felt about with her hands, and soon perceived the outlines of the slab.

Irene searched around with her hands and quickly recognized the shape of the slab.

"Yes," she answered, "I do."

"Yeah," she replied, "I do."

"Then, I think," rejoined Curdie, "when you have cleared the slab about half way down, or a little more, I shall be able to push it over."

"Then, I think," replied Curdie, "once you've cleared the slab about halfway down, or a bit more, I should be able to push it over."

"I must follow my thread," returned Irene, "whatever I do."[137]

"I have to stick to my path," replied Irene, "no matter what." [137]

"What do you mean?" exclaimed Curdie.

"What do you mean?" exclaimed Curdie.

"You will see when you get out of here," answered the princess, and then she went on harder than ever.

"You'll see when you get out of here," replied the princess, and then she continued even more forcefully.

But she was soon satisfied that what Curdie wanted done, and what the thread wanted done, were one and the same thing. For she not only saw that by following the turns of the thread she had been clearing the face of the slab, but that, a little more than half way down, the thread went through the chink between the slab and the wall into the place where Curdie was confined, so that she could not follow it any farther until the slab was out of her way. As soon as she found this, she said in a right joyous whisper—

But she soon realized that what Curdie needed and what the thread needed were the same thing. She not only noticed that by tracing the thread's path she had been clearing the surface of the slab, but also that a little more than halfway down, the thread went through the gap between the slab and the wall into the space where Curdie was trapped, meaning she couldn't follow it any further until the slab was taken away. Once she figured this out, she said in a really joyful whisper—

"Now, Curdie! I think if you were to give a great push, the slab would tumble over."

"Now, Curdie! I think if you gave it a big push, the slab would fall over."

"Stand quite clear of it then," said Curdie, "and let me know when you are ready."

"Stay clear of it, then," said Curdie, "and tell me when you're ready."

Irene got off the heap, and stood on one side of it.

Irene climbed off the pile and stood to one side of it.

"Now, Curdie!" she cried.

"Now, Curdie!" she shouted.

Curdie gave a great rush with his shoulder against it. Out tumbled the slab on the heap, and out crept Curdie over the top of it.

Curdie pushed hard with his shoulder against it. The slab tumbled off the pile, and Curdie crawled out over the top of it.

"You've saved my life, Irene!" he whispered.

"You've saved my life, Irene!" he said quietly.

"Oh, Curdie! I'm so glad! Let's get out of this horrid place as fast as we can."

"Oh, Curdie! I’m so happy! Let’s get out of this terrible place as quickly as we can."

"That's easier said than done," returned he.

"That’s easier said than done," he replied.

"Oh, no! it's quite easy," said Irene. "We have only to follow my thread. I am sure that it's going to take us out now."

"Oh, no! It’s super easy," said Irene. "We just have to follow my thread. I’m sure it’s going to lead us out now."

She had already begun to follow it over the fallen slab into[138] the hole, while Curdie was searching the floor of the cavern for his pickaxe.

She had already started to follow it over the fallen slab into[138] the hole, while Curdie was looking on the ground of the cavern for his pickaxe.

Curdie went on after her, flashing his torch about. Curdie followed her, shining his flashlight around.

"Here it is!" he cried. "No, it is not!" he added, in a disappointed tone. "What can it be then?—I declare it's a torch. That is jolly! It's better almost than my pickaxe. Much better if it weren't for those stone shoes!" he went on, as he lighted the torch by blowing the last embers of the expiring fire.

"Here it is!" he shouted. "No, it’s not!" he added, sounding disappointed. "What could it be then?—I swear it’s a torch. That is awesome! It’s almost better than my pickaxe. It would be much better if it weren’t for those stone shoes!" he continued, lighting the torch by blowing on the last embers of the dying fire.

When he looked up, with the lighted torch casting a glare into the great darkness of the huge cavern, he caught sight of Irene disappearing in the hole out of which he had himself just come.

When he looked up, with the lit torch shining brightly into the vast darkness of the massive cave, he saw Irene disappearing into the hole he had just come out of.

"Where are you going there?" he cried. "That's not the way out. That's where I couldn't get out."

"Where are you going over there?" he shouted. "That's not the way out. That's where I couldn't escape."

"I know that," whispered Irene. "But this is the way my thread goes, and I must follow it."

"I know that," whispered Irene. "But this is the way my thread goes, and I have to follow it."

"What nonsense the child talks!" said Curdie to himself. "I must follow her, though, and see that she comes to no harm. She will soon find she can't get out that way, and then she will come with me."

"What nonsense the kid is saying!" Curdie thought to himself. "I have to follow her and make sure she stays safe. She'll soon realize she can't get out that way, and then she'll come with me."

So he crept once more over the slab into the hole with his torch in his hand. But when he looked about in it, he could see her nowhere. And now he discovered that although the hole was narrow, it was much larger than he had supposed; for in one direction the roof came down very low, and the hole went off in a narrow passage, of which he could not see the end. The princess must have crept in there. He got on his knees and one hand, holding the torch with the other, and crept after her. The hole twisted about, in some parts so low[139] that he could hardly get through, in others so high that he could not see the roof, but everywhere it was narrow—far too narrow for a goblin to get through, and so I presume they never thought that Curdie might. He was beginning to feel very uncomfortable lest he could not see the end. The princess when he heard her voice almost close to his ear, whispering—

So he crawled once again over the slab into the hole with his flashlight in hand. But when he looked around, he couldn't see her anywhere. Now he realized that even though the hole was narrow, it was much bigger than he had thought; one way, the ceiling came down very low, and the hole led off into a narrow passage whose end was out of sight. The princess must have slipped in there. He got down on his knees, holding the flashlight with one hand while using the other to move forward after her. The hole twisted around, in some places so low that he could barely squeeze through, and in others so high that he couldn't see the ceiling, but it was narrow everywhere—far too narrow for a goblin to fit through, so I guess they never considered that Curdie might. He was starting to feel pretty anxious because he couldn’t see the end. Then he heard the princess's voice almost right by his ear, whispering—

"Aren't you coming, Curdie?"

"Are you coming, Curdie?"

And when he turned the next corner, there she stood waiting for him.

And when he turned the next corner, there she was waiting for him.

"I knew you couldn't go wrong in that narrow hole, but now you must keep by me, for here is a great wide place," she said.

"I knew you couldn't get lost in that tight spot, but now you need to stay close to me, because here is a big open area," she said.

"I can't understand it," said Curdie, half to himself, half to Irene.

"I don't get it," Curdie said, mostly to himself, partly to Irene.

"Never mind," she returned. "Wait till we get out."

"Forget it," she replied. "Just wait until we get outside."

Curdie, utterly astonished that she had already got so far, and by a path he had known nothing of, thought it better to let her do as she pleased.

Curdie, completely amazed that she had come this far on a path he knew nothing about, decided it was best to let her do what she wanted.

"At all events," he said again to himself, "I know nothing about the way, miner as I am; and she seems to think she does know something about it, though how she should, passes my comprehension. So she's just as likely to find her way as I am, and as she insists on taking the lead, I must follow. We can't be much worse off than we are, anyhow."

"Anyway," he said to himself again, "I don't know anything about the way, being a miner; and she seems to think she knows something about it, though I can't understand how she would. So she's just as likely to find her way as I am, and since she insists on taking the lead, I have to follow. We can't be in a much worse situation than we are, anyway."

Reasoning thus, he followed her a few steps, and came out in another great cavern, across which Irene walked in a straight line, as confidently as if she knew every step of the way. Curdie went on after her, flashing his torch about, and trying to see something of what lay around them. Suddenly he started[140] back a pace as the light fell upon something close by which Irene was passing. It was a platform of rock raised a few feet from the floor and covered with sheep skins, upon which lay two horrible figures asleep, at once recognized by Curdie as the king and queen of the goblins. He lowered his torch instantly lest the light should awake them. As he did so, it flashed upon his pickaxe, lying by the side of the queen, whose hand lay close by the handle of it.

Reasoning this way, he followed her a few steps and came out into another large cavern, across which Irene walked in a straight line, as confidently as if she knew every step of the way. Curdie continued after her, shining his flashlight around, trying to see what was nearby. Suddenly, he took a step back as the light illuminated something close by that Irene was passing. It was a rock platform raised a few feet off the ground and covered with sheep skins, on which two terrifying figures were asleep, immediately recognized by Curdie as the king and queen of the goblins. He quickly lowered his flashlight so the light wouldn’t wake them. As he did, it shone on his pickaxe, lying next to the queen, whose hand rested near the handle of it.

"Stop one moment," he whispered. "Hold my torch, and don't let the light on their faces."

"Wait a second," he whispered. "Hold my flashlight, and don't shine the light on their faces."

Irene shuddered when she saw the frightful creatures whom she had passed without observing them, but she did as he requested, and turning her back, held the torch low in front of her. Curdie drew his pickaxe carefully away, and as he did so, spied one of her feet, projecting from under the skins. The great clumsy granite shoe, exposed thus to his hand, was a temptation not to be resisted. He laid hold of it, and with cautious efforts, drew it off. The moment he succeeded, he saw to his astonishment that what he had sung in ignorance, to annoy the queen, was actually true: she had six horrible toes. Overjoyed at his success, and seeing by the huge bump in the sheep skins where the other foot was, he proceeded to lift them gently, for, if he could only succeed in carrying away the other shoe as well, he would be no more afraid of the goblins than of so many flies. But as he pulled at the second shoe, the queen gave a growl and sat up in bed. The same instant the king awoke also, and sat up beside her.

Irene shuddered when she saw the frightening creatures she had passed without noticing, but she did as he asked and turned her back, holding the torch low in front of her. Curdie carefully pulled his pickaxe away and, as he did, spotted one of her feet peeking out from under the skins. The big, clumsy granite shoe, now exposed to his hand, was too tempting to resist. He grabbed it and, with careful effort, pulled it off. The moment he succeeded, he was astonished to see that what he had sung in ignorance to annoy the queen was actually true: she had six horrible toes. Overjoyed with his success, and noticing the huge bump in the sheep skins where her other foot was, he gently lifted them, because if he could manage to take off the other shoe as well, he wouldn't be afraid of the goblins any more than he was of flies. But as he tugged at the second shoe, the queen let out a growl and sat up in bed. At the same time, the king woke up too and sat up beside her.

"Run, Irene!" cried Curdie, for though he was not now in the least afraid for himself, he was for the princess.[141]

"Run, Irene!" shouted Curdie, because even though he wasn’t scared for himself at all, he was worried about the princess.[141]

Irene looked once round, saw the fearful creatures awake, and like the wise princess she was, dashed the torch on the ground and extinguished it, crying out—

Irene took a quick look around, saw the terrifying creatures awake, and being the clever princess she was, threw down the torch and put it out, shouting—

"Here, Curdie, take my hand."

"Here, Curdie, hold my hand."

He darted to her side, forgetting neither the queen's shoe nor his pickaxe, and caught hold of her hand, as she sped fearlessly where her thread guided her. They heard the queen give a great bellow; but they had a good start, for it would be some time before they could get torches lighted to pursue them. Just as they thought they saw a gleam behind them, the thread brought them to a very narrow opening, through which Irene crept easily, and Curdie with difficulty.

He rushed to her side, remembering both the queen's shoe and his pickaxe, and grabbed her hand as she confidently followed the thread. They heard the queen let out a loud shout; but they were ahead, since it would take a while for her to light torches and chase them. Just when they thought they saw a glimmer behind them, the thread led them to a very narrow opening, which Irene slipped through easily, while Curdie struggled a bit.

"Now," said Curdie; "I think we shall be safe."

"Now," said Curdie, "I think we will be safe."

"Of course we shall," returned Irene.

"Of course we will," replied Irene.

"Why do you think so?" asked Curdie.

"Why do you think that?" asked Curdie.

"Because my grandmother is taking care of us."

"Because my grandmother is taking care of us."

"That's all nonsense," said Curdie. "I don't know what you mean."

"That's all nonsense," Curdie said. "I have no idea what you mean."

"Then if you don't know what I mean, what right have you to call it nonsense?" asked the princess, a little offended.

"Then if you don't understand what I mean, what right do you have to call it nonsense?" the princess asked, a bit offended.

"I beg your pardon, Irene," said Curdie; "I did not mean to vex you."

"I’m sorry, Irene," Curdie said; "I didn’t mean to upset you."

"Of course not," returned the princess. "But why do you think we shall be safe?"

"Of course not," replied the princess. "But why do you think we'll be safe?"

"Because the king and queen are far too stout to get through that hole."

"Because the king and queen are way too heavy to fit through that hole."

"There may be ways round," said the other.

"There might be other options," said the other.

"To be sure there might; we are not out of it yet," acknowledged Curdie.[142]

"Sure, there might still be a chance; we’re not finished yet," admitted Curdie.[142]

"But what do you mean by the king and queen?" asked the princess. "I should never call such creatures as those a king and a queen."

"But what do you mean by the king and queen?" the princess asked. "I would never refer to beings like them as a king and a queen."

"Their own people do, though," answered Curdie.

"Their people do, though," replied Curdie.

The princess asked more questions, and Curdie, as they walked leisurely along, gave her a full account, not only of the character and habits of the goblins, so far as he knew them, but of his own adventures with them, beginning from the very night after that in which he had met her and Lootie upon the mountain. When he had finished, he begged Irene to tell him how it was that she had come to his rescue. So Irene too had to tell a long story, which she did in rather a roundabout manner, interrupted by many questions concerning things she had not explained. But her tale, as he did not believe more than half of it, left everything as unaccountable to him as before, and he was nearly as much perplexed as to what he must think of the princess. He could not believe that she was deliberately telling stories, and the only conclusion he could come to was that Lootie had been playing the child tricks, inventing no end of lies to frighten her for her own purposes.

The princess asked more questions, and Curdie, as they strolled along, gave her a detailed account, not just of the goblins' character and habits, as far as he knew, but also of his own adventures with them, starting from the very night after he had met her and Lootie on the mountain. When he finished, he asked Irene to explain how she had come to his rescue. So Irene also had to share a long story, which she did in a somewhat roundabout way, interrupted by many questions about things she hadn't explained. But since he only believed about half of her story, everything remained just as mysterious to him as before, and he was almost as confused about what to think of the princess. He couldn’t believe she was intentionally making up stories, so the only conclusion he could reach was that Lootie had been playing childish tricks, coming up with a bunch of lies to scare her for her own reasons.

"But how ever did Lootie come to let you go into the mountain alone?" he asked.

"But how on earth did Lootie let you go into the mountain by yourself?" he asked.

"Lootie knows nothing about it. I left her fast asleep—at least I think so. I hope my grandmother won't let her get into trouble, for it wasn't her fault at all, as my grandmother very well knows."

"Lootie doesn't know anything about it. I left her sound asleep—at least I think so. I hope my grandmother won't let her get in trouble, because it wasn't her fault at all, as my grandmother knows very well."

"But how did you find your way to me?" persisted Curdie.

"But how did you end up finding me?" Curdie kept asking.

"I told you already," answered Irene;—"by keeping my finger upon my grandmother's thread, as I am doing now."[143]

"I already told you," Irene replied; "by keeping my finger on my grandmother's thread, just like I'm doing now."[143]

"You don't mean you've got the thread there?"

"You can't be serious that you have the thread there?"

"Of course I do. I have told you so ten times already. I have hardly—except when I was removing the stones—taken my finger off it. There!" she added, guiding Curdie's hand to the thread, "you feel it yourself—don't you?"

"Of course I do. I've already told you that ten times. I hardly—except when I was moving the stones—took my finger off it. There!" she said, directing Curdie's hand to the thread, "you can feel it yourself—right?"

"I feel nothing at all," replied Curdie.

"I don't feel anything at all," replied Curdie.

"Then what can be the matter with your finger? I feel it perfectly. To be sure it is very thin, and in the sunlight looks just like the thread of a spider, though there are many of them twisted together to make it—but for all that I can't think why you shouldn't feel it as well as I do."

"Then what could be wrong with your finger? I can feel it just fine. It’s really thin, and in the sunlight, it looks just like a spider's thread, even though there are a bunch of them twisted together to make it—but still, I can’t figure out why you shouldn’t feel it the same way I do."

Curdie was too polite to say he did not believe there was any thread there at all. What he did say was—

Curdie was too polite to say he didn't believe there was any thread there at all. What he did say was—

"Well, I can make nothing of it."

"Well, I can’t make sense of it."

"I can though, and you must be glad of that, for it will do for both of us."

"I can, and you must be happy about that because it will work for both of us."

"We're not out yet," said Curdie.

"We're not out yet," Curdie said.

"We soon shall be," returned Irene confidently.

"We will be soon," Irene replied confidently.

And now the thread went downward, and led Irene's hand to a hole in the floor of the cavern, whence came a sound of running water which they had been hearing for some time.

And now the thread went down, guiding Irene's hand to a hole in the cave floor, from which they could hear the sound of running water that they'd been listening to for a while.

"It goes into the ground now, Curdie," she said, stopping.

"It goes into the ground now, Curdie," she said, stopping.

He had been listening to another sound, which his practised ear had caught long ago, and which also had been growing louder. It was the noise the goblin miners made at their work, and they seemed to be at no great distance now. Irene heard it the moment she stopped.

He had been listening to another sound that his trained ear had picked up long ago, and it was also getting louder. It was the noise the goblin miners made while they worked, and they seemed to be pretty close now. Irene heard it as soon as she stopped.

"What is that noise?" she asked. "Do you know, Curdie?"[144]

"What’s that noise?" she asked. "Do you know, Curdie?"[144]

"Yes. It is the goblins digging and burrowing," he answered.

"Yeah. It's the goblins digging and burrowing," he replied.

"And don't you know for what purpose they do it?"

"And don't you know why they do it?"

"No; I haven't the least idea. Would you like to see them?" he asked, wishing to have another try after their secret.

"No; I have no idea at all. Do you want to see them?" he asked, hoping to have another go at uncovering their secret.

"If my thread took me there, I shouldn't much mind; but I don't want to see them, and I can't leave my thread. It leads me down into the hole, and we had better go at once."

"If my path led me there, I wouldn't care much; but I don't want to see them, and I can't leave my path. It takes me down into the hole, and we should go right away."

"Very well. Shall I go in first?" said Curdie.

"Alright. Should I go in first?" Curdie asked.

"No; better not. You can't feel the thread," she answered, stepping down through a narrow break in the floor of the cavern. "Oh!" she cried, "I am in the water. It is running strong—but it is not deep, and there is just room to walk. Make haste, Curdie."

"No; it's probably best not to. You can't feel the thread," she replied, stepping down through a narrow gap in the floor of the cave. "Oh!" she exclaimed, "I'm in the water. It's flowing rapidly—but it's not deep, and there's just enough space to walk. Hurry, Curdie."

He tried, but the hole was too small for him to get in.

He tried, but the hole was too small for him to fit through.

"Go on a little bit," he said, shouldering his pickaxe.

"Go ahead a little further," he said, resting his pickaxe on his shoulder.

In a few moments he had cleared a large opening and followed her. They went on, down and down with the running water, Curdie getting more and more afraid it was leading them to some terrible gulf in the heart of the mountain. In one or two places he had to break away the rock to make room before even Irene could get through—at least without hurting herself. But at length they spied a glimmer of light, and in a minute more, they were almost blinded by the full sunlight into which they emerged. It was some little time before the princess could see well enough to discover that they stood in her own garden, close by the seat on which she and her king-papa had sat that afternoon. They had come out by[145] the channel of the little stream. She danced and clapped her hands with delight.

In a few moments, he had created a large opening and followed her. They continued downwards with the flowing water, Curdie growing more and more anxious that it was leading them to some terrible chasm deep within the mountain. In one or two spots, he had to break some rocks to clear a path so that even Irene could get through—at least without injuring herself. But eventually, they spotted a glimmer of light, and a moment later, they were almost blinded by the bright sunlight as they emerged. It took some time for the princess to see clearly enough to realize that they stood in her own garden, right next to the bench where she and her king-dad had sat that afternoon. They had emerged through the channel of the little stream. She danced and clapped her hands with joy.

"Now, Curdie!" she cried, "won't you believe what I told you about my grandmother and her thread?"

"Now, Curdie!" she exclaimed, "won't you believe what I told you about my grandma and her thread?"

For she had felt all the time that Curdie was not believing what she had told him.

For she had sensed all along that Curdie didn’t believe what she had told him.

"There!—don't you see it shining on before us?" she added.

"There!—don't you see it shining ahead of us?" she added.

"I don't see anything," persisted Curdie.

"I don't see anything," Curdie insisted.

"Then you must believe without seeing," said the princess; "for you can't deny it has brought me out of the mountain."

"Then you have to believe without seeing," said the princess; "because you can't argue that it got me out of the mountain."

"I can't deny we are out of the mountain, and I should be very ungrateful indeed to deny that you had brought me out of it."

"I can't deny we are out of the mountain, and I should be very ungrateful indeed to deny that you had brought me out of it."

"I couldn't have done it but for the thread," persisted Irene.

"I couldn't have done it without the thread," Irene insisted.

"That's the part I don't understand."

"That's the part I don't get."

"Well, come along, and Lootie will get you something to eat. I am sure you must want it very much."

"Come on, and Lootie will get you something to eat. I'm sure you really want it."

"Indeed I do. But my father and mother will be so anxious about me, I must make haste—first up the mountain to tell my mother, and then down into the mine again to acquaint my father."

"Yes, I do. But my parents will be so worried about me, I need to hurry—first up the mountain to tell my mom, and then back down into the mine to inform my dad."

"Very well, Curdie; but you can't get out without coming this way, and I will take you through the house, for that is nearest."

"Okay, Curdie; but you can’t leave without going this way, and I’ll take you through the house since it’s the closest route."

They met no one by the way, for indeed, as before, the people were here and there and everywhere searching for the princess. When they got in, Irene found that the thread, as she had half expected, went up the old staircase, and a new thought struck her. She turned to Curdie and said[146]

They didn't come across anyone on their way, since, as before, people were scattered all around, looking for the princess. When they got inside, Irene realized that the thread, just as she had half expected, went up the old staircase, and a new idea hit her. She turned to Curdie and said[146]

"My grandmother wants me. Do come up with me, and see her. Then you will know that I have been telling you the truth. Do come—to please me, Curdie. I can't bear you should think I say what is not true."

"My grandmother wants to see you. Come with me and you'll see her. Then you'll know I've been telling you the truth. Please come—do this for me, Curdie. I can't stand the thought of you believing I’m not being honest."

"I never doubted you believed what you said," returned Curdie. "I only thought you had some fancy in your head that was not correct."

"I never doubted that you believed what you said," Curdie replied. "I just thought you had some idea in your head that wasn't right."

"But do come, dear Curdie."

"But please come, dear Curdie."

The little miner could not withstand this appeal, and though he felt shy in what seemed to him such a huge grand house, he yielded, and followed her up the stair.

The little miner couldn’t resist this invitation, and even though he felt awkward in what seemed like such a big, fancy house, he gave in and followed her up the stairs.


CHAPTER XXII

THE OLD LADY AND CURDIE
UP the stair then they went, and the next and the next, and through the long rows of empty rooms, and up the little tower stairs, Irene growing happier and happier as she ascended. There was no answer when she knocked at length at the door of the workroom, nor could she hear any sound of the spinning-wheel, and once more her heart sank within her—but only for one moment, as she turned and knocked at the other door.

"Come in," answered the sweet voice of her grandmother, and Irene opened the door and entered, followed by Curdie.

"Come in," replied her grandmother's gentle voice, and Irene opened the door and walked in, followed by Curdie.

"You darling!" cried the lady, who was seated by a fire of red roses mingled with white—"I've been waiting for you, and indeed getting a little anxious about you, and beginning to think whether I had not better go and fetch you myself."

"You darling!" exclaimed the lady, who was sitting by a fire made of red and white roses—"I've been waiting for you, and honestly getting a bit worried about you, and starting to wonder if I should just go and get you myself."

As she spoke she took the little princess in her arms and placed her upon her lap. She was dressed in white now, and looking if possible more lovely than ever.

As she spoke, she picked up the little princess and set her on her lap. The princess was now dressed in white and looked even more beautiful than before.

"I've brought Curdie, grandmother. He wouldn't believe what I told him, and so I've brought him."

"I've brought Curdie, Grandma. He didn't believe what I told him, so I brought him with me."

"Yes—I see him. He is a good boy, Curdie, and a brave boy. Aren't you glad you have got him out?"

"Yes—I can see him. He's a good kid, Curdie, and a brave one too. Aren't you happy you got him out?"

"Yes, grandmother. But it wasn't very good of him not to believe me when I was telling him the truth."

"Yes, grandma. But it wasn't very nice of him not to believe me when I was telling him the truth."

"People must believe what they can, and those who believe[148] more must not be hard upon those who believe less. I doubt if you would have believed it all yourself if you hadn't seen some of it."

"People need to believe what they can, and those who believe more shouldn't be hard on those who believe less. I doubt you would have believed it all yourself if you hadn't seen some of it."

"Ah! yes, grandmother, I daresay. I'm sure you are right. But he'll believe now."

"Ah! yes, Grandma, I bet you’re right. But he’ll believe now."

"I don't know that," replied her grandmother.

"I don't know that," her grandmother replied.

"Won't you, Curdie?" said Irene, looking round at him as she asked the question.

"Won't you, Curdie?" Irene asked, looking at him as she spoke.

He was standing in the middle of the floor, staring, and looking strangely bewildered. This she thought came of his astonishment at the beauty of the lady.

He was standing in the middle of the floor, staring, and looking strangely confused. She thought this was due to his amazement at the beauty of the lady.

"Make a bow to my grandmother, Curdie," she said.

"Give a bow to my grandma, Curdie," she said.

"I don't see any grandmother," answered Curdie, rather gruffly.

"I don't see any grandmother," Curdie replied, sounding a bit grumpy.

"Don't see my grandmother when I'm sitting in her lap!" exclaimed the princess.

"Don't look at my grandmother while I'm sitting in her lap!" the princess exclaimed.

"No I don't," said Curdie, almost sulkily.

"No, I don't," Curdie said, almost sulkily.

"Don't you see the lovely fire of roses—white ones amongst them this time?" asked Irene almost as bewildered as he.

"Don’t you see the beautiful flames of roses—there are white ones among them this time?" asked Irene, almost as confused as he was.

"No I don't," answered Curdie, almost sulkily.

"No, I don't," Curdie replied, almost sulkily.

"Nor the blue bed? Nor the rose-colored counterpane? Nor the beautiful light, like the moon, hanging from the roof?"

"Neither the blue bed? Nor the pink quilt? Nor the lovely light, like the moon, hanging from the ceiling?"

"You're making game of me, your royal Highness; and after what we have come through together this day, I don't think it is kind of you," said Curdie, feeling very much hurt.

"You're making fun of me, your royal Highness; and after everything we've been through together today, I don’t think that’s nice of you," said Curdie, feeling really hurt.

"Then what do you see?" asked Irene, who perceived at once that for her not to believe him was at least as bad as for him not to believe her.

"Then what do you see?" asked Irene, who immediately realized that not believing him was just as bad as him not believing her.

"I see a big, bare garret-room—like the one in mother's[149] cottage, only big enough to take the cottage itself in, and leave a good margin all round," answered Curdie.

"I see a large, empty attic room—like the one in my mom's[149] cottage, but big enough to fit the entire cottage inside, with plenty of space left around it," replied Curdie.

"And what more do you see?"

"And what else do you see?"

"I see a tub, and a heap of musty straw, and a withered apple and a ray of sunlight coming through a hole in the middle of the roof, and shining on your head, and making all the place look a curious dusky brown. I think you had better drop it, princess, and go down to the nursery, like a good girl."

"I see a tub, a pile of old straw, a dried-up apple, and a beam of sunlight streaming through a hole in the roof, shining on your head and making everything look a strange dusky brown. I think you should let it go, princess, and head down to the nursery, like a good girl."

"But don't you hear my grandmother talking to me?" asked Irene, almost crying.

"But don't you hear my grandma talking to me?" asked Irene, almost in tears.

"No. I hear the cooing of a lot of pigeons. If you won't come down, I will go without you. I think that will be better anyhow, for I'm sure nobody who met us would believe a word we said to them. They would think we made it all up. I don't expect anybody but my own father and mother to believe me. They know I wouldn't tell a story."

"No. I can hear a bunch of pigeons cooing. If you won't come down, I'll just go without you. I think that’s for the best anyway because I'm sure no one we meet would believe a single word we say. They would think we made it all up. I don’t expect anyone except my parents to believe me. They know I wouldn't lie."

"And yet you won't believe me, Curdie?" expostulated the princess, now fairly crying with vexation, and sorrow at the gulf between her and Curdie.

"And yet you won't believe me, Curdie?" the princess exclaimed, now almost in tears from frustration and sorrow over the distance between her and Curdie.

"No. I can't, and I can't help it," said Curdie, turning to leave the room.

"No. I can't, and I can't help it," Curdie said as he turned to leave the room.

"What shall I do, grandmother?" sobbed the princess, turning her face round upon the lady's bosom, and shaking with suppressed sobs.

"What should I do, grandmother?" cried the princess, turning her face into the lady's embrace and trembling with restrained sobs.

"You must give him time," said her grandmother; "and you must be content not to be believed for a while. It is very hard to bear; but I have had to bear it, and shall have to bear it many a time yet. I will take care of what Curdie thinks of you in the end. You must let him go now."[150]

"You need to give him time," her grandmother said. "You have to be okay with not being believed for a while. It’s really tough to deal with; I’ve had to go through it, and I’ll have to do it many more times. I’ll make sure Curdie sees the real you in the end. For now, you need to let him go." [150]

"You are not coming, are you?" asked Curdie.

"You’re not coming, are you?" asked Curdie.

"No, Curdie; my grandmother says I must let you go. Turn to the right when you get to the bottom of all the stairs, and in that way you will arrive safely at the hall where the great door is."

"No, Curdie; my grandma says I have to let you go. Turn right when you reach the bottom of the stairs, and that way you will get to the hall where the big door is."

"Oh! I don't doubt I can find my way—without you, princess, or your old grannie's thread either," said Curdie, quite rudely.

"Oh! I have no doubt I can find my way—without you, princess, or your grandma's thread either," said Curdie, quite rudely.

"Oh, Curdie! Curdie!"

"Oh, Curdie! Curdie!"

"I wish I had gone home at once. I'm very much obliged to you, Irene, for getting me out of that hole, but I wish you hadn't made a fool of me afterward."

"I wish I had just gone home right away. I'm really grateful to you, Irene, for rescuing me from that mess, but I wish you hadn't embarrassed me afterward."

He said this as he opened the door, which he left open, and, without another word, went down the stairs. Irene listened with dismay to his departing footsteps. Then turning again to the lady—

He said this as he opened the door, which he left open, and, without another word, went down the stairs. Irene listened with dismay to his departing footsteps. Then turning again to the lady—

"What does it all mean, grandmother?" she sobbed, and burst into fresh tears.

"What does it all mean, Grandma?" she cried, and started to sob again.

"It means, my love, that I did not mean to show myself. Curdie is not yet able to believe some things. Seeing is not believing—it is only seeing. You remember I told you that if Lootie were to see me, she would rub her eyes, forget the half she saw, and call the other half nonsense."

"It means, my love, that I didn't intend to reveal myself. Curdie still struggles to believe certain things. Just seeing doesn't mean believing—it’s just seeing. Remember I told you that if Lootie were to see me, she would rub her eyes, forget half of what she saw, and dismiss the other half as nonsense."

"Yes; but I should have thought Curdie—"

"Yes; but I would have thought Curdie—"

"You are right. Curdie is much farther on than Lootie, and you will see what will come of it. But in the meantime, you must be content, I say, to be misunderstood for a while. We are all very anxious to be understood, and it is very hard not to be. But there is one thing much more necessary."[151]

"You’re right. Curdie is way ahead of Lootie, and you’ll see what that leads to. But for now, you have to accept being misunderstood for a bit. We all want to be understood, and it’s tough when we aren’t. But there’s one thing that’s much more important."[151]

"What is that, grandmother?"

"What’s that, Grandma?"

"To understand other people."

"To understand others."

"Yes, grandmother. I must be fair—for if I'm not fair to other people, I'm not worth being understood myself I see. So as Curdie can't help it, I will not be vexed with him, but just wait."

"Yes, Grandma. I have to be fair—because if I'm not fair to other people, I don't deserve to be understood myself, I see. So since Curdie can't help it, I won't be upset with him, but just wait."

"There's my own dear child," said her grandmother, and pressed her close to her bosom.

"There's my beloved child," said her grandmother, and hugged her tightly to her chest.

"Why weren't you in your workroom, when we came up, grandmother?" asked Irene, after a few moments' silence.

"Why weren't you in your workroom when we came upstairs, Grandma?" Irene asked after a moment of silence.

"If I had been there, Curdie would have seen me well enough. But why should I be there rather than in this beautiful room?"

"If I had been there, Curdie would have noticed me easily. But why should I be there when I can be in this beautiful room?"

"I thought you would be spinning."

"I thought you would be twirling."

"I've nobody to spin for just at present. I never spin without knowing for whom I am spinning."

"I don't have anyone to spin for right now. I never spin without knowing who I'm doing it for."

"That reminds me—there is one thing that puzzles me," said the princess: "how are you to get the thread out of the mountain again? Surely you won't have to make another for me! That would be such a trouble!"

"That reminds me—there’s one thing I don’t understand," said the princess. "How are you going to get the thread out of the mountain again? You won’t have to make another one for me, will you? That would be such a hassle!"

The lady set her down, and rose, and went to the fire. Putting in her hand, she drew it out again, and held up the shining ball between her finger and thumb.

The lady placed her down, stood up, and walked to the fire. She reached in, pulled her hand out again, and held up the glowing ball between her finger and thumb.

"I've got it now, you see," she said, coming back to the princess, "all ready for you when you want it."

"I've got it now, you see," she said, returning to the princess, "all set for you whenever you need it."

Going to her cabinet, she laid it in the same drawer as before.

Going to her cabinet, she placed it in the same drawer as before.

"And here is your ring," she added, taking it from the little finger of her left hand, and putting it on the forefinger of Irene's right hand.[152]

"And here is your ring," she said, taking it off the little finger of her left hand and placing it on the forefinger of Irene's right hand.[152]

"Oh, thank you, grandmother. I feel so safe now!"

"Oh, thank you, grandma. I feel so safe now!"

"You are very tired, my child," the lady went on. "Your hands are hurt with the stones, and I have counted nine bruises on you. Just look what you are like."

"You’re really tired, my child," the lady continued. "Your hands are bruised from the stones, and I’ve counted nine bruises on you. Just look at how you are."

And she held up to her a little mirror which she had brought from the cabinet. The princess burst into a merry laugh at the sight. She was so draggled with the stream, and dirty with creeping through narrow places, that if she had seen the reflection without knowing it was a reflection, she would have taken herself for some gypsy-child whose face was washed and hair combed about once in a month. The lady laughed too, and lifting her again upon her knee, took off her cloak and night-gown. Then she carried her to the side of the room. Irene wondered what she was going to do with her, but asked no questions—only starting a little when she found that she was going to lay her in the large silver bath; for as she looked into it, again she saw no bottom, but the stars shining miles away as it seemed in a great blue gulf. Her hands closed involuntarily on the beautiful arms that held her, and that was all.

And she held up a little mirror that she had taken from the cabinet. The princess burst into a joyful laugh at the sight. She was so muddy from the stream and dirty from crawling through tight spaces that if she hadn’t known it was her reflection, she would have thought she was some gypsy child whose face was only washed and hair combed about once a month. The lady laughed as well, and lifting her back onto her knee, took off her cloak and nightgown. Then she carried her to the side of the room. Irene wondered what she was going to do with her but didn’t ask any questions—only flinching a little when she realized that she was going to lay her in the large silver bath; for as she looked into it, she again saw no bottom, just stars shining what seemed like miles away in a vast blue gulf. Her hands closed instinctively around the beautiful arms that held her, and that was all.

The lady pressed her once more to her bosom, saying—

The lady hugged her tightly to her chest again, saying—

"Do not be afraid, my child."

"Don't be afraid, kid."

"No, grandmother," answered the princess, with a little gasp; and the next instant she sank in the clear cool water.

"No, grandma," replied the princess, with a slight gasp; and the next moment she sank into the clear, cool water.

When she opened her eyes, she saw nothing but a strange lovely blue over and beneath and all about her. The lady and the beautiful room had vanished from her sight, and she seemed utterly alone. But instead of being afraid, she felt more than happy—perfectly blissful. And from somewhere came the voice of the lady, singing a strange sweet song, of[153] which she could distinguish every word; but of the sense she had only a feeling—no understanding. Nor could she remember a single line after it was gone. It vanished, like the poetry in a dream, as fast as it came. In after years, however, she would sometimes fancy that snatches of melody suddenly rising in her brain, must be little phrases and fragments of the air of that song; and the very fancy would make her happier, and abler to do her duty.

When she opened her eyes, she saw nothing but a beautiful, strange blue all around her. The lady and the gorgeous room had disappeared from view, and she felt completely alone. But instead of being scared, she was more than happy—she was perfectly blissful. From somewhere, she heard the lady's voice singing a strange, sweet song, of[153] which she could make out every word; but she only grasped the feeling—not the meaning. And she couldn’t remember a single line after it was over. It faded away, like the poetry in a dream, just as quickly as it appeared. In later years, though, she would sometimes think that bits of melody that popped into her head must be little phrases and fragments of that song; and just the thought would make her happier and more capable of doing her duty.

How long she lay in the water she did not know. It seemed a long time—not from weariness, but from pleasure. But at last she felt the beautiful hands lay hold of her, and through the gurgling waters she was lifted out into the lovely room. The lady carried her to the fire, and sat down with her in her lap, and dried her tenderly with the softest towel. It was so different from Lootie's drying! When the lady had done, she stooped to the fire, and drew from it her night-gown, as white as snow.

How long she stayed in the water, she didn't know. It felt like a long time—not from being tired, but from enjoyment. Finally, she sensed the beautiful hands lift her out of the gurgling water and into the lovely room. The lady carried her to the fire, sat down with her in her lap, and gently dried her with the softest towel. It was so different from how Lootie dried her! Once the lady was finished, she bent toward the fire and pulled out her nightgown, as white as snow.

"How delicious!" exclaimed the princess. "It smells of all the roses in the world, I think."

"How tasty!" the princess exclaimed. "It smells like all the roses in the world, I think."

When she stood up on the floor, she felt as if she had been made over again. Every bruise and all weariness were gone, and her hands were soft and whole as ever.

When she got up off the floor, it felt like she had been reborn. Every bruise and all her exhaustion had vanished, and her hands were as soft and intact as ever.

"Now I am going to put you to bed for a good sleep," said her grandmother.

"Now I'm going to tuck you in for a good night's sleep," said her grandmother.

"But what will Lootie be thinking? And what am I to say to her when she asks me where I have been?"

"But what will Lootie think? And what am I supposed to say to her when she asks where I've been?"

"Don't trouble yourself about it. You will find it all come right," said her grandmother, and laid her into the blue bed, under the rosy counterpane.[154]

"Don't worry about it. Everything will work out," her grandmother said, as she tucked her into the blue bed, under the pink quilt.[154]

"There is just one thing more," said Irene. "I am a little anxious about Curdie. As I brought him into the house, I ought to have seen him safe on his way home."

"There’s just one more thing," said Irene. "I’m a bit worried about Curdie. Since I brought him into the house, I should have made sure he got home safely."

"I took care of all that," answered the lady. "I told you to let him go, and therefore I was bound to look after him. Nobody saw him, and he is now eating a good dinner in his mother's cottage, far up the mountain."

"I handled all of that," the lady replied. "I told you to let him go, so I was responsible for keeping an eye on him. No one has seen him, and he's now enjoying a nice dinner in his mother's cottage, way up the mountain."

"Then I will go to sleep," said Irene, and in a few minutes, she was fast asleep.

"Then I will go to sleep," Irene said, and in a few minutes, she was sound asleep.


CHAPTER XXIII

CURDIE AND HIS MOTHER
CURDIE went up the mountain neither whistling nor singing, for he was vexed with Irene for taking him in, as he called it; and he was vexed with himself for having spoken to her so angrily. His mother gave a cry of joy when she saw him, and at once set about getting him something to eat, asking him questions all the time, which he did not answer so cheerfully as usual. When his meal was ready, she left him to eat it, and hurried to the mine to let his father know he was safe. When she came back, she found him fast asleep upon her bed; nor did he wake until the arrival home of his father in the evening.

"Now, Curdie," his mother said, as they sat at supper, "tell us the whole story from beginning to end, just as it all happened."

"Now, Curdie," his mother said, as they sat at dinner, "tell us the whole story from start to finish, just like it all happened."

Curdie obeyed, and told everything to the point where they came out upon the lawn in the garden of the king's house.

Curdie complied and shared everything until they reached the lawn in the king's garden.

"And what happened after that?" asked his mother. "You haven't told us all. You ought to be very happy at having got away from those demons, and instead of that, I never saw you so gloomy. There must be something more. Besides, you do not speak of that lovely child as I should like to hear you. She saved your life at the risk of her own, and yet somehow you don't seem to think much of it."

"And what happened after that?" his mother asked. "You haven't shared everything. You should be really happy for getting away from those monsters, yet I've never seen you so down. There has to be more to it. Also, you don’t talk about that amazing girl the way I’d like to hear you. She saved your life at the risk of her own, and yet you don't seem to appreciate it."

"She talked such nonsense!" answered Curdie, "and told[156] me a pack of things that weren't a bit true; and I can't get over it."

"She was talking such nonsense!" replied Curdie, "and told[156] me a bunch of things that weren’t true at all; and I can’t get past it."

"What were they?" asked his father. "Your mother may be able to throw some light upon them."

"What were they?" his father asked. "Your mother might be able to shed some light on them."

Then Curdie made a clean breast of it, and told them everything.

Then Curdie came clean and told them everything.

They all sat silent for some time, pondering the strange tale. At last Curdie's mother spoke.

They all sat quietly for a while, thinking about the strange story. Finally, Curdie's mom spoke up.

"You confess, my boy," she said, "there is something about the whole affair you do not understand?"

"You admit it, my boy," she said, "there’s something about the whole situation you don’t get?"

"Yes, of course, mother," he answered, "I cannot understand how a child knowing nothing about the mountain, or even that I was shut up in it, should come all that way alone, straight to where I was; and then, after getting me out of the hole, lead me out of the mountain, too, where I should not have known a step of the way if it had been as light as in the open air."

"Sure, Mom," he replied, "I can’t wrap my head around how a kid who knows nothing about the mountain, or even that I was stuck in it, could come all that way alone, right to where I was; and then, after getting me out of the hole, guide me out of the mountain, too, when I wouldn't have known a single step of the way even if it had been as bright as outside."

"Then you have no right to say that what she told you was not true. She did take you out, and she must have had something to guide her: why not a thread as well as a rope, or anything else? There is something you cannot explain, and her explanation may be the right one."

"Then you have no right to say that what she told you wasn't true. She did take you out, and she must have had something to guide her: why not a thread as well as a rope, or anything else? There’s something you can’t explain, and her explanation might just be the right one."

"It's no explanation at all, mother; and I can't believe it."

"It's not an explanation at all, mom; and I can't believe it."

"That may be only because you do not understand it. If you did, you would probably find it was an explanation, and believe it thoroughly. I don't blame you for not being able to believe it, but I do blame you for fancying such a child would try to deceive you. Why should she? Depend upon it, she told you all she knew. Until you had found a better way of[157] accounting for it all, you might at least have been more sparing of your judgment."

"That might just be because you don’t get it. If you did, you’d probably find it was a clear explanation and fully believe it. I don’t blame you for being skeptical, but I do blame you for thinking that a child would try to trick you. Why would she? Trust me, she shared everything she knew. Until you find a better way of[157] making sense of it all, you could at least be more careful with your judgments."

"That is what something inside me has been saying all the time," said Curdie, hanging down his head. "But what do you make of the grandmother? That is what I can't get over. To take me up to an old garret, and try to persuade me against the sight of my own eyes that it was a beautiful room, with blue walls and silver stars, and no end of things in it, when there was nothing there but an old tub and a withered apple and a heap of straw and a sunbeam! It was too bad! She might have had some old woman there at least who could pass for her precious grandmother!"

"That’s what I’ve been feeling all along," Curdie said, looking down. "But what about the grandmother? That’s what I can’t understand. She took me up to an old attic and tried to convince me, against what I saw with my own eyes, that it was a beautiful room with blue walls and silver stars, filled with all sorts of things, when really, all that was there was an old tub, a shriveled apple, a pile of straw, and a sunbeam! It was just wrong! She could have at least had some old woman there who could pretend to be her precious grandmother!"

"Didn't she speak as if she saw those other things herself, Curdie?"

"Didn't she talk like she actually saw those other things herself, Curdie?"

"Yes. That's what bothers me. You would have thought she really meant and believed that she saw every one of the things she talked about. And not one of them there! It was too bad, I say."

"Yeah. That's what annoys me. You'd think she actually meant and believed she saw everything she talked about. And not a single one of them was there! Such a shame, I say."

"Perhaps some people can see things other people can't see, Curdie," said his mother very gravely. "I think I will tell you something I saw myself once—only perhaps you won't believe me either!"

"Maybe some people can see things that others can't, Curdie," his mother said very seriously. "I think I should tell you something I saw myself once—though you might not believe me either!"

"Oh, mother, mother!" cried Curdie, bursting into tears; "I don't deserve that, surely!"

"Oh, mom, mom!" cried Curdie, bursting into tears; "I really don't deserve that!"

"But what I am going to tell you is very strange," persisted his mother; "and if having heard it, you were to say I must have been dreaming, I don't know that I should have any right to be vexed with you, though I know at least that I was not asleep."[158]

"But what I'm about to tell you is really unusual," his mother insisted; "and if, after hearing it, you were to say I must have been imagining things, I wouldn't have any reason to be upset with you, even though I know for sure that I was not asleep."[158]

"Do tell me, mother. Perhaps it will help me to think better of the princess."

"Please tell me, mom. Maybe it will help me think more positively about the princess."

"That's why I am tempted to tell you," replied his mother. "But first, I may as well mention, that according to old whispers, there is something more than common about the king's family; and the queen was of the same blood, for they were cousins of some degree. There were strange stories told concerning them—all good stories—but strange, very strange. What they were I cannot tell, for I only remember the faces of my grandmother and my mother as they talked together about them. There was wonder and awe—not fear, in their eyes, and they whispered, and never spoke aloud. But what I saw myself, was this: Your father was going to work in the mine, one night, and I had been down with his supper. It was soon after we were married, and not very long before you were born. He came with me to the mouth of the mine, and left me to go home alone, for I knew the way almost as well as the floor of our own cottage. It was pretty dark, and in some parts of the road where the rocks overhung, nearly quite dark. But I got along perfectly well, never thinking of being afraid, until I reached a spot you know well enough, Curdie, where the path has to make a sharp turn out of the way of a great rock on the left-hand side. When I got there, I was suddenly surrounded by about half-a-dozen of the cobs, the first I had ever seen, although I had heard tell of them often enough. One of them blocked up the path, and they all began tormenting and teasing me in a way it makes me shudder to think of even now."

"That's why I feel like I should tell you," replied his mother. "But first, I might as well mention that according to old rumors, there's something unusual about the king's family; the queen was related to them, as they were cousins of some sort. Strange stories were told about them—all good stories—but very strange. I can't recall what they were, because all I remember is the faces of my grandmother and my mother as they talked about them together. There was wonder and awe—not fear—in their eyes, and they whispered, never speaking loudly. But what I experienced myself was this: Your father was heading to work in the mine one night, and I had just brought him his supper. It was shortly after we got married, not long before you were born. He walked with me to the entrance of the mine and left me to go home alone, since I knew the path almost as well as our own cottage. It was pretty dark, and in some places where the rocks hung over, it was nearly pitch black. But I managed just fine, never feeling scared, until I reached a spot you know well, Curdie, where the path has to take a sharp turn to avoid a big rock on the left. When I got there, I was suddenly surrounded by about half a dozen cobs, the first I had ever seen, although I had heard of them plenty of times. One of them blocked the path, and they all started tormenting and teasing me in a way that still makes me shudder to think about."

"If I had only been with you!" cried father and son in a breath.[159]

"If only I had been with you!" father and son exclaimed at the same time.[159]

The mother gave a funny little smile, and went on.

The mother gave a quirky little smile and continued.

"They had some of their horrible creatures with them too, and I must confess I was dreadfully frightened. They had torn my clothes very much, and I was afraid they were going to tear myself to pieces, when suddenly a great white soft light shone upon me. I looked up. A broad ray, like a shining road, came down from a large globe of silvery light, not very high up, indeed not quite so high as the horizon—so it could not have been a new star or another moon or anything of that sort. The cobs dropped persecuting me, and looked dazed, and I thought they were going to run away, but presently they began again. The same moment, however, down the path from the globe of light came a bird, shining like silver in the sun. It gave a few rapid flaps first, and then, with its wings straight out, shot sliding down the slope of the light. It looked to me just like a white pigeon. But whatever it was, when the cobs caught sight of it coming straight down upon them, they took to their heels and scampered away across the mountain, leaving me safe, only much frightened. As soon as it had sent them off, the bird went gliding again up the light, and just at the moment it reached the globe, the light disappeared, just the same as if a shutter had been closed over a window, and I saw it no more. But I had no more trouble with the cobs that night, or at any time afterward."

"They had some of their terrifying creatures with them too, and I have to admit I was really scared. They had ripped my clothes quite a bit, and I feared they were going to tear me apart when suddenly a bright white light shined down on me. I looked up. A wide beam, like a luminous road, descended from a large globe of silvery light, not too high up, actually not quite as high as the horizon—so it couldn’t have been a new star or another moon or anything like that. The creatures stopped bothering me and looked confused, and I thought they were going to flee, but soon enough, they started again. At that same moment, a bird came down the path from the globe of light, shining like silver in the sun. It flapped its wings a few times quickly, and then, with its wings stretched out, glided down the slope of the light. It looked to me exactly like a white pigeon. But whatever it was, when the creatures saw it coming straight toward them, they turned and ran away across the mountain, leaving me safe, albeit very frightened. As soon as it had scared them off, the bird glided back up the light, and just as it reached the globe, the light vanished, just like a shutter closing over a window, and I didn’t see it again. But I had no more trouble with the creatures that night, or any time afterward."

"How strange!" exclaimed Curdie.

"How weird!" exclaimed Curdie.

"Yes, it is strange; but I can't help believing it, whether you do or not," said his mother.

"Yeah, it's weird; but I can't help believing it, whether you do or not," said his mom.

"It's exactly as your mother told it to me the very next morning," said his father.[160]

"It's exactly how your mother told me the very next morning," said his father.[160]

"You don't think I'm doubting my own mother!" cried Curdie.

"You don't think I'm doubting my own mom!" cried Curdie.

"There are other people in the world quite as well worth believing as your own mother," said his mother. "I don't know that she's so much the fitter to be believed that she happens to be your mother, Mr. Curdie. There are mothers far more likely to tell lies than that little girl I saw talking to the primroses a few weeks ago. If she were to lie I should begin to doubt my own word."

"There are others in the world who are just as deserving of trust as your own mother," said his mother. "I don't think she's any more trustworthy just because she's your mother, Mr. Curdie. There are moms who are much more likely to lie than that little girl I saw talking to the primroses a few weeks ago. If she were to lie, I would start to doubt my own words."

"But princesses have told lies as well as other people," said Curdie.

"But princesses can tell lies just like everyone else," Curdie said.

"Yes, but not princesses like that child. She's a good girl, I am certain, and that's more than being a princess. Depend upon it you will have to be sorry for behaving so to her, Curdie. You ought at least to have held your tongue."

"Yes, but not princesses like that girl. She's a good person, I'm sure, and that's more important than being a princess. Trust me, you'll regret treating her that way, Curdie. You should have at least kept quiet."

"I am sorry now," answered Curdie.

"I regret that now," replied Curdie.

"You ought to go and tell her so, then."

"You should go and tell her that, then."

"I don't see how I could manage that. They wouldn't let a miner boy like me have a word with her alone; and I couldn't tell her before that nurse of hers. She'd be asking ever so many questions, and I don't know how many of them the little princess would like me to answer. She told me that Lootie didn't know anything about her coming to get me out of the mountain. I am certain she would have prevented her somehow if she had known it. But I may have a chance before long, and meantime I must try to do something for her. I think, father, I have got on the track at last."

"I honestly don't know how I could make that happen. They wouldn’t allow a miner boy like me to talk to her alone, and there’s no way I could say anything in front of her nurse. She would ask way too many questions, and I’m not sure how many of them the little princess would want me to answer. She mentioned that Lootie didn’t know anything about her coming to rescue me from the mountain. I’m sure she would have stopped her somehow if she had known. But I might have an opportunity soon, and in the meantime, I need to do something for her. I think, Dad, I’ve finally figured out where to start."

"Have you, indeed, my boy?" said Peter. "I am sure you deserve some success; you have worked very hard for it. What have you found out?"[161]

"Really, my boy?" Peter said. "I’m sure you deserve some success; you’ve worked really hard for it. What have you discovered?"[161]

"It's difficult you know, father, inside the mountain, especially in the dark, and not knowing what turns you have taken, to tell the lie of things outside."

"It's tough, you know, Dad, being inside the mountain, especially in the dark, and not knowing what paths you've taken, to speak the truth about things outside."

"Impossible, my boy, without a chart, or at least a compass," returned his father.

"That's impossible, my boy, without a map or at least a compass," his father replied.

"Well, I think I have nearly discovered in what direction the cobs are mining. If I am right, I know something else that I can put to it, and then one and one will make three."

"Well, I think I’ve almost figured out which way the cobs are digging. If I’m correct, I have something else I can add to it, and then one plus one will make three."

"They very often do, Curdie, as we miners ought to be well aware. Now tell us, my boy, what the two things are, and see whether we guess at the same third as you."

"They often do, Curdie, as we miners should know. Now tell us, my boy, what the two things are, and let’s see if we come up with the same third one as you."

"I don't see what that has to do with the princess," interposed his mother.

"I don't see how that's related to the princess," his mother interrupted.

"I will soon let you see that, mother. Perhaps you may think me foolish, but until I am sure there is nothing in my present fancy, I am more determined than ever to go on with my observations. Just as we came to the channel by which we got out, I heard the miners at work somewhere near—I think down below us. Now since I began to watch them, they have mined a good half mile, in a straight line; and so far as I am aware, they are working in no other part of the mountain. But I never could tell in what direction they were going. When we came out in the king's garden, however, I thought at once whether it was possible they were working toward the king's house; and what I want to do to-night is to make sure whether they are or not. I will take a light with me—"

"I'll show you soon, Mom. You might think I'm being silly, but until I know for sure that my current idea is just a whim, I'm more determined than ever to keep observing. Just as we reached the way out, I heard the miners working nearby—I think they're below us. Since I started watching them, they've mined about half a mile in a straight line; as far as I know, they're not working anywhere else in the mountain. But I've never been able to tell which direction they’re heading. When we came out in the king's garden, though, I immediately wondered if they might be digging toward the king's house; what I want to do tonight is figure out if that's true. I'll take a light with me—"

"Oh, Curdie," cried his mother, "then they will see you."

"Oh, Curdie," his mother exclaimed, "then they will see you."

"I'm no more afraid of them now than I was before," rejoined[162] Curdie,—"now that I've got this precious shoe. They can't make another such in a hurry, and one bare foot will do for my purpose. Woman as she may be, I won't spare her next time. But I shall be careful with my light, for I don't want them to see me. I won't stick it in my hat."

"I'm not any more afraid of them now than I was before," replied[162] Curdie, "now that I've got this valuable shoe. They can't whip up another one like it quickly, and having one bare foot is enough for what I need. No matter how much of a woman she is, I won't hold back next time. But I'll be careful with my light, because I don’t want them to spot me. I won't just put it in my hat."

"Go on, then, and tell us what you mean to do."

"Go ahead and tell us what you plan to do."

"I mean to take a bit of paper with me and a pencil, and go in at the mouth of the stream by which we came out. I shall mark on the paper as near as I can the angle of every turning I take until I find the cobs at work, and so get a good idea in what direction they are going. If it should prove to be nearly parallel with the stream, I shall know it is toward the king's house they are working."

"I plan to take a piece of paper and a pencil with me and enter at the mouth of the stream where we came out. I will mark on the paper as accurately as I can the angles of every turn I take until I find the workers, and that way I'll get a good idea of the direction they are heading. If it turns out to be nearly parallel with the stream, I will know they are working toward the king's house."

"And what if you should. How much wiser will you be then?"

"And what if you do? How much wiser will you be then?"

"Wait a minute, mother, dear. I told you that when I came upon the royal family in the cave, they were talking of their prince—Harelip, they called him—marrying a sun-woman—that means one of us—one with toes to her feet. Now in the speech one of them made that night at their great gathering, of which I heard only a part, he said that peace would be secured for a generation at least by the pledge the prince would hold for the good behavior of her relatives: that's what he said, and he must have meant the sun-woman the prince was to marry. I am quite sure the king is much too proud to wish his son to marry any but a princess, and much too knowing to fancy that his having a peasant woman for a wife would be of any material advantage to them."

"Wait a minute, Mom. I told you that when I came across the royal family in the cave, they were talking about their prince—Harelip, as they called him—marrying a sun-woman—that means one of us—someone with toes on her feet. Now, in the speech one of them made that night at their big gathering, of which I only heard part, he said that peace would be secured for at least a generation by the pledge the prince would have regarding the good behavior of her relatives: that's what he said, and he must have meant the sun-woman the prince was supposed to marry. I'm quite sure the king is way too proud to want his son to marry anyone but a princess, and much too smart to think that having a peasant woman as a wife would be of any real benefit to them."

"I see what you are driving at now," said his mother.[163]

"I get what you're getting at now," said his mom.[163]

"But," said his father, "the king would dig the mountain to the plain before he would have his princess the wife of a cob, if he were ten times a prince."

"But," said his father, "the king would level the mountain to the plain before he would allow his princess to marry a commoner, even if he were ten times a prince."

"Yes; but they think so much of themselves!" said his mother. "Small creatures always do. The bantam is the proudest cock in my little yard."

"Yes, but they have such high opinions of themselves!" said his mother. "Small creatures always do. The bantam is the proudest rooster in my little yard."

"And I fancy," said Curdie, "if they once get her, they would tell the king they would kill her except, he consented to the marriage."

"And I think," said Curdie, "if they get her, they'd tell the king they'd kill her unless he agrees to the marriage."

"They might say so," said his father, "but they wouldn't kill her; they would keep her alive for the sake of the hold it gave them over our king. Whatever he did to them, they would threaten to do the same to the princess."

"They might say that," his father replied, "but they wouldn't kill her; they would keep her alive to maintain their hold over our king. No matter what he did to them, they would threaten to do the same to the princess."

"And they are bad enough to torment her just for their own amusement—I know that," said his mother.

"And they're cruel enough to tease her just for their own entertainment—I know that," said his mother.

"Anyhow, I will keep a watch on them, and see what they are up to," said Curdie. "It's too horrible to think of. I daren't let myself do it. But they sha'n't have her—at least if I can help it. So, mother dear—my clue is all right—will you get me a bit of paper and a pencil and a lump of pease-pudding, and I will set out at once. I saw a place where I can climb over the wall of the garden quite easily."

"Anyway, I’ll keep an eye on them and see what they’re up to," said Curdie. "It’s too awful to think about. I can’t allow myself to dwell on it. But they won’t take her—not if I can help it. So, dear mom—my plan is good—can you get me a piece of paper, a pencil, and a bit of pease-pudding? I’m going to head out right away. I found a spot where I can easily climb over the garden wall."

"You must mind and keep out of the way of the men on the watch," said his mother.

"You need to pay attention and stay out of the way of the guys on watch," said his mother.

"That I will. I don't want them to know anything about it. They would spoil it all. The cobs would only try some other plan—they are such obstinate creatures! I shall take good care, mother. They won't kill and eat me either, if they should come upon me. So you needn't mind them."[164]

"Of course I will. I don’t want them to know anything about it. They would ruin everything. The cobs would just come up with another scheme—they're so stubborn! I’ll make sure to be careful, Mom. They won’t kill and eat me either if they happen to find me. So you don’t have to worry about them." [164]

His mother got him what he asked for, and Curdie set out. Close beside the door by which the princess left the garden for the mountain, stood a great rock, and by climbing it Curdie got over the wall. He tied his clue to a stone just inside the channel of the stream, and took his pickaxe with him. He had not gone far before he encountered a horrid creature coming toward the mouth. The spot was too narrow for two of almost any size or shape, and besides Curdie had no wish to let the creature pass. Not being able to use his pickaxe, however, he had a severe struggle with him, and it was only after receiving many bites, some of them bad, that he succeeded in killing him with his pocket knife. Having dragged him out, he made haste to get in again before another should stop up the way.

His mom got him what he wanted, and Curdie set off. Right next to the door where the princess left the garden for the mountain, there was a big rock, and by climbing it, Curdie got over the wall. He tied a piece of string to a stone just inside the stream's channel and took his pickaxe with him. He hadn’t gone far before he ran into a terrifying creature coming toward the entrance. The area was too tight for two beings of almost any size or shape, and besides, Curdie didn’t want to let the creature pass. Unable to use his pickaxe, he had a tough fight with it, and after taking many bites, some pretty bad, he managed to kill it with his pocket knife. After dragging it out, he hurried back in before another creature could block his way.

I need not follow him farther in this night's adventures. He returned to his breakfast, satisfied that the goblins were mining in the direction of the palace—on so low a level that their intention must, he thought, be to burrow under the walls of the king's house, and rise up inside it—in order, he fully believed, to lay hands on the little princess, and carry her off for a wife to their horrid Harelip.

I don't need to go any further into his adventures from that night. He went back to his breakfast, convinced that the goblins were digging toward the palace—at such a low level that he figured their goal had to be to tunnel under the king's house and come up inside it—because he truly believed they intended to grab the little princess and take her as a wife for their ugly Harelip.


CHAPTER XXIV

IRENE BEHAVES LIKE A PRINCESS
WHEN the princess awoke from the sweetest of sleeps, she found her nurse bending above her, the housekeeper looking over the nurse's shoulder, and the laundry-maid looking over the housekeeper's. The room was full of women-servants; and the gentlemen-at-arms, with a long column of men-servants behind them, were peeping, or trying to peep in at the door of the nursery.

"Are those horrid creatures gone?" asked the princess, remembering first what had terrified her in the morning.

"Are those awful creatures gone?" asked the princess, recalling what had scared her in the morning.

"You naughty little princess!" cried Lootie.

"You naughty little princess!" exclaimed Lootie.

Her face was very pale, with red streaks in it, and she looked as if she were going to shake her; but Irene said nothing—only waited to hear what should come next.

Her face was very pale, with red streaks, and she looked like she was about to shake her; but Irene said nothing—just waited to see what would happen next.

"How could you get under the clothes like that, and make us all fancy you were lost! And keep it up all day too! You are the most obstinate child! It's anything but fun to us, I can tell you!"

"How could you get under the clothes like that and make us all think you were lost? And you kept it up all day too! You are the most stubborn child! It’s anything but fun for us, I can tell you!"

It was the only way the nurse could account for her disappearance.

It was the only way the nurse could explain her disappearance.

"I didn't do that, Lootie," said Irene, very quietly.

"I didn't do that, Lootie," Irene said softly.

"Don't tell stories!" cried her nurse quite rudely.

"Don't tell stories!" her nurse shouted quite rudely.

"I shall tell you nothing at all," said Irene.

"I won't tell you anything," said Irene.

"That's just as bad," said the nurse.

"That's just as bad," the nurse said.

"Just as bad to say nothing at all as to tell stories!" exclaimed[166] the princess. "I will ask my papa about that. He won't say so. And I don't think he will like you to say so."

"Just as bad to say nothing at all as to tell stories!" exclaimed[166] the princess. "I’ll ask my dad about that. He won't agree. And I don't think he'll appreciate you saying that."

"Tell me directly what you mean by it!" screamed the nurse, half wild with anger at the princess, and fright at the possible consequences to herself.

"Tell me straight what you mean by that!" yelled the nurse, half mad with anger at the princess, and scared about the possible consequences for herself.

"When I tell you the truth, Lootie," said the princess, who somehow did not feel at all angry, "you say to me Don't tell stories: it would appear that I must tell stories before you will believe me."

"When I tell you the truth, Lootie," said the princess, who somehow didn't feel angry at all, "you respond with Don't tell stories: it seems I have to tell stories before you'll believe me."

"You are very rude, my dear princess," said the nurse.

"You’re being really rude, my dear princess," said the nurse.

"You are so rude, Lootie, that I will not speak to you again till you are sorry. Why should I, when I know you will not believe me?" returned the princess.

"You are so rude, Lootie, that I won’t talk to you again until you apologize. Why should I, when I know you won’t believe me?" replied the princess.

For she did know perfectly well that if she were to tell Lootie what she had been about, the more she went on to tell her, the less would she believe her.

For she knew very well that if she told Lootie what she had been up to, the more she explained, the less Lootie would believe her.

"You are the most provoking child!" cried her nurse. "You deserve to be well punished for your wicked behavior."

"You are the most annoying kid!" shouted her nurse. "You really deserve to be punished for your bad behavior."

"Please, Mrs. Housekeeper," said the princess, "will you take me to your room and keep me till my king-papa comes? I will ask him to come as soon as he can."

"Please, Mrs. Housekeeper," said the princess, "will you take me to your room and keep me there until my king-dad arrives? I'll ask him to come as soon as he can."

Every one stared at these words. Up to this moment, they had all regarded her as little more than a baby.

Everyone stared at these words. Until now, they had all thought of her as little more than a baby.

But the housekeeper was afraid of the nurse, and sought to patch matters up, saying—

But the housekeeper was afraid of the nurse and tried to smooth things over, saying—

"I am sure, princess, nursey did not mean to be rude to you."

"I’m sure, princess, the nurse didn’t mean to be rude to you."

"I do not think my papa would wish me to have a nurse who spoke to me as Lootie does. If she thinks I tell lies, she had[167] better either say so to my papa, or go away. Sir Walter, will you take charge of me?"

"I don’t think my dad would want me to have a nurse who talks to me like Lootie does. If she thinks I’m lying, she better either tell my dad or leave. Sir Walter, will you take care of me?"

"With the greatest of pleasure, princess," answered the captain of the gentlemen-at-arms, walking with his great stride into the room. The crowd of servants made eager way for him, and he bowed low before the little princess's bed. "I shall send my servant at once, on the fastest horse in the stable, to tell your king-papa that your royal Highness desires his presence. When you have chosen one of these under-servants to wait upon you, I shall order the room to be cleared."

"With the utmost pleasure, princess," the captain of the gentlemen-at-arms replied, striding into the room. The crowd of servants quickly cleared a path for him, and he bowed deeply before the little princess's bed. "I will send my servant right away, on the fastest horse in the stable, to inform your king-dad that your royal Highness wants him to come. Once you've picked one of these attendants to assist you, I'll arrange for the room to be cleared."

"Thank you very much, Sir Walter," said the princess, and her eye glanced toward a rosy-cheeked girl who had lately come to the house as a scullery-maid.

"Thank you so much, Sir Walter," said the princess, and her gaze shifted to a rosy-cheeked girl who had recently started working in the house as a scullery-maid.

But when Lootie saw the eyes of her dear princess going in search of another instead of her, she fell upon her knees by the bedside, and burst into a great cry of distress.

But when Lootie saw her beloved princess's eyes looking for someone else instead of her, she dropped to her knees by the bedside and let out a loud cry of sorrow.

"I think, Sir Walter," said the princess, "I will keep Lootie. But I put myself under your care; and you need not trouble my king-papa until I speak to you again. Will you all please to go away? I am quite safe and well, and I did not hide myself for the sake either of amusing myself, or of troubling my people. Lootie, will you please to dress me?"

"I think, Sir Walter," said the princess, "I'll keep Lootie. But I'm putting myself in your hands; and you don’t need to bother my king-dad until I speak to you again. Could you all please leave? I’m completely safe and fine, and I didn’t hide for my own amusement or to trouble my people. Lootie, can you please help me get dressed?"


CHAPTER XXV

CURDIE COMES TO GRIEF
EVERYTHING was for some time quiet above ground. The king was still away in a distant part of his dominions. The men-at-arms kept watching about the house. They had been considerably astonished by finding at the foot of the rock in the garden, the hideous body of the goblin-creature killed by Curdie; but they came to the conclusion that it had been slain in the mines, and had crept out there to die; and except an occasional glimpse of a live one they saw nothing to cause alarm. Curdie kept watching in the mountain, and the goblins kept burrowing deeper into the earth. As long as they went deeper, there was, Curdie judged, no immediate danger.

To Irene, the summer was as full of pleasure as ever, and for a long time, although she often thought of her grandmother during the day, and often dreamed about her at night, she did not see her. The kids and the flowers were as much her delight as ever, and she made as much friendship with the miners' children she met on the mountain as Lootie would permit; but Lootie had very foolish notions concerning the dignity of a princess, not understanding that the truest princess is just the one who loves all her brothers and sisters best, and who is most able to do them good by being humble toward them. At the same time she was considerably altered for the[169] better in her behavior to the princess. She could not help seeing that she was no longer a mere child, but wiser than her age would account for. She kept foolishly whispering to the servants, however—sometimes that the princess was not right in her mind, sometimes that she was too good to live, and other nonsense of the same sort.

To Irene, summer was just as enjoyable as ever, and for a long time, even though she often thought of her grandmother during the day and dreamed about her at night, she didn’t see her. The kids and the flowers brought her just as much joy, and she formed friendships with the miners' children she met on the mountain as much as Lootie would allow; but Lootie had some silly ideas about the dignity of a princess, not realizing that the truest princess is the one who loves all her siblings the most and who can do them good by being humble. At the same time, she significantly improved in her behavior towards the princess. She couldn’t help but notice that she was no longer just a child but wiser than her age would suggest. However, she still found herself foolishly whispering to the servants—sometimes saying that the princess wasn’t quite right in the head, sometimes that she was too good to be alive, and other nonsense like that.

All this time, Curdie had to be sorry, without a chance of confessing, that he had behaved so unkindly to the princess. This perhaps made him the more diligent in his endeavors to serve her. His mother and he often talked on the subject, and she comforted him, and told him she was sure he would some day have the opportunity he so much desired.

All this time, Curdie felt guilty, without any chance to admit that he had treated the princess so unkindly. This maybe made him more determined to help her. He and his mom often discussed it, and she reassured him, telling him she was sure he would eventually get the opportunity he wanted so much.

Here I should like to remark, for the sake of princes and princesses in general, that it is a low and contemptible thing to refuse to confess a fault, or even an error. If a true princess has done wrong, she is always uneasy until she has had an opportunity of throwing the wrongness away from her by saying, "I did it; and I wish I had not; and I am sorry for having done it." So you see there is some ground for supposing that Curdie was not a miner only, but a prince as well. Many such instances have been known in the world's history.

Here, I want to point out, for the benefit of all princes and princesses, that it's a low and shameful thing to refuse to admit a mistake or even an error. If a true princess has made a mistake, she always feels uneasy until she can throw off the burden by saying, "I did it, I wish I hadn't, and I'm sorry for what I did." So, you can see there's some reason to believe that Curdie was not just a miner, but also a prince. There have been many examples of this throughout history.

At length, however, he began to see signs of a change in the proceedings of the goblin excavators: they were going no deeper, but had commenced running on a level; and he watched them, therefore, more closely than ever. All at once, one night, coming to a slope of very hard rock, they began to ascend along the inclined plane of its surface. Having reached its top, they went again on a level for a night or two, after which they began to ascend once more, and kept on at a pretty[170] steep angle. At length Curdie judged it time to transfer his observation to another quarter, and the next night, he did not go to the mine at all; but, leaving his pickaxe and clue at home, and taking only his usual lumps of bread and pease-pudding, went down the mountain to the king's house. He climbed over the wall, and remained in the garden the whole night, creeping on hands and knees from one spot to the other, and lying at full length with his ear to the ground, listening. But he heard nothing except the tread of the men-at-arms as they marched about, whose observation, as the night was cloudy and there was no moon, he had little difficulty in avoiding. For several following nights, he continued to haunt the garden and listen, but with no success.

Eventually, he started noticing a change in what the goblin diggers were doing: they weren't going any deeper but had started moving along a level path. He watched them more closely than ever. One night, as they came to a slope of very hard rock, they began to climb up its inclined surface. Once they reached the top, they went back to moving horizontally for a night or two, after which they began to climb again at a fairly steep angle. Finally, Curdie decided it was time to shift his focus and the next night he didn't go to the mine at all. Instead of taking his pickaxe and string, he just brought his usual bread and pease-pudding and headed down the mountain to the king's house. He climbed over the wall and spent the entire night in the garden, crawling on his hands and knees from one place to another, lying flat with his ear to the ground, listening. But he didn't hear anything except the sound of the guards as they patrolled, and since it was a cloudy night with no moon, he had little trouble avoiding their notice. For several nights after that, he kept returning to the garden and listening, but with no luck.

At length, early one evening, whether it was that he had got careless of his own safety, or that the growing moon had become strong enough to expose him, his watching came to a sudden end. He was creeping from behind the rock where the stream ran out, for he had been listening all round it in the hope it might convey to his ear some indication of the whereabouts of the goblin miners, when just as he came into the moonlight on the lawn, a whizz in his ear and a blow upon his leg startled him. He instantly squatted in the hope of eluding further notice. But when he heard the sound of running feet, he jumped up to take the chance of escape by flight. He fell, however, with a keen shoot of pain, for the bolt of a cross-bow had wounded his leg, and the blood was now streaming from it. He was instantly laid hold of by two or three of the men-at-arms. It was useless to struggle, and he submitted in silence.[171]

Eventually, early one evening, whether it was because he had become careless about his own safety or the rising moon was bright enough to reveal him, his vigil came to an abrupt end. He was sneaking out from behind the rock where the stream flowed, having listened intently around it, hoping to catch some sound that might indicate the location of the goblin miners. Just as he stepped into the moonlight on the lawn, he heard a whoosh in his ear and felt a jolt in his leg that startled him. He quickly crouched down, hoping to avoid further attention. But upon hearing the sound of running feet, he jumped up, taking a chance to escape by running. However, he fell with a sharp pain, as the bolt from a crossbow had struck his leg, and blood was now streaming from the wound. He was immediately grabbed by two or three of the men-at-arms. It was pointless to fight back, so he submitted quietly.[171]

"It's a boy!" cried several of them together, in a tone of amazement. "I thought it was one of those demons."

"It's a boy!" several of them exclaimed together, sounding surprised. "I thought it was one of those demons."

"What are you about here?"

"What are you doing here?"

"Going to have a little rough usage apparently," said Curdie laughing, as the men shook him.

"Looks like I'm in for a bit of a rough time," Curdie laughed as the men shook him.

"Impertinence will do you no good. You have no business here in the king's grounds, and if you don't give a true account of yourself, you shall fare as a thief."

"Being rude won't help you. You don't belong here on the king's property, and if you don't explain yourself honestly, you'll be treated like a thief."

"Why, what else could he be?" said one.

"Then what else could he be?" said one.

"He might have been after a lost kid, you know," suggested another.

"He might have been looking for a lost kid, you know," suggested another.

"I see no good in trying to excuse him. He has no business here anyhow."

"I don't see any point in trying to make excuses for him. He doesn't belong here anyway."

"Let me go away then, if you please," said Curdie.

"Then let me leave, if that's okay with you," said Curdie.

"But we don't please—not except you give a good account of yourself."

"But we won't be satisfied unless you prove yourself."

"I don't feel quite sure whether I can trust you," said Curdie.

"I’m not really sure if I can trust you," said Curdie.

"We are the king's own men-at-arms," said the captain, courteously, for he was taken with Curdie's appearance and courage.

"We are the king's own soldiers," said the captain, politely, because he was impressed by Curdie's appearance and bravery.

"Well, I will tell you all about it—if you will promise to listen to me and not do anything rash."

"Alright, I'll explain everything—if you promise to hear me out and not act impulsively."

"I call that cool!" said one of the party laughing. "He will tell us what mischief he was about, if we promise to do as pleases him."

"I think that’s awesome!" said one of the party, laughing. "He’ll tell us what trouble he was up to, if we promise to do what he wants."

"I was about no mischief," said Curdie.

"I wasn't up to any trouble," said Curdie.

But ere he could say more he turned faint, and fell senseless on the grass. Then first they discovered that the bolt they[172] had shot, taking him for one of the goblin creatures, had wounded him.

But before he could say more, he became faint and collapsed on the grass. That was when they realized that the bolt they[172] had shot, thinking he was one of the goblin creatures, had actually injured him.

They carried him into the house, and laid him down in the hall. The report spread that they had caught a robber, and the servants crowded in to see the villain. Amongst the rest came the nurse. The moment she saw him she exclaimed with indignation:

They brought him into the house and laid him down in the hallway. Word got around that they had caught a thief, and the staff gathered to see the criminal. Among them was the nurse. As soon as she saw him, she shouted in outrage:

"I declare it's the same young rascal of a miner that was rude to me and the princess on the mountain. He actually wanted to kiss the princess. I took good care of that—the wretch! And he was prowling about—was he? Just like his impudence!"

"I swear it’s the same young troublemaker of a miner who was disrespectful to me and the princess on the mountain. He really wanted to kiss the princess. I made sure that didn’t happen—the jerk! And he was lurking around—wasn’t he? Just like his nerve!"

The princess being fast asleep, and Curdie in a faint, she could misrepresent at her pleasure.

The princess was fast asleep, and Curdie was faint, so she could twist the truth however she wanted.

When he heard this, the captain, although he had considerable doubt of its truth, resolved to keep Curdie a prisoner until they could search into the affair. So, after they had brought him round a little, and attended to his wound, which was rather a bad one, they laid him, still exhausted from the loss of blood, upon a mattress in a disused room—one of those already so often mentioned—and locked the door, and left him. He passed a troubled night, and in the morning they found him talking wildly. In the evening he came to himself, but felt very weak, and his leg was exceedingly painful. Wondering where he was, and seeing one of the men-at-arms in the room, he began to question him, and soon recalled the events of the preceding night. As he was himself unable to watch any more, he told the soldier all he knew about the goblins, and begged him to tell his companions, and stir them[173] up to watch with tenfold vigilance; but whether it was that he did not talk quite coherently, or that the whole thing appeared incredible, certainly the man concluded that Curdie was only raving still, and tried to coax him into holding his tongue. This, of course, annoyed Curdie dreadfully, who now felt in his turn what it was not to be believed, and the consequence was that his fever returned, and by the time when, at his persistent entreaties, the captain was called, there could be no doubt that he was raving. They did for him what they could, and promised everything he wanted, but with no intention of fulfilment. At last he went to sleep, and when at length his sleep grew profound and peaceful, they left him, locked the door again, and withdrew, intending to revisit him early in the morning.

When the captain heard this, he had serious doubts about its truth, but decided to keep Curdie locked up until they could look into the matter. After they had helped him recover a bit and treated his pretty bad wound, they put him on a mattress in a disused room—one of the ones they'd mentioned before—and locked the door behind them. He spent a restless night, and in the morning, they found him talking incoherently. By evening, he was more himself, but felt very weak, and his leg was extremely painful. Confused about where he was, and seeing one of the soldiers in the room, he began to ask questions and soon remembered the events of the previous night. Unable to stay awake any longer, he told the soldier everything he knew about the goblins and urged him to inform his companions and get them to watch much more carefully. However, whether it was because he wasn’t talking clearly or the tale seemed unbelievable, the soldier decided that Curdie was just babbling, and tried to get him to quiet down. This, of course, frustrated Curdie, who now understood how it felt to be disbelieved, which caused his fever to come back. By the time he insisted that the captain be called, it was clear that he was out of his mind. They did what they could to help him and promised everything he wanted, but didn’t plan to follow through. Eventually, he fell asleep, and when his sleep became deep and peaceful, they left him, locked the door again, and went away, intending to check on him early the next morning.


CHAPTER XXVI

THE GOBLIN MINERS
THAT same night several of the servants were having a chat together before going to bed.

"What can that noise be?" said one of the housemaids, who had been listening for a moment or two.

"What could that noise be?" said one of the housemaids, who had been listening for a moment or two.

"I've heard it the last two nights," said the cook. "If there were any about the place, I should have taken it for rats, but my Tom keeps them far enough."

"I've heard it the last two nights," said the cook. "If there were any around here, I would have thought it was rats, but my Tom keeps them away."

"I've heard though," said the scullery-maid, "that rats move about in great companies sometimes. There may be an army of them invading us. I heard the noises yesterday and to-day too."

"I've heard, though," said the kitchen maid, "that rats sometimes move around in large groups. There could be a whole army of them invading us. I heard the noises yesterday and today too."

"It'll be grand fun then for my Tom and Mrs. Housekeeper's Bob," said the cook. "They'll be friends for once in their lives, and fight on the same side. I'll engage Tom and Bob together will put to flight any number of rats."

"It'll be great fun for my Tom and Mrs. Housekeeper's Bob," said the cook. "They'll actually be friends for once and fight on the same team. I'll get Tom and Bob together, and they'll chase off any number of rats."

"It seems to me," said the nurse, "that the noises are much too loud for that. I have heard them all day, and my princess has asked me several times what they could be. Sometimes they sound like distant thunder, and sometimes like the noises you hear in the mountain from those horrid miners underneath."

"It seems to me," said the nurse, "that the noises are way too loud for that. I've been hearing them all day, and my princess has asked me several times what they could be. Sometimes they sound like distant thunder, and sometimes like the sounds you hear in the mountains from those awful miners below."

"I shouldn't wonder," said the cook, "if it was the miners after all. They may have come on some hole in the mountain[175] through which the noises reach to us. They are always boring and blasting and breaking, you know."

"I wouldn't be surprised," said the cook, "if it was the miners after all. They might have found some opening in the mountain[175] that lets the sounds reach us. They're always drilling and blasting and breaking things, you know."

As he spoke there came a great rolling rumble beneath them, and the house quivered. They all started up in affright, and rushing to the hall found the gentlemen-at-arms in consternation also. They had sent to wake their captain, who said from their description that it must have been an earthquake, an occurrence which, although very rare in that country, had taken place almost within the century; and then went to bed again, strange to say, and fell fast asleep without once thinking of Curdie, or associating the noises they had heard with what he had told them. He had not believed Curdie. If he had, he would at once have thought of what he had said, and would have taken precautions. As they heard nothing more, they concluded that Sir Walter was right, and that the danger was over for perhaps another hundred years. The fact, as discovered afterward, was that the goblins had, in working up a second sloping face of stone, arrived at a huge block which lay under the cellars of the house, within the line of the foundations. It was so round that when they succeeded, after hard work, in dislodging it without blasting, it rolled thundering down the slope with a bounding, jarring roll, which shook the foundations of the house. The goblins were themselves dismayed at the noise, for they knew, by careful spying and measuring, that they must now be very near, if not under, the king's house, and they feared giving an alarm. They, therefore, remained quiet for awhile, and when they began to work again, they no doubt thought themselves very fortunate in coming upon a vein of sand which filled a winding fissure in[176] the rock on which the house was built. By scooping this away they soon came out in the king's wine-cellar.

As he spoke, a deep rumble rolled beneath them, and the house shook. They all jumped up in alarm and ran to the hall, where they found the guards equally startled. They had sent someone to wake their captain, who, after hearing their description, said it must have been an earthquake. This was a rare event in that region but had happened almost within the last century. Strangely, he then went back to bed and fell fast asleep without once thinking about Curdie or connecting the noises they had heard with what he had said. He had not believed Curdie. If he had, he would have immediately recalled what Curdie had mentioned and taken precautions. Since they heard nothing else, they assumed Sir Walter was correct and that the danger was over for maybe another hundred years. The truth, as discovered later, was that the goblins were working on a second inclined stone face and had come across a large boulder lying beneath the house’s cellars, within the foundation’s line. It was so round that when they finally dislodged it without any explosions, it thunderously rolled down the slope with a jarring bounce that shook the house's foundations. The goblins were startled by the loud noise too because they knew, from careful observation and measuring, that they must now be very close to, if not directly beneath, the king's house and feared causing a commotion. They stayed quiet for a while, and when they resumed working, they likely felt lucky to find a vein of sand filling a winding crack in the rock under the house. By digging this away, they soon broke through into the king's wine cellar.

No sooner did they and where they were, than they scurried back again, like rats into their holes, and running at full speed to the goblin palace, announced their success to the king and queen with shouts of triumph. In a moment the goblin royal family and the whole goblin people were on their way in hot haste to the king's house, each eager to have a share in the glory of carrying off that same night the Princess Irene.

No sooner did they realize where they were than they scurried back, like rats into their holes, running full speed to the goblin palace to announce their success to the king and queen with cheers of victory. In no time, the goblin royal family and all the goblin people were rushing to the king's house, each eager to be part of the glory of taking Princess Irene that same night.

The queen went stumping along in one shoe of stone and one of skin. This could not have been pleasant, and my readers may wonder that, with such skillful workmen about her, she had not yet replaced the shoe carried off by Curdie. As the king however had more than one ground of objection to her stone shoes, he no doubt took advantage of the discovery of her toes, and threatened to expose her deformity if she had another made. I presume he insisted on her being content with skin-shoes, and allowed her to wear the remaining granite one on the present occasion only because she was going out to war.

The queen walked along with one shoe made of stone and the other of skin. This couldn’t have been comfortable, and you might wonder why, with so many skilled workers around her, she hadn’t gotten a replacement for the shoe that Curdie took. However, since the king had several reasons to be against her stone shoes, he probably used the fact that her toes were exposed as a threat to reveal her imperfection if she had another one made. I guess he insisted that she be satisfied with skin shoes, and he only allowed her to wear the remaining granite shoe this time because she was going out to fight.

They soon arrived in the king's wine-cellar, and regardless of its huge vessels, of which they did not know the use, began as quietly as they could to force the door that led upward.

They soon reached the king's wine cellar, and despite the large containers whose purpose they didn’t understand, they started to quietly force the door that led upstairs.


CHAPTER XXVII

THE GOBLINS IN THE KING'S HOUSE
WHEN Curdie fell asleep he began at once to dream. He thought he was ascending the mountain-side from the mouth of the mine, whistling and singing "Ring, dod, bang!" when he came upon a woman and child who were lost; and from that point he went on dreaming all that had happened since he met the princess and Lootie; how he had watched the goblins, and been taken by them, how he had been rescued by the princess; everything indeed, until he was wounded, and imprisoned by the men-at-arms. And now he thought he was lying wide awake where they had laid him, when suddenly he heard a great thundering sound.

"The cobs are coming!" he said. "They didn't believe a word I told them! The cobs'll be carrying off the princess from under their stupid noses! But they sha'n't! that they sha'n't!"

"The cobs are coming!" he exclaimed. "They didn't believe a word I said! The cobs will be taking the princess right from under their clueless noses! But they won't! No way they will!"

He jumped up, as he thought, and began to dress, but, to his dismay, found that he was still lying in bed.

He jumped up, thinking he had, and started to get dressed, but, to his disappointment, realized that he was still lying in bed.

"Now then I will!" he said. "Here goes! I am up now!"

"Alright, I will!" he said. "Here we go! I am up now!"

But yet again he found himself snug in bed. Twenty times he tried, and twenty times he failed; for in fact he was not awake, only dreaming that he was. At length in an agony of despair, fancying he heard the goblins all over the house, he gave a great cry. Then there came, as he thought, a hand upon the lock of the door. It opened, and, looking up, he saw a lady with white hair, carrying a silver box in her hand, enter[178] the room. She came to his bed, he thought, stroked his head and face with cool, soft hands, took the dressing from his leg, rubbed it with something that smelled like roses, and then waved her hands over him three times. At the last wave of her hands everything vanished, he felt himself sinking into the profoundest slumber, and remembered nothing more until he awoke in earnest.

But once again, he found himself cozy in bed. He tried twenty times, and each time he failed; he wasn’t actually awake, just dreaming that he was. Finally, in a fit of despair, thinking he heard the goblins all around the house, he let out a loud cry. Then, as if in response, he felt a hand on the door lock. It opened, and when he looked up, he saw a lady with white hair entering the room, carrying a silver box. She came to his bed, stroked his head and face with her cool, soft hands, removed the dressing from his leg, rubbed it with something that smelled like roses, and then waved her hands over him three times. With the last wave of her hands, everything disappeared, and he felt himself sinking into a deep sleep, remembering nothing more until he truly woke up.

The setting moon was throwing a feeble light through the casement, and the house was full of uproar. There was soft heavy multitudinous stamping, a clashing and clanging of weapons, the voices of men and the cries of women, mixed with a hideous bellowing, which sounded victorious. The cobs were in the house! He sprang from his bed, hurried on some of his clothes, not forgetting his shoes, which were armed with nails; then spying an old hunting-knife, or short sword, hanging on the wall, he caught it, and rushed down the stairs, guided by the sounds of strife, which grew louder and louder.

The setting moon was casting a faint light through the window, and the house was filled with chaos. There was a heavy thrumming of footsteps, the clashing and clattering of weapons, the voices of men, and the screams of women, all mixed with a horrifying roar that sounded triumphant. The invaders were in the house! He jumped out of bed, quickly put on some clothes, making sure to wear his shoes that had nails in them; then he spotted an old hunting knife or short sword hanging on the wall, grabbed it, and raced down the stairs, following the escalating sounds of conflict.

When he reached the ground floor he found the whole place swarming. All the goblins of the mountain seemed gathered there. He rushed amongst them, shouting—

When he got to the ground floor, he found the entire area bustling with activity. It seemed like all the mountain's goblins were gathered there. He dashed through the crowd, shouting—

"One, two,
Chop and cut!
Three, four,
Blast and bore!
and with every rhyme he came down a great stamp upon a foot, cutting at the same time at their faces—executing, indeed, a sword dance of the wildest description. Away scattered the goblins in every direction,—into closets, upstairs, into chimneys, up on rafters, and down to the cellars. Curdie[179] went on stamping and slashing and singing, but saw nothing of the people of the house until he came to the great hall, in which, the moment he entered it, arose a great goblin shout. The last of the men-at-arms, the captain himself, was on the floor, buried beneath a wallowing crowd of goblins. For, while each knight was busy defending himself as well as he could, by stabs in the thick bodies of the goblins, for he had soon found their heads all but invulnerable, the queen had attacked his legs and feet with her horrible granite shoe, and he was soon down; but the captain had got his back to the wall and stood out longer. The goblins would have torn them all to pieces, but the king had given orders to carry them away alive, and over each of them, in twelve groups, was standing a knot of goblins, while as many as could find room were sitting upon their prostrate bodies.

Curdie burst in dancing and gyrating and stamping and singing like a small incarnate whirlwind,

Curdie came in dancing, spinning, stomping, and singing like a little whirlwind brought to life,

"Where 'tis all a hole, sir,
Never can be gaps:
Why should their shoes have soles, sir?
When they have no souls?

"But she upon her foot, sir,
Has a granite sole:
The toughest leather boot, sir,
Six would be done soon.

The queen gave a howl of rage and dismay; and before she recovered her presence of mind, Curdie, having begun with the group nearest him, had eleven of the knights on their legs again.[180]

The queen let out a scream of anger and shock; and before she could regain her composure, Curdie, starting with the closest group, had eleven of the knights back on their feet.[180]

"Stamp on their feet!" he cried, as each man rose, and in a few minutes the hall was nearly empty, the goblins running from it as fast as they could, howling and shrieking and limping, and cowering every now and then as they ran to cuddle their wounded feet in their hard hands, or to protect them from the frightful stamp-stamp of the armed men.

"Stamp on their feet!" he shouted, as each man got up, and within a few minutes the hall was almost empty, the goblins fleeing as fast as they could, howling and shrieking and limping, and every now and then huddling to cradle their injured feet in their rough hands, or to shield them from the terrifying stomp-stomp of the armed men.

And now Curdie approached the group which, trusting in the queen and her shoe, kept their guard over the prostrate captain. The king sat on the captain's head, but the queen stood in front, like an infuriated cat, with her perpendicular eyes gleaming green, and her hair standing half up from her horrid head. Her heart was quaking, however, and she kept moving about her skin-shod foot with nervous apprehension. When Curdie was within a few paces, she rushed at him, made one tremendous stamp at his opposing foot, which happily he withdrew in time, and caught him round the waist, to dash him on the marble floor. But just as she caught him, he came down with all the weight of his iron-shod shoe upon her skin-shod foot, and with a hideous howl she dropped him, squatted on the floor and took her foot in both her hands. Meanwhile the rest rushed on the king and the bodyguard sent them flying, and lifted the prostrate captain, who was all but pressed to death. It was some moments before he recovered breath and consciousness.

And now Curdie approached the group which, trusting in the queen and her shoe, kept watch over the unconscious captain. The king sat on the captain's head, but the queen stood in front, like a furious cat, with her vertical eyes gleaming green and her hair sticking up from her dreadful head. However, her heart was racing, and she kept moving nervously about her skin-covered foot. When Curdie was just a few steps away, she lunged at him, making a huge stamp on his foot, which fortunately he pulled back in time, and grabbed him around the waist to throw him onto the marble floor. But just as she grabbed him, he landed with all the weight of his iron-shod shoe on her skin-covered foot, and with a terrible scream, she dropped him, squatted on the floor, and held her foot with both hands. Meanwhile, the others rushed at the king, and the bodyguard sent them flying as they lifted the captain, who was almost crushed to death. It took him several moments to catch his breath and regain consciousness.

"Where's the princess?" cried Curdie again and again.

"Where's the princess?" Curdie shouted over and over.

No one knew, and off they all rushed in search of her.

No one knew, and they all hurried off to find her.

Through every room in the house they went, but nowhere was she to be found. Neither was one of the servants to be seen. But Curdie, who had kept to the lower part of the[181] house, which was now quiet enough, began to hear a confused sound as of a distant hubbub, and set out to find where it came from. The noise grew as his sharp ears guided him to a stair and so to the wine cellar. It was full of goblins, whom the butler was supplying with wine as fast as he could draw it.

They searched every room in the house, but she was nowhere to be found. Not a single servant was in sight either. However, Curdie, who had stayed in the lower part of the[181]house, which was now quiet enough, started to hear a faint noise that sounded like distant chaos and decided to see where it was coming from. The noise increased as his keen ears led him to a staircase and on to the wine cellar. It was packed with goblins, and the butler was serving them wine as quickly as he could manage.

While the queen and her party had encountered the men-at-arms, Harelip with another company had gone off to search the house. They captured every one they met, and when they could find no more, they hurried away to carry them safe to the caverns below. But when the butler, who was amongst them, found that their path lay through the wine cellar, he bethought himself of persuading them to taste the wine, and, as he had hoped, they no sooner tasted than they wanted more. The routed goblins, on their way below, joined them, and when Curdie entered, they were all, with outstretched hands, in which were vessels of every description, from sauce-pan to silver cup, pressing around the butler, who sat at the tap of a huge cask, filling and filling. Curdie cast one glance around the place before commencing his attack, and saw in the farthest corner a terrified group of the domestics unwatched, but cowering without courage to attempt their escape. Amongst them was the terror-stricken face of Lootie; but nowhere could he see the princess. Seized with the horrible conviction that Harelip had already carried her off, he rushed amongst them, unable for wrath to sing any more, but stamping and cutting with greater fury than ever.

While the queen and her group had run into the men-at-arms, Harelip, with another team, had gone off to search the house. They captured everyone they encountered, and when they could find no one else, they quickly headed off to take them safely to the caverns below. However, when the butler, who was among them, realized their path went through the wine cellar, he thought of persuading them to try the wine, and, as he had expected, once they tasted it, they wanted more. The defeated goblins, on their way below, joined them, and when Curdie entered, they were all gathered around the butler, with their outstretched hands holding vessels of all kinds, from saucepans to silver cups, as the butler sat at the spout of a huge cask, continuously filling them up. Curdie took one look around the place before starting his attack and noticed in the far corner a scared group of the servants who were being watched but were too frightened to make a run for it. Among them was the terrified face of Lootie, but he couldn’t see the princess anywhere. Overcome with the awful thought that Harelip had already taken her away, he rushed towards them, unable to sing out of anger now, but stomping and striking with more fury than ever.

"Stamp on their feet; stamp on their feet!" he shouted, and in a moment the goblins were disappearing through the hole in the floor like rats and mice.[182]

"Step on their feet; step on their feet!" he yelled, and in no time the goblins were vanishing through the hole in the floor like rats and mice.[182]

They could not vanish so fast, however, but that many more goblin feet had to go limping back over the underground ways of the mountain that morning.

They couldn't disappear that quickly, but a lot more goblin feet had to shuffle back through the underground paths of the mountain that morning.

Presently however they were reinforced from above by the king and his party, with the redoubtable queen at their head. Finding Curdie again busy amongst her unfortunate subjects, she rushed at him once more with the rage of despair, and this time gave him a bad bruise on the foot. Then a regular stamping fight got up between them, Curdie with the point of his hunting knife keeping her from clasping her mighty arms about him, as he watched his opportunity of getting once more a good stamp at her skin-shod foot. But the queen was more wary as well as more agile than hitherto.

Right now, they were bolstered from above by the king and his group, with the formidable queen leading the way. Spotting Curdie once again occupied among her unfortunate subjects, she charged at him again, filled with a mix of anger and despair, and this time she left him with a nasty bruise on his foot. A proper stamping battle broke out between them, with Curdie using the tip of his hunting knife to keep her from wrapping her powerful arms around him, all while looking for another chance to stamp on her foot, which was covered in a skin-like material. However, the queen was now more cautious and quicker than before.

The rest meantime, finding their adversary thus matched for the moment, paused in their headlong hurry, and turned to the shivering group of women in the corner. As if determined to emulate his father and have a sun-woman of some sort to share his future throne. Harelip rushed at them, caught up Lootie and sped with her to the hole. She gave a great shriek, and Curdie heard her, and saw the plight she was in. Gathering all his strength, he gave the queen a sudden cut across the face with his weapon, came down, as she started back, with all his weight on the proper foot, and sprang to Lootie's rescue. The prince had two defenceless feet, and on both of them Curdie stamped just as he reached the hole. He dropped his burden and rolled shrieking into the earth. Curdie made one stab at him as he disappeared, caught hold of the senseless Lootie, and having dragged her back to the corner, there mounted guard over her, preparing once more to encounter[183] the queen. Her face streaming with blood, and her eyes flashing green lightning through it, she came on with her mouth open and her teeth grinning like a tiger's, followed by the king and her bodyguard of the thickest goblins. But the same moment in rushed the captain and his men, and ran at them stamping furiously. They dared not encounter such an onset. Away they scurried, the queen foremost. Of course the right thing would have been to take the king and queen prisoners, and hold them hostages for the princess, but they were so anxious to find her that no one thought of detaining them until it was too late.

The others, seeing their opponent matched for the time being, paused in their rush and turned to the trembling group of women in the corner. As if wanting to follow in his father's footsteps and have some kind of sun-woman to share his future throne, Harelip charged at them, grabbed Lootie, and quickly took her to the hole. She let out a loud scream, which Curdie heard, and saw the trouble she was in. Gathering all his strength, he slashed the queen across the face with his weapon. As she recoiled, he landed with all his weight on the right foot and jumped in to rescue Lootie. The prince had two vulnerable feet, and Curdie stamped down on both just as he reached the hole. He dropped his load and rolled screaming into the ground. Curdie made a quick stab at him as he vanished, grabbed the unconscious Lootie, and dragged her back to the corner, where he stood guard over her, preparing to face the queen again. With blood streaming from her face and her eyes flashing green in anger, she advanced with her mouth open and teeth bared like a tiger’s, followed by the king and her heavily built goblin bodyguard. At that moment, the captain and his men rushed in and charged at them, stomping fiercely. The goblins dared not face such an attack. They scampered away, with the queen leading the charge. Naturally, the right thing to do would have been to capture the king and queen and hold them as hostages for the princess, but everyone was so intent on finding her that no one thought of detaining them until it was too late.

Having thus rescued the servants, they set about searching the house once more. None of them could give the least information concerning the princess. Lootie was almost silly with terror, and although scarcely able to walk, would not leave Curdie's side for a single moment. Again he allowed the others to search the rest of the house—where, except a dismayed goblin lurking here and there, they found no one—while he requested Lootie to take him to the princess's room. She was as submissive and obedient as if he had been the king. He found the bed-clothes tossed about, and most of them on the floor, while the princess's garments were scattered all over the room, which was in the greatest confusion. It was only too evident that the goblins had been there, and Curdie had no longer any doubt that she had been carried off at the very first of the inroad. With a pang of despair he saw how wrong they had been in not securing the king and queen and prince; but he determined to find and rescue the princess as she had found and rescued him, or meet the worst fate to which the goblins could doom him.

Having rescued the servants, they started searching the house again. None of them could provide any information about the princess. Lootie was nearly panicking with fear, and even though she could barely walk, she wouldn’t leave Curdie’s side for a second. He allowed the others to search the rest of the house—where, aside from a scared goblin hiding here and there, they found no one—while he asked Lootie to take him to the princess's room. She was as compliant and obedient as if he were the king. He found the bedclothes thrown about, most of them on the floor, while the princess's clothes were scattered everywhere in the room, which was in complete disarray. It was all too clear that the goblins had been there, and Curdie was left with no doubt that she had been taken right at the beginning of the raid. With a wave of despair, he realized how mistaken they had been for not capturing the king, queen, and prince; but he was determined to find and rescue the princess as she had saved him, or face the worst fate the goblins could impose on him.


CHAPTER XXVIII

CURDIE'S GUIDE
There sat his mother by the fire, and in her arms lay the princess fast asleep. His mother sat by the fire, holding the princess who was fast asleep in her arms.
JUST as the consolation of this resolve dawned upon his mind, and he was turning away for the cellar to follow the goblins into their hole, something touched his hand. It was the slightest touch, and when he looked he could see nothing. Feeling and peering about in the gray of the dawn, his fingers came upon a tight thread. He looked again, and narrowly, but still could see nothing. It flashed upon him that this must be the princess's thread. Without saying a word, for he knew no one would believe him any more than he had believed the princess, he followed the thread with his finger, contrived to give Lootie the slip, and was soon out of the house, and on the mountain-side—surprised that, if the thread were indeed her grandmother's messenger, it should have led the princess, as he supposed it must, into the mountain, where she would be certain to meet the goblins rushing back enraged from their defeat. But he hurried on in the hope of overtaking her first. When he arrived however at the place where the path turned off for the mine, he found that the thread did not turn with it, but went straight up the mountain. Could it be that the thread was leading him home to his mother's cottage? Could the princess be there? He bounded up the mountain like one of its own goats, and before the sun was up, the thread had brought him indeed to his mother's door. There[185] it vanished from his fingers, and he could not find it, search as he might.

The door was on the latch, and he entered. There sat his mother by the fire, and in her arms lay the princess fast asleep.

The door was unlatched, and he walked in. His mother was sitting by the fire, holding the princess who was sound asleep in her arms.

"Hush, Curdie!" said his mother. "Do not wake her. I'm so glad you're come! I thought the cobs must have got you again!"

"Hush, Curdie!" his mother said. "Don't wake her. I'm so glad you're here! I thought the cobs had gotten you again!"

With a heart full of delight, Curdie sat down at a corner of the hearth, on a stool opposite his mother's chair, and gazed at the princess, who slept as peacefully as if she had been in her own bed. All at once she opened her eyes and fixed them on him.

With a heart full of joy, Curdie sat down in a corner of the hearth on a stool opposite his mother's chair and looked at the princess, who slept as peacefully as if she were in her own bed. Suddenly, she opened her eyes and focused on him.

"Oh, Curdie! you're come!" she said quietly. "I thought you would!"

"Oh, Curdie! You're here!" she said softly. "I knew you would!"

Curdie rose and stood before her with downcast eyes.

Curdie got up and stood in front of her with his eyes lowered.

"Irene," he said, "I am very sorry I did not believe you."

"Irene," he said, "I’m really sorry I didn't believe you."

"Oh, never mind, Curdie!" answered the princess. "You couldn't, you know. You do believe me now, don't you?"

"Oh, never mind, Curdie!" the princess replied. "You couldn’t, you know. You believe me now, right?"

"I can't help it now. I ought to have helped it before."

"I can't do anything about it now. I should have taken care of it earlier."

"Why can't you help it now?"

"Why can't you stop it now?"

"Because, just as I was going into the mountain to look for you, I got hold of your thread, and it brought me here."

"Because, just as I was heading up the mountain to find you, I grabbed your thread, and it led me here."

"Then you've come from my house, have you?"

"So, you’ve come from my place, right?"

"Yes, I have."

"Yeah, I have."

"I didn't know you were there."

"I didn't know you were here."

"I've been there two or three days, I believe."

"I think I've been there for two or three days."

"And I never knew it!—Then perhaps you can tell me why my grandmother has brought me here? I can't think. Something[186] woke me—I didn't know what, but I was frightened, and I felt for the thread, and there it was! I was more frightened still when it brought me out on the mountain, for I thought it was going to take me into it again, and I like the outside of it best. I supposed you were in trouble again, and I had to get you out, but it brought me here instead; and, oh, Curdie! your mother has been so kind to me—just like my own grandmother!"

"And I had no idea!—So maybe you can explain why my grandmother brought me here? I can't figure it out. Something[186] woke me—I didn't know what it was, but I got scared, and I felt for the thread, and there it was! I was even more scared when it took me out on the mountain because I thought it was going to drag me back inside, and I actually like being outside more. I thought you were in trouble again, and I needed to rescue you, but it brought me here instead; and, oh, Curdie! your mom has been so nice to me—just like my own grandmother!"

Here Curdie's mother gave the princess a hug, and the princess turned and gave her a sweet smile, and held up her mouth to kiss her.

Here Curdie's mother gave the princess a hug, and the princess turned and gave her a sweet smile, then leaned in to kiss her.

"Then you didn't see the cobs?" asked Curdie.

"Then you didn't see the cobs?" Curdie asked.

"No; I haven't been into the mountain, I told you, Curdie."

"No, I haven't been up the mountain, I told you, Curdie."

"But the cobs have been into your house—all over it—and into your bedroom making such a row!"

"But the cobs have been in your house—everywhere—and into your bedroom making such a noise!"

"What did they want there? It was very rude of them."

"What did they want there? That was really rude of them."

"They wanted you—to carry you off into the mountain with them, for a wife to their Prince Harelip."

"They wanted you—to take you up into the mountains with them, to be a wife for their Prince Harelip."

"Oh, how dreadful!" cried the princess, shuddering.

"Oh, how awful!" cried the princess, shuddering.

"But you needn't be afraid, you know. Your grandmother takes care of you."

"But you don’t need to be scared, you know. Your grandmother looks after you."

"Ah! you do believe in my grandmother then? I'm so glad! She made me think you would some day."

"Ah! So you do believe in my grandmother then? I'm really glad! She made me think you would someday."

All at once Curdie remembered his dream, and was silent, thinking.

All of a sudden, Curdie recalled his dream and fell silent, deep in thought.

"But how did you come to be in my house, and me not know it?" asked the princess.

"But how did you end up in my house without me knowing?" asked the princess.

Then Curdie had to explain everything—how he had watched for her sake, how he had been wounded and shut up by[187] the soldiers, how he heard the noises and could not rise, and how the beautiful old lady had come to him, and all that followed.

Then Curdie had to explain everything—how he had waited for her, how he had been injured and locked up by[187] the soldiers, how he heard the sounds but couldn't get up, and how the beautiful old lady had come to him, along with everything that happened after.

"Poor Curdie! to lie there hurt and ill, and me never to know it!" exclaimed the princess, stroking his rough hand. "I would not have hesitated to come and nurse you, if they had told me."

"Poor Curdie! to be lying there hurt and sick, and I never knew it!" the princess said, gently touching his rough hand. "I would have come to take care of you right away if they had just told me."

"I didn't see you were lame," said his mother.

"I didn't realize you were lame," said his mother.

"Am I, mother? Oh—yes—I suppose I ought to be. I declare I've never thought of it since I got up to go down amongst the cobs!"

"Am I, mom? Oh—yeah—I guess I should be. I honestly haven't thought about it since I got up to go down among the corn!"

"Let me see the wound," said his mother.

"Let me see the cut," his mother said.

He pulled down his stocking—when behold, except a great scar, his leg was perfectly sound!

He rolled down his sock—when suddenly, apart from a big scar, his leg was completely fine!

Curdie and his mother gazed in each other's eyes, full of wonder, but Irene called out—

Curdie and his mother looked into each other's eyes, filled with amazement, but Irene shouted—

"I thought so, Curdie! I was sure it wasn't a dream. I was sure my grandmother had been to see you.—Don't you smell the roses? It was my grandmother healed your leg, and sent you to help me."

"I thought so, Curdie! I was certain it wasn't a dream. I knew my grandmother had visited you.—Can't you smell the roses? It was my grandmother who healed your leg and sent you to help me."

"No, Princess Irene," said Curdie; "I wasn't good enough to be allowed to help you: I didn't believe you. Your grandmother took care of you without me."

"No, Princess Irene," Curdie said; "I wasn't good enough to help you: I didn't believe you. Your grandmother took care of you without me."

"She sent you to help my people, anyhow. I wish my king-papa would come. I do want so to tell him how good you have been!"

"She sent you to help my people, anyway. I really wish my dad, the king, would come. I just want to tell him how great you've been!"

"But," said the mother, "we are forgetting how frightened your people must be.—You must take the princess home at once, Curdie—or at least go and tell them where she is."

"But," said the mother, "we're forgetting how scared your people must be. You need to take the princess home right away, Curdie—or at least go tell them where she is."

"Yes, mother. Only I'm dreadfully hungry. Do let me[188] have some breakfast first. They ought to have listened to me, and then they wouldn't have been taken by surprise as they were."

"Yes, mom. I'm just really hungry. Please let me[188] have some breakfast first. If they had listened to me, they wouldn't have been caught off guard like they were."

"That is true, Curdie; but it is not for you to blame them much. You remember?"

"That's true, Curdie; but you shouldn't blame them too much. Remember?"

"Yes, mother, I do. Only I must really have something to eat."

"Yes, mom, I do. But I really need something to eat."

"You shall, my boy—as fast as I can get it," said his mother, rising and setting the princess on her chair.

"You will, my boy—as quickly as I can manage it," said his mother, standing up and placing the princess in her chair.

But before his breakfast was ready, Curdie jumped up so suddenly as to startle both his companions.

But before his breakfast was ready, Curdie jumped up so suddenly that he startled both his friends.

"Mother, mother!" he cried, "I was forgetting. You must take the princess home yourself. I must go and wake my father."

"Mom, Mom!" he shouted, "I almost forgot. You have to take the princess home yourself. I need to go wake my dad."

Without a word of explanation, he rushed to the place where his father was sleeping. Having thoroughly roused him with what he told him, he darted out of the cottage.

Without saying a word, he ran to where his father was sleeping. After thoroughly waking him up with what he had to say, he dashed out of the cottage.


CHAPTER XXIX

MASON-WORK
HE had all at once remembered the resolution of the goblins to carry out their second plan upon the failure of the first. No doubt they were already busy, and the mine was therefore in the greatest danger of being flooded and rendered useless—not to speak of the lives of the miners.

When he reached the mouth of the mine, after rousing all the miners within reach, he found his father and a good many more just entering. They all hurried to the gang by which he had found a way into the goblin country. There the foresight of Peter had already collected a great many blocks of stone, with cement, ready for building up the weak place—well enough known to the goblins. Although there was not room for more than two to be actually building at once, they managed, by setting all the rest to work in preparing the cement, and passing the stones, to finish in the course of the day a huge buttress filling the whole gang, and supported everywhere by the live rock. Before the hour when they usually dropped work, they were satisfied that the mine was secure.

When he got to the entrance of the mine, after waking up all the miners nearby, he found his father and several others just arriving. They all rushed to the tunnel where he had discovered a way into the goblin territory. There, Peter’s foresight had already gathered a lot of stone blocks and cement, ready to reinforce the weak spot that the goblins knew well. Even though only two people could actually work on the building at the same time, they managed to finish a massive buttress that filled the entire tunnel and was supported by the solid rock all around it by getting everyone else to prepare the cement and pass the stones. Before the time they usually ended work, they were confident that the mine was secure.

They had heard goblin hammers and pickaxes busy all the time, and at length fancied they heard sounds of water they had never heard before. But that was otherwise accounted for when they left the mine; for they stepped out into a tremendous storm which was raging all over the mountain. The[190] thunder was bellowing, and the lightning lancing out of a huge black cloud which lay above it, and hung down its edges of thick mist over its sides. The lightning was breaking out of the mountain, too, and flashing up into the cloud. From the state of the brooks, now swollen into raging torrents, it was evident that the storm had been storming all day.

They had constantly heard the sounds of goblin hammers and pickaxes at work, and eventually thought they noticed sounds of water that were new to them. But that was explained once they left the mine; they stepped out into a massive storm that was raging across the mountain. The[190] thunder was booming, and lightning was shooting out of a large black cloud hanging above them, with thick mist spilling down its sides. Lightning was also striking up from the mountain and flashing into the cloud. The state of the brooks, now turned into wild torrents, made it clear that the storm had been going on all day.

The wind was blowing as if it would blow him off the mountain, but, anxious about his mother and the princess, Curdie darted up through the thick of the tempest. Even if they had not set out before the storm came on, he did not judge them safe, for, in such a storm even their poor little house was in danger. Indeed he soon found that but for a huge rock against which it was built, and which protected it both from the blasts and the waters, it must have been swept if it was not blown away; for the two torrents into which this rock parted the rush of water behind it united again in front of the cottage—two roaring and dangerous streams, which his mother and the princess could not possibly have passed. It was with great difficulty that he forced his way through one of them, and up to the door.

The wind was howling like it might blow him off the mountain, but worried about his mom and the princess, Curdie rushed through the heart of the storm. Even if they hadn’t left before the storm hit, he didn’t think they were safe, because in a storm like this, even their tiny house was in danger. He quickly realized that if it wasn’t for a massive rock it was built against, which shielded it from the fierce winds and flooding, it would have been swept away—if not blown away. The two torrents that flowed around this rock merged again in front of the cottage, creating two roaring and dangerous streams that his mom and the princess couldn’t possibly cross. He struggled greatly to push his way through one of them and make it to the door.

The moment his hand fell on the latch, through all the uproar of winds and waters came the joyous cry of the princess:—

The moment his hand touched the latch, amidst all the chaos of winds and water, he heard the joyful shout of the princess:—

"There's Curdie! Curdie! Curdie!"

"Look, it's Curdie! Curdie!"

She was sitting wrapped in blankets on the bed, his mother trying for the hundredth time to light the fire which had been drowned by the rain that came down the chimney. The clay floor was one mass of mud, and the whole place looked wretched. But the faces of the mother and the princess shone[191] as if their troubles only made them merrier. Curdie laughed at sight of them.

She was sitting bundled in blankets on the bed, his mother attempting for the hundredth time to light the fire that had been extinguished by the rain coming down the chimney. The clay floor was a muddy mess, and the entire place looked miserable. But the faces of the mother and the princess glowed[191] as if their troubles only made them happier. Curdie chuckled at the sight of them.

"I never had such fun!" said the princess, her eyes twinkling and her pretty teeth shining. "How nice it must be to live in a cottage on the mountain!"

"I've never had so much fun!" said the princess, her eyes sparkling and her beautiful smile bright. "How wonderful it must be to live in a cabin on the mountain!"

"It all depends on what kind your inside house is," said the mother.

"It all depends on what kind of house you have inside," said the mother.

"I know what you mean," said Irene. "That's the kind of thing my grandmother says."

"I know what you mean," Irene said. "That’s the kind of thing my grandma says."

By the time Peter returned, the storm was nearly over, but the streams were so fierce and so swollen, that it was not only out of the question for the princess to go down the mountain, but most dangerous for Peter even or Curdie to make the attempt in the gathering darkness.

By the time Peter got back, the storm was almost over, but the streams were so strong and so full that it was not just impossible for the princess to go down the mountain, but also very dangerous for Peter or Curdie to try it in the fading light.

"They will be dreadfully frightened about you," said Peter to the princess, "but we cannot help it. We must wait till the morning."

"They're going to be really scared for you," Peter said to the princess, "but there's nothing we can do about it. We have to wait until morning."

With Curdie's help, the fire was lighted at last, and the mother set about making their supper; and after supper they all told the princess stories till she grew sleepy. Then Curdie's mother laid her in Curdie's bed, which was in a tiny little garret-room. As soon as she was in bed, through a little window low down in the roof she caught sight of her grandmother's lamp shining far away beneath, and she gazed at the beautiful silvery globe until she fell fast asleep.

With Curdie's help, they finally got the fire going, and his mother started preparing their dinner. After they ate, they all shared stories with the princess until she became sleepy. Then Curdie's mother tucked her into Curdie's bed, which was in a small attic room. As soon as she settled in, she noticed her grandmother's lamp shining far below through a small window low in the roof, and she stared at the lovely silver light until she drifted off to sleep.


CHAPTER XXX

THE KING AND THE KISS
THE next morning the sun rose so bright that Irene said the rain had washed his face and let the light out clean. The torrents were still roaring down the side of the mountain, but they were so much smaller as not to be dangerous in the daylight. After an early breakfast, Peter went to his work, and Curdie and his mother set out to take the princess home. They had difficulty in getting her dry across the streams, and Curdie had again and again to carry her, but at last they got safe on the broader part of the road, and walked gently down toward the king's house. And what should they see as they turned the last corner, but the last of the king's troop riding through the gate!

"Oh, Curdie!" cried Irene, clapping her hands right joyfully, "my king-papa is come."

"Oh, Curdie!" Irene exclaimed, clapping her hands with joy, "my king-dad has arrived."

The moment Curdie heard that, he caught her up in his arms, and set off at full speed, crying—

The moment Curdie heard that, he scooped her up in his arms and took off at full speed, shouting—

"Come on, mother dear! The king may break his heart before he knows that she is safe."

"Come on, mom! The king might break his heart before he realizes she’s safe."

Irene clung round his neck, and he ran with her like a deer. When he entered the gate into the court, there sat the king on his horse, with all the people of the house about him, weeping and hanging their heads. The king was not weeping, but his face was white as a dead man's, and he looked as if the life had gone out of him. The men-at-arms he had brought[193] with him, sat with horror-stricken faces, but eyes flashing with rage, waiting only for the word of the king to do something—they did not know what, and nobody knew what.

Irene held tightly around his neck as he sprinted with her like a deer. When he entered the gate into the courtyard, the king sat on his horse, surrounded by the people of the household, all weeping and looking downcast. The king wasn’t crying, but his face was as pale as a corpse, and he appeared lifeless. The soldiers he had brought[193] with him had horror-stricken expressions, but their eyes burned with rage, waiting only for the king’s command to act—they didn’t know how, and no one had any idea what to do.

The day before the men-at-arms belonging to the house, as soon as they were satisfied the princess had been carried away, rushed after the goblins into the hole, but found that they had already so skilfully blockaded the narrowest part, not many feet below the cellar, that without miners and their tools they could do nothing. Not one of them knew where the mouth of the mine lay, and some of those who had set out to find it had been overtaken by the storm and had not even yet returned. Poor Sir Walter was especially filled with shame, and almost entertained the hope that the king would order him to be decapitated, for the very thought of that sweet little face down amongst the goblins was unendurable.

The day after the soldiers from the household confirmed that the princess had been taken, they rushed after the goblins into the hole but discovered that the goblins had already skillfully blocked the narrowest part, just a few feet below the cellar. Without miners and their tools, they couldn't do anything. None of them knew where the mine's entrance was, and some who had gone to look for it had been caught in the storm and hadn’t returned yet. Poor Sir Walter was especially filled with shame and almost hoped that the king would order his execution, because the very thought of that sweet little face being down with the goblins was unbearable.

When Curdie ran in at the gate with the princess in his arms, they were all so absorbed in their own misery and awed by the king's presence and grief, that no one observed his arrival. He went straight up to the king, where he sat on his horse.

When Curdie rushed in at the gate with the princess in his arms, everyone was so caught up in their own sadness and overwhelmed by the king's presence and sorrow that no one noticed him arrive. He went right up to the king, who was sitting on his horse.

"Papa! papa!" the princess cried, stretching out her arms to him; "here I am!"

"Mom! Dad!" the princess shouted, reaching out her arms to him; "I'm right here!"

The king started. The color rushed to his face. He gave an inarticulate cry. Curdie held up the princess, and the king bent down and took her from his arms. As he clasped her to his bosom, the big tears went dropping down his cheeks and his beard. And such a shout arose from all the bystanders, that the startled horses pranced and capered, and the armor rang and clattered, and the rocks of the mountain echoed back the noises. The princess greeted them all as she nestled in her[194] father's bosom, and the king did not set her down until she had told them all the story. But she had more to tell about Curdie than about herself, and what she did tell about herself none of them could understand except the king and Curdie, who stood by the king's knee stroking the neck of the great white horse. And still as she told what Curdie had done, Sir Walter and others added to what she told, even Lootie joining in the praises of his courage and energy.

The king jumped up. Color rushed to his face. He let out a sound of disbelief. Curdie lifted the princess, and the king leaned down and took her from his arms. As he held her close, tears streamed down his cheeks and into his beard. A loud cheer erupted from everyone around, making the startled horses dance and stomp, the armor clank and crash, and the mountain rocks echo the sounds. The princess waved to everyone as she snuggled in her [194] father's arms, and the king didn't let her go until she had shared the whole story. But she had more to say about Curdie than about herself, and the details she shared about herself were only understood by the king and Curdie, who stood by the king's knee petting the neck of the big white horse. As she described what Curdie had done, Sir Walter and others chimed in, with even Lootie joining in to praise his bravery and determination.

Curdie held his peace, looking quietly up in the king's face. And his mother stood on the outskirts of the crowd listening with delight, for her son's deeds were pleasant in her ears, until the princess caught sight of her.

Curdie stayed quiet, looking up calmly at the king's face. His mother stood on the edge of the crowd, listening with joy, as her son's accomplishments were pleasing to her, until the princess noticed her.

"And there is his mother, king-papa!" she said. "See—there. She is such a nice mother, and has been so kind to me!"

"And there’s his mom, king-dad!" she said. "Look—there. She’s such a nice mom and has been really kind to me!"

They all parted asunder as the king made a sign to her to come forward. She obeyed, and he gave her his hand, but could not speak.

They all moved aside as the king signaled for her to step forward. She complied, and he extended his hand to her but couldn't find the words to speak.

"And now, king-papa," the princess went on, "I must tell you another thing. One night long ago Curdie drove the goblins away and brought Lootie and me safe from the mountain. And I promised him a kiss when we got home, but Lootie wouldn't let me give it to him. I would not have you scold Lootie, but I want you to impress upon her that a princess must do as she promises."

"And now, Dad," the princess continued, "I have to tell you something else. One night long ago, Curdie chased the goblins away and brought Lootie and me back safely from the mountain. I promised him a kiss when we got home, but Lootie wouldn’t let me give it to him. I don't want you to scold Lootie, but I need you to make sure she understands that a princess must keep her promises."

"Indeed she must, my child—except it be wrong," said the king. "There, give Curdie a kiss."

"Of course she has to, my child—unless it's wrong," said the king. "Now, give Curdie a kiss."

And as he spoke he held her toward him.

And as he spoke, he pulled her close to him.

The princess reached down, threw her arms round Curdie's neck, and kissed him on the mouth, saying[195]

The princess leaned down, wrapped her arms around Curdie's neck, and kissed him on the lips, saying[195]

"There, Curdie! There's the kiss I promised you!"

"There, Curdie! There’s the kiss I promised you!"

Then they all went into the house, and the cook rushed to the kitchen, and the servants to their work. Lootie dressed Irene in her shiningest clothes, and the king put off his armor, and put on purple and gold; and a messenger was sent for Peter and all the miners, and there was a great and grand feast, which continued long after the princess was put to bed.

Then they all went into the house, and the cook hurried to the kitchen, while the servants got to work. Lootie dressed Irene in her shiniest clothes, and the king took off his armor and put on purple and gold; a messenger was sent for Peter and all the miners, and there was a grand feast that went on long after the princess was put to bed.


CHAPTER XXXI

THE SUBTERRANEAN WATERS
THE king's harper, who always formed a part of his escort, was chanting a ballad which he made as he went on playing on his instrument—about the princess and the goblins, and the prowess of Curdie, when all at once he ceased, with his eyes on one of the doors of the hall. Thereupon the eyes of the king and his guests turned thitherward also. The next moment, through the open doorway came the princess Irene. She went straight up to her father, with her right hand stretched out a little sideways, and her forefinger, as her father and Curdie understood, feeling its way along the invisible thread. The king took her on his knee, and she said in his ear—

"King-papa, do you hear that noise?"

"King-dad, do you hear that noise?"

"I hear nothing," said the king.

"I hear nothing," said the king.

"Listen," she said, holding up her forefinger.

"Listen," she said, raising her finger.

The king listened, and a great stillness fell upon the company. Each man, seeing that the king listened, listened also, and the harper sat with his harp between his arms, and his fingers silent upon the strings.

The king listened, and a deep silence spread over the group. Each man, noticing that the king was paying attention, also fell silent, and the harper held his harp close, his fingers resting motionless on the strings.

"I do hear a noise," said the king at length—"a noise as of distant thunder. It is coming nearer and nearer. What can it be?"

"I do hear a sound," said the king after a moment—"a sound like distant thunder. It’s getting closer and closer. What could it be?"

They all heard it now, and each seemed ready to start to his[197] feet as he listened. Yet all sat perfectly still. The noise came rapidly nearer.

They all heard it now, and each seemed ready to jump to his[197]feet as he listened. Yet all sat completely still. The noise came quickly nearer.

"What can it be?" said the king again.

"What could it be?" the king asked again.

"I think it must be another storm coming over the mountain," said Sir Walter.

"I think another storm is approaching from the mountain," said Sir Walter.

Then Curdie, who at the first word of the king had slipped from his seat, and laid his ear to the ground, rose up quickly, and approaching the king said, speaking very fast—

Then Curdie, who had jumped out of his seat at the first mention of the king and pressed his ear to the ground, stood up quickly and walked over to the king, saying in a rush—

"Please your Majesty, I think I know what it is. I have no time to explain, for that might make it too late for some of us. Will your Majesty order that everybody leave the house as quickly as possible, and get up the mountain?"

"Please, Your Majesty, I think I know what it is. I don’t have time to explain, as it might be too late for some of us. Will Your Majesty order everyone to leave the house as quickly as possible and head up the mountain?"

The king, who was the wisest man in the kingdom, knew well there was a time when things must be done, and questions left till afterward. He had faith in Curdie, and rose instantly, with Irene in his arms.

The king, the smartest person in the kingdom, understood that there was a time to act and a time to ask questions later. He believed in Curdie and immediately got up, holding Irene in his arms.

"Every man and woman follow me," he said, and strode out into the darkness.

"Everyone follow me," he said, and walked out into the darkness.

Before he had reached the gate, the noise had grown to a great thundering roar, and the ground trembled beneath their feet, and before the last of them had crossed the court, out after them from the great hall-door came a huge rush of turbid water, and almost swept them away. But they got safe out of the gate and up the mountain, while the torrent went roaring down the road into the valley beneath.

Before he reached the gate, the noise had turned into a loud, thunderous roar, and the ground shook beneath their feet. Just as the last of them crossed the courtyard, a massive rush of muddy water surged out from the great hall door and nearly swept them away. But they managed to get through the gate and up the mountain while the torrent crashed down the road into the valley below.

Curdie had left the king and the princess to look after his mother, whom he and his father, one on each side, caught up when the stream overtook them and carried safe and dry.

Curdie had left the king and the princess to take care of his mother, whom he and his father, one on each side, reached when the stream caught up with them and carried them safely and dry.

When the king had got out of the way of the water, a little[198] up the mountain, he stood with the princess in his arms, looking back with amazement on the issuing torrent, which glimmered fierce and foamy through the night. There Curdie rejoined them.

When the king moved out of the way of the water, a little[198] up the mountain, he held the princess in his arms, staring back in amazement at the rushing torrent, which glimmered fiercely and foamy in the night. That’s when Curdie came back to them.

"Now, Curdie," said the king, "what does it mean! Is this what you expected?"

"Now, Curdie," said the king, "what does this mean? Is this what you were expecting?"

"It is, your Majesty," said Curdie; and proceeded to tell him about the second scheme of the goblins, who, fancying the miners of more importance to the upper world than they were, had resolved, if they should fail in carrying off the king's daughter, to flood the mine and drown the miners. Then he explained what the miners had done to prevent it. The goblins had, in pursuance of their design, let loose all the underground reservoirs and streams, expecting the water to run down into the mine, which was lower than their part of the mountain, for they had, as they supposed, not knowing of the solid wall close behind, broken a passage through into it. But the readiest outlet the water could find had turned out to be the tunnel they had made to the king's house, the possibility of which catastrophe had not occurred to the mind of the young miner until he placed his ear close to the floor of the hall.

"It is, Your Majesty," said Curdie, and went on to explain the goblins' second plan. They believed that the miners were more important to the upper world than they actually were, and if they failed to kidnap the king's daughter, they intended to flood the mine and drown the miners. He then told him what the miners did to stop it. The goblins, following their plan, had released all the underground reservoirs and streams, thinking the water would flow into the mine, which was lower than their area of the mountain. They believed they had broken a passage into it, not knowing about the solid wall directly behind them. However, the quickest route for the water turned out to be the tunnel they had created to the king's house, a potential disaster that had not crossed the young miner's mind until he pressed his ear to the floor of the hall.

What was then to be done? The house appeared in danger of falling, and every moment the torrent was increasing.

What should be done now? The house looked like it might collapse, and the flood was getting worse by the minute.

"We must set out at once," said the king. "But how to get at the horses!"

"We need to leave immediately," said the king. "But how do we get to the horses?"

"Shall I see if we can manage that?" said Curdie.

"Should I check if we can handle that?" said Curdie.

"Do," said the king.

"Do," the king said.

Curdie gathered the men-at-arms, and took them over the garden wall, and so to the stables. They found their horses in[199] terror; the water was rising fast around them, and it was quite time they were got out. But there was no way to get them out, except by riding them through the stream, which was now pouring from the lower windows as well as the door. As one horse was quite enough for any man to manage through such a torrent, Curdie got on the king's white charger, and leading the way, brought them all in safety to the rising ground.

Curdie gathered the soldiers and led them over the garden wall to the stables. They found their horses in[199] panic; the water was rising quickly around them, and it was definitely time to get them out. However, the only way to free them was to ride them through the stream, which was now pouring from the lower windows as well as the door. Since one horse was already a lot for any man to handle in such a rush, Curdie got on the king's white horse and, leading the way, safely brought them all to higher ground.

"Look, look, Curdie!" cried Irene, the moment that, having dismounted, he led the horse up to the king.

"Look, look, Curdie!" shouted Irene as he got off the horse and led it up to the king.

Curdie did look, and saw, high in the air, somewhere about the top of the king's house, a great globe of light, shining like the purest silver.

Curdie looked and saw, high in the air, near the top of the king's house, a huge globe of light, shining like the brightest silver.

"Oh!" he cried in some consternation, "that is your grandmother's lamp! We must get her out. I will go and find her. The house may fall, you know."

"Oh!" he exclaimed, clearly worried, "that's your grandmother's lamp! We have to get her out. I'll go find her. The house could collapse, you know."

"My grandmother is in no danger," said Irene, smiling.

"My grandmother is fine," said Irene, smiling.

"Here, Curdie, take the princess while I get on my horse," said the king.

"Here, Curdie, take the princess while I get on my horse," said the king.

Curdie took the princess again, and both turned their eyes to the globe of light. The same moment there shot from it a white bird, which, descending with outstretched wings, made one circle round the king and Curdie and the princess, and then glided up again. The light and the pigeon vanished together.

Curdie took the princess once more, and they both looked at the glowing orb of light. At that same moment, a white bird shot out from it, swooping down with its wings spread wide. It made one circle around the king, Curdie, and the princess, and then soared back up. The light and the pigeon disappeared together.

"Now, Curdie," said the princess, as he lifted her to her father's arms, "you see my grandmother knows all about it, and isn't frightened. I believe she could walk through that water and it wouldn't wet her a bit."

"Now, Curdie," said the princess, as he lifted her into her father's arms, "you see my grandmother knows all about it and isn't scared. I believe she could walk through that water and it wouldn't touch her at all."

"But, my child," said the king, "you will be cold if you[200] haven't something more on. Run, Curdie, my boy, and fetch anything you can lay your hands on, to keep the princess warm. We have a long ride before us."

"But, my child," said the king, "you'll be cold if you[200] don't have something warmer on. Go on, Curdie, my boy, and grab anything you can find to keep the princess warm. We have a long journey ahead of us."

Curdie was gone in a moment, and soon returned with a great rich fur, and the news that dead goblins were tossing about in the current through the house. They had been caught in their own snare; instead of the mine they had flooded their own country, whence they were now swept up drowned. Irene shuddered, but the king held her close to his bosom. Then he turned to Sir Walter, and said—

Curdie was gone in an instant, and soon came back with a luxurious fur and the news that dead goblins were floating in the current through the house. They had gotten caught in their own trap; instead of the mine, they had flooded their own land, and now they were being swept away, drowned. Irene shivered, but the king held her tightly against him. Then he turned to Sir Walter and said—

"Bring Curdie's father and mother here."

"Bring Curdie's mom and dad here."

"I wish," said the king, when they stood before him, "to take your son with me. He shall enter my bodyguard at once, and wait further promotion."

"I wish," said the king, when they stood before him, "to take your son with me. He'll join my bodyguard right away and wait for further advancement."

Peter and his wife, overcome, only murmured almost inaudible thanks. But Curdie spoke aloud.

Peter and his wife, overwhelmed, could only whisper quiet thanks. But Curdie spoke out loud.

"Please your Majesty," he said, "I cannot leave my father and mother."

"Please, Your Majesty," he said, "I can't leave my mom and dad."

"That's right, Curdie!" cried the princess. "I wouldn't if I was you."

"That's right, Curdie!" shouted the princess. "I wouldn't do that if I were you."

The king looked at the princess and then at Curdie with a glow of satisfaction on his countenance.

The king looked at the princess and then at Curdie with a satisfied smile on his face.

"I too think you are right, Curdie," he said, "and I will not ask you again. But I shall have a chance of doing something for you some time."

"I also think you're right, Curdie," he said, "and I won't ask you again. But I'll have a chance to do something for you sometime."

"Your Majesty has already allowed me to serve you," said Curdie.

"Your Majesty has already let me serve you," said Curdie.

"But, Curdie," said his mother, "why shouldn't you go with the king? We can get on very well without you."[201]

"But, Curdie," his mother said, "why can’t you go with the king? We’ll manage just fine without you."[201]

"But I can't get on very well without you," said Curdie. "The king is very kind, but I could not be half the use to him that I am to you. Please your Majesty, if you wouldn't mind giving my mother a red petticoat! I should have got her one long ago, but for the goblins."

"But I really can't manage without you," said Curdie. "The king is really nice, but I wouldn't be nearly as helpful to him as I am to you. Your Majesty, would you consider giving my mother a red petticoat? I would have gotten her one a while back, but the goblins got in the way."

"As soon as we get home," said the king, "Irene and I will search out the warmest one to be found, and send it by one of the gentlemen."

"As soon as we get home," said the king, "Irene and I will look for the warmest one we can find and send it with one of the gentlemen."

"Yes, that we will, Curdie!" said the princess.

"Yes, we will, Curdie!" said the princess.

"And next summer we'll come back and see you wear it, Curdie's mother," she added. "Sha'n't we, king-papa?"

"And next summer we'll come back and see you wear it, Curdie's mom," she added. "Won't we, king-dad?"

"Yes, my love; I hope so," said the king.

"Yes, my love; I hope so," said the king.

Then turning to the miners, he said——

Then he turned to the miners and said—

"Will you do the best you can for my servants to-night? I hope they will be able to return to the house to-morrow."

"Will you do your best for my servants tonight? I hope they can come back to the house tomorrow."

The miners with one voice promised their hospitality.

The miners all agreed to offer their hospitality.

Then the king commanded his servants to mind whatever Curdie should say to them, and after shaking hands with him and his father and mother, the king and the princess and all their company rode away down the side of the new stream which had already devoured half the road, into the starry night.

Then the king instructed his servants to pay attention to whatever Curdie said to them. After shaking hands with him and his parents, the king, the princess, and all their entourage rode off along the newly formed stream that had already taken over half the road, into the starry night.


CHAPTER XXXII

THE LAST CHAPTER
ALL the rest went up the mountain, and separated in groups to the homes of the miners. Curdie and his father and mother took Lootie with them. And the whole way, a light, of which all but Lootie understood the origin, shone upon their path. But when they looked round they could see nothing of the silvery globe.

For days and days the water continued to rush from the doors and windows of the king's house, and a few goblin bodies were swept out into the road.

For days, water kept pouring out of the doors and windows of the king's house, and a few goblin bodies were washed out onto the road.

Curdie saw that something must be done. He spoke to his father and the rest of the miners, and they at once proceeded to make another outlet for the waters. By setting all hands to the work, tunneling here and building there, they soon succeeded; and having also made a little tunnel to drain the water away from under the king's house, they were soon able to get into the wine cellar, where they found a multitude of dead goblins—among the rest the queen, with the skin-shoe gone, and the stone one fast to her ankle—for the water had swept away the barricade which prevented the men-at-arms from following the goblins, and had greatly widened the passage. They built it securely up, and then went back to their labors in the mine.

Curdie realized that something had to be done. He talked to his father and the other miners, and they immediately started working on creating a new outlet for the water. By having everyone pitch in, tunneling in some areas and building in others, they quickly succeeded. After also making a small tunnel to drain water away from under the king's house, they managed to access the wine cellar, where they discovered a number of dead goblins—including the queen, with the skin shoe missing and the stone one still strapped to her ankle—because the water had washed away the barrier that had kept the soldiers from pursuing the goblins and had significantly widened the passage. They reinforced it securely and then returned to their duties in the mine.

A good many of the goblins with their creatures escaped from the inundation out upon the mountain. But most of[203] them soon left that part of the country, and most of those who remained grew milder in character, and indeed became very much like the Scotch Brownies. Their skulls became softer as well as their hearts, and their feet grew harder, and by degrees they became friendly with the inhabitants of the mountain and even with the miners. But the latter were merciless to any of the cobs' creatures that came their way, until at length they all but disappeared. Still—

A lot of the goblins and their creatures managed to escape the flood and made their way up the mountain. But most of them soon left that area, and those who stayed started to become milder and actually became quite similar to the Scottish Brownies. Their skulls softened just like their hearts, their feet became tougher, and over time they developed friendly relations with the mountain's inhabitants and even with the miners. However, the miners were ruthless towards any of the cobs' creatures that appeared, and eventually, they nearly vanished. Still—

"But, Mr. Author, we would rather hear more about the Princess and Curdie. We don't care about the goblins and their nasty creatures. They frighten us—rather."

"But, Mr. Author, we want to hear more about the Princess and Curdie. We're not interested in the goblins and their disgusting creatures. They scare us—kind of."

"But you know if you once get rid of the goblins there is no fear of the princess or of Curdie."

"But you know if you can just get rid of the goblins, there's no need to worry about the princess or Curdie."

"But we want to know more about them."

"But we want to know more about them."

"Some day, perhaps, I may tell you the further history of both of them; how Curdie came to visit Irene's grandmother, and what she did for him; and how the princess and he met again after they were older—and how—But there! I don't mean to go any farther at present."

"Maybe one day I'll share more about both of them; how Curdie visited Irene's grandmother and what she did for him; how the princess and he reunited when they were older—and how—But that's enough for now. I won't go any further at the moment."

"Then you're leaving the story unfinished, Mr. Author!"

"So you're leaving the story unfinished, Mr. Author!"

"Not more unfinished than a story ought to be, I hope. If you ever knew a story finished, all I can say is, I never did. Somehow, stories won't finish. I think I know why, but I won't say that either, now."

"I hope it's not any more unfinished than a story should be. If you've ever encountered a complete story, all I can say is, I haven't. Somehow, stories just don’t wrap up. I think I understand why, but I'm not going to say that either, not right now."



THE END

Transcriber's Notes:

Obvious punctuation errors repaired.

Punctuation errors fixed.

The remaining corrections made are indicated by dotted lines under the corrections. Scroll the mouse over the word and the original text will appear.

The remaining corrections made are indicated by dotted lines under the corrections. Hover your mouse over the word and the original text will appear.




        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!